The Buddhas Ancient Path

By PIYADASSI THERA

Offered by VenerabilisOpus.org
Dedicated to preserving the rich cultural
and spiritual heritage of humanity.

CONTENT

Preface

Chapter 1 The Buddha

Chapter 2 The Buddhist Standpoint

Chapter 3 The Central Conception of Buddhism (The Four Noble Truths).

The First Noble Truth- Dukkha; Suffering

Chapter 4 The Second Noble Truth - Samudaya: The Arising of Suffering

Chapter 5 The Third Noble Truth - Nirodha: The Cessation of Suffering

Chapter 6 The Threefold Division of the Noble Eightfold Path

Chapter 7 The Fourth Noble Truth - Magga:

The Path Right Understanding (Samma-ditthi)

Chapter 8 Right Thought (Samma-samkappa)

Chapter 9 Right Speech (Samma-vaca)

Chapter 10 Right Action (Samma-kammanta)

Chapter 11 Right Livelihood (Samma-ajiva)

Chapter 12 Right Effort (Samma-vayama)

Chapter 13 Right Mindfulness (Samma-sati)

Chapter 14 Right Concentration (Samma-samadhi)

Chapter 15 Conclusion

Abbreviations
Two thousand five hundred years ago, in the Deer Park at Sarnath, India, close to the
ancient city of Baranasi (Benares), was heard the Message of the Buddha which was to
revolutionize the thoughts and life of the human race. Though this Message was first
heard by just five ascetics, it has now penetrated peaceably to the remotest corners of the
world, and the demand for better and deeper understanding of its meaning is great.
Many expositions of the Buddhas Teaching in English have appeared in recent years, but
a great number of them lack authenticity and do not represent the Buddha-word
correctly. I have in all humility undertaken to set out as accurately as possible the
Teaching of the Buddha as it is found in the Pili Canon, the Tipitaka, of the Theravada
which has preserved the oldest and most faithful tradition. This book, therefore, gives a
comprehensive account of the central conception of Buddhism-the Four Noble Truths--
with special emphasis on the Noble Eightfold Path which is Buddhism in practice. I have
named the book The Ancient Path (purana maggam), the very words used by the
Buddha in reference to the Eightfold Path.
As an introduction, the first chapter gives a concise account of the life of the Buddha,
while the second sets out the correct standpoint of Buddhism. The Four Noble Truths
and the Eightfold Path are discussed at full length in the following chapters. A good deal
of space is devoted to Buddhist meditation, as found in the attar, the discourses of the
Buddha, in chapters 12, 13 and 14.
I now express my sense of gratitude first to Nyanaponika Thera, who invited and
encouraged me to write this book while I was staying at the Senanayaka (Forest)
Hermitage, Randy, Ceylon for the many interesting discussions I. had with him on the
subject and for information on special points, and to Mr. Francis Story, the Anagarika
Sugatananda, who with much kindliness read
through the type-script and made useful and valuable suggestions. To Bhikkhu Jinaputta,
Messrs. V. F. Gunaratna, the Public Trustee of Sri Lanka, R. Abeysekara and D.
Munidasa, also, I am grateful for much help and encouragement. I would also like to
record here my deep gratitude to four distinguished members of the Order, the Theras:
Metteyya, Soma, Kassapa and Nanamoli with whom I have been associated for more
than a decade. Many a lively discussion that I have had with them on the Dhamma has
inspired me. They are no more. Meetings end in partings (samyoga viyoganta). Last, but
far from least, to Mr. K. G. Abeysingha, who so tirelessly typed the whole script, I am
grateful.
PIYADASSI
Vajirarama, Colombo 5, Sri. Lanka (Ceylon)
CHAPTER 1
THE BUDDHA
THE Buddha, the founder of the great religion1 Buddhism, lived in North India over 2500
years ago and is known as Siddhattha (Skt. Siddhartha, one whose purpose has been
achieved). Gotama (Skt. Gautama) was his family name. His father, Suddhodana, ruled
over the land of the Sakyas at Kapilavatthu on the Nepalese frontier. Mahamaya,
princess of the Koliyas, was Suddhodanas queen.
On a full-moon day of May--vasanta-tide, when in India the trees were laden with leaf,
flower and fruit, and man, bird and beast were .in joyous mood, Queen Mahamaya was
travelling in state from Kapilavatthu to Devadaha, her parental home, according to the
custom of the times, to give birth to her child. But that was not to be, for halfway
between the two cities, in the Lumbini grove, under the shade of a flowering Sal tree,
she brought forth a son.
Lumbini or Rummindei, the name by which it is now known, is 100 miles north of
Baranasi (Benares) and within sight of the snow-capped Himalayas. At this memorable
spot where Prince Siddhattha, the future Buddha, was born, Emperor Asoka, 316 years
after the event, erected a mighty stone pillar to mark the holy spot. The inscription
engraved on the pillar in five lines consists of ninety-three Asokan (brahmi) characters,
amongst which occurs the following: Hida Budhe jate Sakyamuni, Here was born the
Buddha, the sage of the Sakyas. The mighty column is still to be seen. The pillar, as
crisp as the day it was cut, had been struck by lightning even when Hiuen Tsiang, the
Chinese pilgrim, saw it towards the middle of the seventh century after Christ. The
discovery and identification of the Lumbini park in 18% is attributed to the renowned
archaeologist, General Cunningham.
Queen Mahamaya, the mother, passed away on the seventh day after the birth of her
child, and the baby was nursed by his mothers sister, Pajapati Gotami. Though the child
was nurtured till manhood in refinement amidst an abundance of material luxury, the
father did not-fail to give his son the education that a prince ought to receive. He became
skilled in many a branch of knowledge, and in the arts of war easily excelled all others.
Nevertheless, from his childhood the prince was given to serious contemplation. When
the prince grew up the fathers fervent wish was that his son should marry, bring up a
family and be his worthy successor; but he feared that the prince would one day give up
home for the homeless life of an ascetic.
According to the custom of the time, at the early age of sixteen, the prince was married
to his cousin Yasodhara, the only daughter of King Suppabuddha and Queen Pamita of
the Koliyas. The princess was of the same age as the prince. Lacking nothing of the
earthly joys of life, he lived knowing naught of sorrow. Yet all the efforts of the father to
hold his son a prisoner to the senses and make him worldly-minded were of no avail.
King Suddhodanas endeavours to keep lifes miseries from his sons inquiring eyes only
heightened Prince Siddhatthas curiosity and his resolute search for Truth and
Enlightenment.
With the advance of age and maturity the prince began to glimpse the woes of the world.
As the books say, he saw four visions: the first was a man weakened with age, utterly
helpless; the second was the sight of a man mere skin and bones, supremely unhappy
and forlorn, smitten with some pest; the third was the sight of a band of lamenting
kinsmen bearing on their shoulders the corpse of, one beloved for cremation. These
woeful signs deeply moved him. The fourth vision, however, made a lasting impression.
He saw a recluse, calm and serene, aloof and independent, and learnt that he was one
who had abandoned his home to live a life of purity, to seek Truth and solve the riddle of
life. Thoughts of renunciation flashed through the princes mind and in deep
contemplation he turned homeward. The heart-throb of an agonized and ailing humanity
found a responsive echo in his own heart. The more he came in contact with the world
outside his palace walls, the mere convinced he became that the world was lacking in
true happiness.
In the silence of that moonlit night (it was the full moon of July) such thoughts as these
arose in him:
Youth, the prime of life, ends in old age and mans senses fail him when they are most
needed. The hale and hearty lose their vigour and health when disease suddenly creeps
in. Finally death comes, sudden perhaps and unexpected and puts an end to this brief
span of life. Surely there must be an escape from this unsatisfactoriness, from ageing and
death.
Thus the great intoxication of youth, of health, and of life 2 left him. Having seen the
vanity and the danger of the three intoxications, he was overcome by a powerful urge to
seek and win the Deathless, to strive for deliverance from old age, illness, misery and
death 3 to seek it for himself and for all beings that suffer. It was his deep compassion
that led him to the quest ending in Enlightenment, in Buddhahood. It was compassion
that now moved his heart towards the Great Renunciation and opened for him the doors
of the golden cage of his home life. It was compassion that made his determination
unshakable even by the last parting glance at his beloved wife asleep with their baby in
her arms.
Now at the age of twenty-nine, in the flower of youthful manhood, on the day his
beautiful Yasodhara, giving birth to his only son, Rahula, made the parting more
sorrowful and heart-rending, he tore himself away-the prince with a superhuman effort
of will renounced wife, child, father and a crown that held the promise of power and
glory, and in the guise of an indigent ascetic retreated into forest solitude to seek the
eternal verities of life, in quest of the supreme security from bondage--Nibbana 4 . This
was the great renunciation.
Dedicating himself to the noble task of discovering a remedy for lifes universal ill, he
sought guidance from two famous sages, Alara Kalama and Uddaka Ramaputta, hoping
that they, being masters of meditation, would show him the way to deliverance. He
practised concentration and reached the highest meditative attain meats possible
thereby, but was not satisfied with anything short of supreme enlightenment. Their
range of knowledge, their ambit of mystical experience, however, was insufficient to
grant him what he earnestly sought. He, therefore, left them in search of the still
unknown.
In his wanderings he finally reached Uruvela, by the river Neranjara at Gaya. He was
attracted by its quiet and dense groves and the clear waters of the river. Finding that this
was a suitable place to continue his quest for enlightenment, he decided to stay. Five
other ascetics who admired his determined effort waited on him. They were Kondanna,
Bhaddiya, Vappa, Mahanama and Assaji.
There was, and still is, a belief in India among many of her ascetics that purification
and final deliverance from ill can be achieved by rigorous self-mortification, and the
ascetic Gotama decided to test the truth of it. And so there at Uruvela he began a
determined struggle to subdue his body, in the hope that his mind, set free from the
shackles of the body, might be able to soar to the heights of liberation. Most zealous
was he in these practices. He lived on leaves and roots, on a steadily reduced pittance
of food, he wore rags collected from dust-heaps; he slept among corpses or on beds of
thorns. The utter paucity of nourishment left him a physical wreck.
Rigorous have I been in my ascetic discipline. Rigorous have I been beyond all others.
Like wasted, withered reeds became all my limbs: ... In such words as these, in later
years, having attained to full enlightenment, did the Buddha give his disciples an awe-
inspiring description of his early penances. 5
Struggling thus for six long years, he came to deaths very door, but he found himself
no nearer to his goal. The utter futility of self-mortification became abundantly clear to
him by his own experience; his experiment for enlightenment had failed. But un-
discouraged, his still active mind searched for new paths to the aspired-for goal. Then
it happened that he remembered the peace of his meditation in childhood under a rose-
apple tree, and confidently felt: This is the path to enlightenment. He knew, however,
that, with a body so utterly weakened as his, he could not follow that path with any
chance of success. Thus he abandoned self-mortification and extreme fasting and took
normal food. His emaciated body recovered its former health and his exhausted vigour
soon returned. Now his five companions left him in their disappointment; for they
thought that he had given up the effort to live a life of abundance.
Nevertheless with firm determination and complete faith in his own purity and
strength, unaided by any teacher, accompanied by none, the Bodhisatta 6 (as he is
known before he attained enlightenment) resolved to make his final search in complete
solitude. Cross-legged he sat under a tree, which later became known as the Bodhi
tree, the Tree of Enlightenment or Tree of Wisdom, 7 on the : Bank of the river
Neranjara, at Gaya (now known as Buddha Gaya)-- a pleasant spot soothing to the
senses and stimulating to the mind--making the final effort with the inflexible
resolution: Though only my skin, sinews and bones remain, and my blood and flesh
dry up and wither away, yet will I never stir from this seat until I have attained full
enlightenment (samma-sam-bodhi). So indefatigable in effort, so unflagging in his
devotion was he, and so resolute to realize Truth and attain full enlightenment.
Applying himself to the Mindfulness on in-and-out Breathing (ana + apana sati), the
meditation he had developed in his childhood, 8 the Budhisatta entered upon and dwelt
in the first meditative absorbtion (jhana skt. dhyana, 9 a term difficult to translate). By
gradual stages he entered upon and dwelt in the second, third and the fourth jhanas.
Thus cleansing his mind of impurities; with the mind thus composed, he directed it to
the knowledge of recollecting past births (pubbenivasanussatinana). This was the first
knowledge attained by him in the first watch of the night (6 p.m. to 10 p.m.). Then the
Bodhisatta directed his mind to the knowledge of the disappearing and reappearing of
beings of varied forms, in good states of existence, and in states of woe, each faring
according to his deeds (cuti + upapata nana). This was the second knowledge attained
by him in the middle watch of the night (10 p.m. to 2 a.m.). Next he directed his mind to
the knowledge of the destruction of the taints (asavakkhayanana).
He understood as it really is: This is suffering (dukkha), this is the arising (cause) of
suffering, this is the cessation of suffering, this is the path leading to the cessation of
suffering.10 He understood as it really is: These are the taints (asavas), this is the arising
of the taints, this is the cessation of the taints, this is the path leading to the cessation of
the taints.
Knowing thus, seeing thus, his mind was liberated from the taints: of sense-pleasures
(kamasava), of becoming (bhavasava) and of ignorance (avijjasava). 11 When his mind
was thus liberated, there came the knowledge: liberated and he understood :
Destroyed is birth, the noble life (brahma cariyam) has been lived, done is what was to
be done, there is no more of this to come (meaning, there is no more continuity of the
mind and body, that is, no more becoming, rebirth). This was the third knowledge
attained by him in the last watch of the night (2 a.m. to 6 a. m.) 12
Thereon he spoke these words of victory:
Being myself subject to birth, ageing, disease, death, sorrow and defilement; seeing
danger in what is subject to these things; seeking the unborn, unageing, diseaseless,
deathless, sorrowless, undefiled, supreme security from bondage--Nibbana, I attained it
(literally I experienced it). Knowledge and vision arose in me; unshakable is my
deliverance of mind. This is the last birth, now there is no more becoming, no more
rebirth. 13
Thus did the Bodhisatta Gotama on another full moon of May, at the age of thirty-five,
attain Supreme Enlightenment, by comprehending in all their fullness the Four Noble
Truths, the Eternal Verities, and become the Buddha, the great Healer and Consummate
Master-Physician (bhisakko) who can cure the ills of beings.
For a week, immediately after this enlightenment, the Buddha sat at the foot of the
Bodhi tree experiencing the bliss of deliverance. Then he thought over the Dependent
Arising or causal genesis (paticca samuppada). 14 The Blessed One then spent six more
weeks in lonely retreat at six different places in the vicinity of the Bodhi tree. 15 At the
end of the seven weeks, he made up his mind to proclaim the Dhamma--his discovery of
the Ancient Path-(puranam maggam), to his former friends, the five ascetics.
Knowing that they were living at Baranasi in the deer park at Isipatana, the Resort of
Seers (modern Sarnath), still steeped in the unmeaning rigours of extreme asceticism,
the Buddha left Gaya for distant Baranasi, Indias holy city, walking by stages some 150
miles. There at the deer park (migadaya) he rejoined them.
Now on a full moon day of July, at eventide, when the moon was rising in a glowing
Eastern sky, the Blessed One addressed the five ascetics:
Monks, these two extremes ought not to be cultivated by the recluse, by one gone forth
from the house-life. What two? Sensual indulgence and self-mortification which lead to
no good. The middle path, understood by the Tathagata, 16 the Perfect One, after he had
avoided the extremes, gives vision, and knowledge, and leads to calm, realization,
enlightenment, Nibbana. And what, monks, is that middle path? It is this Noble Eightfold
Path, namely: right understanding, right thought, right speech, right action, right
livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, right concentration. 17
Then the Buddha explained to them the Four Noble Truths.18 Thus did the Enlightened
One proclaim the Dhamma and set in motion the matchless Wheel of Truth (anuttaram
dhammacakkam).
With the proclamation of the Dhamma, for the first time, and with the conversion of the
five ascetics, the deer park at Isipatana became the birth place of the Buddhas
Dispensation (Buddha-sasana), and of the Sangha, the community of monks, the
ordained disciples. 19
Before long, fifty-five others headed by Yasa, a young man of wealth, joined the Order of
the Sangha. When the Rains (vassana, July-October) ended, the Buddha addressed his
disciples, the Accomplished Ones (arahats,) now sixty in number and said:
Released am I, monks, from all ties whether human or divine. You also are delivered
from fetters whether human or divine. Go now and wander for the welfare and
happiness of many, out of compassion for the world, for the gain, welfare and happiness
of gods and men. Let not two of you proceed in the same direction. Proclaim the
Dhamma (doctrine) that is excellent in the beginning, excellent in the middle, excellent
in the end, possessed of meaning and the letter and utterly perfect. Proclaim the life of
purity, the holy life consummate and pure. There are beings with little dust in their eyes
who will be lost through not hearing the Dhamma. There are beings who will understand
the Dhamma. I also shall go to Uruvela, to Senanigama to teach the Dhamma. 20
Thus did the Buddha commence his sublime mission which lasted to the end of his life.
With his disciples he walked the highways and byways of Jambudipa, Land of the rose
apple (another name for India), enfolding all within the aura of his boundless
compassion and wisdom.
The Buddha made no distinction of caste, clan or class when communicating the
Dhamma. Men and women from different walks of life -- the rich and the poor; the
lowliest and the highest; the literate and the illiterate; brahmins and outcasts, princes
and paupers, saints and criminals--listened to the Buddha, took refuge in him, and
followed him who showed the path to peace and enlightenment. The path is open to all.
Caste, which was a matter of vital importance to the brahmins of India, was one of utter
indifference to the Buddha, who strongly condemned so debasing a system. The Buddha
freely admitted into the Order people from all castes and classes, when he knew that
they were fit to live the holy life, and some of them later distinguished themselves in the
Order. The Buddha was the only contemporary teacher who endeavoured to blend in
mutual tolerance and concord those who hitherto had been rent asunder by differences
of caste and class.
The Buddha also raised the status of women in India. Generally speaking, during the
time of the Buddha, owing to brahminical influence, women were not given much
recognition. Sometimes they were held in contempt, although there were solitary cases
of their showing erudition in matters of philosophy, and so on. In his large-heartedness
and magnanimity, the Buddha treated women with consideration and civility, and
pointed out to them, too, the path to peace, purity and sanctity. The Buddha established
the Order of Nuns (Bhikkhuni Sasana) for the first time in history; for never before this
had there been an Order where women could lead a celibate life of renunciation. Women
from all walks of life joined the Order. The lives of quite a number of these noble nuns,
their strenuous endeavours to win the goal of freedom, and their paeans of joy at
deliverance of mind are graphically described in the Psalms of the Sisters (Theri-
gatha). 21
While journeying from village to village, from town to town, instructing, enlightening
and gladdening the many, the Buddha saw how superstitious folk, steeped in ignorance,
slaughtered animals in worship of their gods. He spoke to them:
Of life, which all can take but none can give,
Life which all creatures love and strive to keep,
Wonderful, dear, and pleasant unto each,
Even to the meanest... 22
Thus when people who prayed to the gods for mercy, were merciless, and India was
blood-stained with the morbid sacrifices of innocent animals at the desecrated altars of
imaginary deities, and the harmful rites and rituals of ascetics and Brahmins brought
disaster and untold agony, the Buddha, the Master of merciful wisdom, pointed out the
Ancient Path, the path of the Enlightened Ones, of righteousness, love and
understanding. Being one who acted in constant conformity with what he preached, the
Four Sublime States (brahma-vihara) 23 always dominated his acts.
The Buddha never encouraged wrangling and animosity. Addressing the monks he once
said: I quarrel not with the world, monks, it is the world that quarrels with me. An
exponent of the Dhamma quarrels not with anyone in the world. 24
Though the Order of the Sangha began its career with only sixty disciples, it expanded
into thousands, and in those early days an adherent sought entry into it by pronouncing
the threefold formula known as the Three Refuges (ti-sarana):
Buddham saranam gacchami
Dhammam saranam gacchdmi
Sangham saranam gacchami
Dutiyampi Buddham saranam gacchami
Dutiyampi Dhammam saranam gacchami
Dutiyampi Sangham saranam gacchami
Tatiyampi Buddham saranam gacchami
Tatiyampi Dhammam saranam gacchami
Tatiyampi Sangham saranam gacchami
I go for refuge to the Buddha (the Teacher)
I go for refuge to the Dhamma (the Teaching)
I go for refuge to the Sangha (the Taught)
For the second time I go for refuge to the Buddha
For the second time I go for refuge to the Dhamma
For the second time I go for refuge to the Sangha
For the third time I go for refuge to the Buddha
For the third time I go for refuge to the Dhamma
For the third time I go for refuge to the Sangha. 25
As a result of the increasing number of monks, monasteries came into being, and in later
times monastic Indian universities like Nalanda, Vikramasila and Odantapuri became
cultural centres which gradually influenced the whole of Asia, and, through it, the
mental life of mankind.
After a successful ministry of forty-five years the Buddha passed away at the age of
eighty at the Sara Grove 26 of the Mallas at Kusinara (in modern Uttara Pradesh about
120 miles north-cast of Baranasi), with a final admonition to his followers:
Vayadhamma samkhara, appamadena sampadetha 27
Subject to change are all component things. Work out your deliverance with
heedfulness. 28
With only a few followers at the beginning, Buddhism penetrated into many a land, 29
and is today the religion of over 500,000,000, more than one-fifth of the worlds
population.
Buddhism made such rapid strides chiefly due to its intrinsic worth and its appeal to the
reasoning mind, but there were other factors that aided its progress: never did the
messengers of the Dhamma (Dhammaduta) use any iniquitous methods in spreading the
doctrine. The only weapon they wielded was that of universal love and compassion.
Furthermore Buddhism penetrated to these countries peaceably without disturbing the
creeds that were already there.
Buddhist missions to which the annals of religious history scarcely afforded a parallel
were carried on neither by force of arms nor by the use of any coercive or reprehensible
methods. Conversion by compulsion was unknown and repugnant to the Buddha and his
disciples.
There is no record known to me, wrote Professor T. W. Rhys Davids, in the whole of the
long history of Buddhism throughout the many centuries where its followers have been
for such lengthened periods supreme, of any persecution by the Buddhists of the
followers of any other faith.
Buddhism was thus able to diffuse itself through a great variety of cultures throughout
the world.
1. The term religion is used here in the sense of & Way of Life and not in the sense in
which it is commonly understood. See chapter 2.
2. Yobhanamada, drogyamada, jivitamada.
3. See A. i. 146, sutta 38.
4. M. i. 163, sutta 26.
5. For a detailed account see M. 36, translation by I. B. Horner in The Middle Length
Sayings, Vol. I (Pali Text Society, London).
6. A Bodhisatta (Skt. Bodhisattva) is one who adheres to or is bent . on (satta) the
ideal of enlightenment, or knowledge of the four noble truths (bodhi). In this sense,
the term may be applied to any one who is bent on enlightenment. But it is specially
applied to an aspirant for full enlightenment (samma-sam-bodhi). A Bodhisatta fully
cultivates ten perfections or parami which are essential qualities of extremely high
standard initiated by compassion, and ever tinged with understanding or quick wit,
free from craving, pride and false views (tanha, mana and ditthi) that qualify an
aspirant for Buddhahood. They are: generosity, morality, renunciation, wisdom,
effort, forbearance, truthfulness, determination, lovingkindness and equanimity
(dana, sila, nekkhamma, panna, viriya, khanti, sacra, adhitthana, metta and
upekkha).
7. It appears to be rather strange that no mention of the Bodhi tree is made in the
two discourses (nos.26 and 36 of the Majihima Nikaya) which graphically describe
the Bodhisattas struggle and search for enlightenment.
The Account given in the two discourses is as follows:
Then I, monks, seeking for whatever is good, searching for the incomparable, matchless
path to peace, walking on tour through Magadha in due course arrived at Uruvela, the
camp township. There I saw a delightful stretch of land and a lovely woodland grove,
and a clear flowing river (the Neranjara) with a delightful ford, and a village for support
nearby. It occurred to me, monks: "Indeed, it is a delightful stretch of land... "Indeed
this does well for the striving of a young man set on striving." So I, monks, sat down just
there, thinking: "Indeed this does well for striving." (Miss I. B. Horners translation The
Middle Length Sayings, i. 210).
Perhaps the Buddha felt it was not necessary for him to mention that be sat under a tree
at it was well known then that recluses and ascetics sat cross-legged in the open under
trees for their meditation.
In the Mahapadhana-sutta (D. ii. 4), however, the tree is mentioned. It is an Assattha,
the sacred fig tree, ficus religiosa. Mention of the tree was made by the Buddha
Gotama when he referred to the lives of the previous six Buddhas, his predecessors.
Addressing the monks he said: I, now, monks, am an Accomplished One (araham), a.
Supremely Enlightened One (samma-sam-buddho). I attained supreme enlightenment
under the fig tree (assatthassa mule abhisam-buddho).
8. Read M. 36 with the Commentary, MA. ii. 291 and Anapana Samyutta no. 8 (S. v
317).
9. See chapter 14. Right Concentration (samma-samadhi).
10. For details see chapter 3 on The First Noble Truth. dukkha.
11. Elsewhere we see taint of false view (ditthasava) added to these as the fourth taint.
12. M. 36.
13. M. 26.
14. This deeply profound doctrine is discussed in chapter 4 .
15. Vinaya, i. p. 1.
16. Even before the advent of the Buddha the word Tathagata was used, but in the sense
of being (satta) as in the saying: hoti tathagato parammaranawill there be a being
after death?. The Venerable Sariputta used it in this sense when explaining a point to
the Venerable Yamaka. See S. iii. 111 and commentary. After the advent of the Buddha,
however, it was used as an epithet for the Buddha, and the Master frequently used it
when referring to himself. The commentary to the Anguttara Nikaya (P.T.S. i.103) gives
the following meanings to the word. One attained to Truth. One who understands
things as they are and not otherwise. Thus gone (Tatha + gata).
17. Vinaya, i. 10; S. v. 420.
18. The Path and the Four Noble Truths which outline the basis of the entire teaching
will be discussed in later chapters.
19. The Emperor Asoka came on pilgrimage to this holy spot and caused a series of
monuments and a commemorative pillar with the lion capital to be erected. This capital
with its four magnificent lions upholding the Dharma-Cakra, the Wheel of Dharma,
now stands in the museum of Sarnath, and is today the official crest of India. The
Dharma-Cakra festival is still maintained in Sri Lanka.
Jawaharlal Nehru writes: At Sarnath near Benares, I would almost see the Buddha
preaching his first sermon, and some of his recorded words would come like a distant
echo to me through two thousand five hundred years. Asokas pillars of stone with their
inscriptions would speak to me in their magnificent language and tell me of a man who,
though an emperor, was greater than any king or emperor.
The Discovery of India (The Signet Press, Calcutta), p. 44.
20. Vinaya, i. 21.
21. Psalms of the Early Buddhists--The Sisters, translated by C.A.F. Rhys Davids. P.T.S.
Translation Series.
22. Sir Edwin Arnold, The Light of Asia.
23. The Four Sublime States are: unbounded loving kindness (metta), compassion
(karuna), sympathetic joy (mudita), equanimity (upekkha). See chapter 8 and passim.
24. S. iii. 138.
25. Vinaya Mahavagga, Khandaka.
26. In a way it is interesting to note that this greatest of Indian Rishis (seers) was born
under a tree in a park, attained enlightenment under the Bodhi tree (a cutting from the
south branch of which brought by Sanghamitta, the Arahat Theri, daughter of Emperor
Asoka of India, third century B.C., still flourishes at Anuradhapura in Sri Lanka, and is
the oldest recorded tree in the world), set in motion the Wheel of Truth Dhammacakka,
Skt. Dharma-cakra) at the deer park under trees, and finally passed away under the twin
sala trees. He spent most of time in the open, in the forests and villages of India.
27. D. 16. The discourse on the passing away of the Buddha (Parinibbana-sutta),
wherein are recorded in moving detail all the events that occurred during the last
months and days of the Masters life.
28. The words diligence, vigilance, watchfulness are some renderings for the pali word
appamada.
CHAPTER 2
THE BUDDHIST STANDPOINT
ONE of the noteworthy characteristics that distinguish the Buddha from all other
religious teachers is that he was a human being with no connection whatsoever with a
God or any other Supernatural Being. He was neither God nor an incarnation of God,
nor any mythological figure. He was a man, but a super-man, an extraordinary man
(accariya manussa). He was beyond the human state inwardly though living the life of a
human being outwardly. Just as he is for this reason called a unique being, man par
excellence (purisuttama).
The Buddha says: Even as, monks, a lotus born and grown in water, stands above,
unsmeared by water, so the Tathagata, monks, born and grown up in the world, yet lives
lord over the world without coming together with the world. 1
Depending on his own unremitting energy, unaided by any teacher, human or divine, he
achieved the highest mental and intellectual attainments; reached the acme of purity,
and was perfect in the best qualities of human nature. He was an embodiment of
compassion and wisdom, which became the two guiding principles in his dispensation
(sasana).
Through personal experience he understood the supremacy of man, and the concept of a
supernatural being who rules over the destinies of beings below, he found to be a mere
illusion. The Buddha never claimed, to be a saviour who tried to save souls by means of
a revealed religion. Through his own perseverance and understanding he proved that
infinite possibilities are latent in man and that it must be mans endeavour to develop
and unfold these possibilities. He proved by his own experience that enlightenment and
deliverance lie absolutely and entirely in mans hand. Being an exponent of the
strenuous life by precept and example, the Buddha encouraged his disciples to cultivate
self-reliance thus: You are your own refuge, who else could refuge be? 2
It was also the Buddha who for the first time in the worlds history taught that
deliverance could be attained independently of an external agency, that deliverance from
suffering must be wrought and fashioned by each one for himself upon the anvil of his
own actions.
None can grant deliverance to another who merely begs for it. Others may lend us a
helping hand indirectly, but the highest freedom is attained only through self-realization
and self-awakening to Truth. Self-realization can come only to one who is free to think
out his own problems without let or hindrance. Each individual should make the
appropriate effort and break the shackles that have kept him in bondage, winning
freedom from the shackles of existence by perseverance, self-exertion and insight, and
not through prayers and petitions to a Supreme Being. The Buddha warns his disciples
against shifting the burden to an external agency, a saviour, a God or Brahma, directs
them to the ways of discrimination and research, and urges them to get busy with the
real task of developing their inner forces and qualities. He says: I have directed you
towards deliverance. The Dhamma, the Truth, is to be self-realized. 3
Buddhist monks are not priests who perform rites of sacrifice. They do not administer
sacraments and pronounce absolution. An ideal Buddhist monk cannot and does not
stand as an intermediary between men and supernatural powers; for Buddhism teaches
that each individual is solely responsible for his own liberation. Hence, there is no need
to win the favour of a mediating priest. You yourselves should strive; the Tathagatas
only show the path. 4
The path is the same Ancient Path trodden and pointed out by the Enlightened Ones of
all ages. It is the Noble Eightfold Path leading to enlightenment and highest security.
Another distinguishing characteristic is that the Buddha never preserved his supreme
knowledge for himself alone. To the Buddha such a wish is utterly inconceivable. Perfect
,enlightenment, the discovery and realization of the Four Noble Truths (Buddhahood), is
not the prerogative of a single being chosen by Divine Providence; nor is it a unique and
unrepeatable event in human history. It is an achievement open to anyone who earnestly
strives for perfect purity and true wisdom, and with inflexible will cultivates the Noble
Eightfold Path.
Those who cultivate the path and reach the highest stage of realization (arahatta), the
final liberation from suffering, have been solemnly declared by the Buddha to be his
equals as far as the emancipation from defilements and ultimate deliverance is con-
cerned:
Victors like me are they, indeed,
They who have won defilements end. 5
The Buddha, however, also made clear to his disciples the difference between a fully
Enlightened One and the Arahats, the Accomplished Saints:
The Tathagata, O disciples, while being an Arahat, 6 is fully Enlightened. It is he who
proclaims a path not proclaimed before, he is the knower of a path, who understands a
path, who is skilled in a path. 7 And now his disciples, are way-farers who follow in his
footsteps. That, disciples, is the distinction, the specific feature which distinguishes the
Tathagata, who being an Arahat, is Fully Enlightened, from the disciple who is freed by
insight. 8
When communicating the Dhamma to his disciples the Master made no distinction
whatsoever amongst them; for there were no specially chosen favourite disciples.
Amongst his adherents all those who were Arahats, who were passion-free, and had shed
the fetters binding them to renewed existence, had equally perfected themselves in
purity. But there were some outstanding ones who were skilled in different branches of
knowledge and practice, and because of their mental endowments, gained positions of
distinction, but special favours were never granted to anyone by the Master. Upali, for
instance, who came from a barbers family, was made the chief in matters of discipline
(vinaya) in preference to many Arahats who belonged to the class of the nobles and
warriors.
There is not even an indication that the Master entrusted the dispensation (sasana) to
any particular disciple before he passed away; not even to his two chief disciples,
Sariputta and Maha Moggallana. He did not appoint anyone as his successor. In this
connection it is interesting to note that the Buddha made clear to his disciples, before he
passed away, that he never thought of controlling the Order. Addressing the monks
round his death-bed the Master said:
The doctrine and the discipline (Dhamma-vinaya) which I have set forth and laid down
for you, let them after I am gone be the teacher to you. 9
Even during his life time it was the Dhamma-vinaya that controlled and guided the
monks. He was no potentate. The Buddhas Ancient Path, the Eightfold Path, is the
teaching for free men.
The Buddha appeared at a time when autocracy was prevalent in India. But his teaching
was somewhat of a threat to such autocratic government. He did not, however, interfere
with the politics and the government of the country; for he was never an interferer in
things where interference was useless, but that did not deter him from giving voice to his
democratic thoughts and views. The Buddhas teaching definitely encourages democratic
ideas and institutions. Though the Buddha wisely refrained from interfering with the
then existing governments, he made the sangha, the community of monks, an absolutely
democratic institution.
As the Marquess of Zetland, a former Viceroy of India, said:
It is probable that the tendency towards self-government evidenced by these various
forms of corporate activity received fresh impetus from the Buddhist rejection of the
authority of the priesthood and further by its doctrine of equality as exemplified by its
repudiation of caste. It is indeed to the Buddhist books we have to turn for an account of
the manner in which affairs of these early examples of representative self-governing
institutions were conducted. And it may come as a surprise to many to learn that in the
assemblies of Buddhists in India two thousand years and more ago are to be found the
rudiments of our own parliamentary practice of the present day. The dignity of the
assembly was preserved by the appointment of a special officer--the embryo of "Mr.
Speaker" in our House of Commons. A second officer was appointed to see that when
necessary a quorum was secured--the prototype of the Parliamentary Chief Whip, in our
own system. A member initiating business did so in the form of a motion which was then
open to discussion. In some eases, this was done once only, in others three times, thus
anticipating the practice of Parliament in requiring that a Bill be read a time before it
becomes law. If discussion disclosed a difference of opinion the matter was decided by
the vote of the majority, the voting being by ballot. 10
Characteristic, again, is the Buddhas method of teaching the Dhamma. The Buddha
disapproved of those who professed to have secret doctrines; saying: Secrecy is the hall-
mark of false doctrine. Addressing the Venerable Ananda, the personal attendant of the
tester, the Buddha said: I have taught the Dhamma, Ananda, without making any
distinction between esoteric and esoteric doctrine, for in respect of the Truth, Ananda,
the Tathagata has no such thing as the "closed fist" of a teacher, who hides some
essential knowledge from the pupil. 11 He declared the Dhamma freely and equally to
all. He kept nothing back, and never wished to extract from his disciples blind and
submissive faith in him and his teaching. He insisted on discriminative examination and
intelligent inquiry. In no uncertain term did he urge critical investigation when he
addressed the inquiring Kalamas in a discourse that has been rightly called the first
charter of free thought.
A summary of the Kalama sutta is as follows:
Kesaputta was a small town in the kingdom of Kosala. The Inhabitants of this town were
known as Kalamas. When they heard that the Buddha had entered their town, they came
to him for guidance and said:
Venerable sir, there are some recluses and brahmins who visit Kesaputta. As to their
own view they expound it in full, but as to the view of others, they condemn, revile and
cripple it. Other recluses and brahmins, on coming to Kesaputta, do likewise. Venerable
Sir, we doubt and waver as to which of these worthies speak truth and which falsehood.
Yes, Kalamas, right it is for you to doubt, doubt has arisen in a doubtful matter. Come, O
Kalamas, be ye not led by reports or tradition, or hearsay, nor by what is in a religious
text, nor by mere logic or inference, nor by considering appearances, nor after reflection
on an approval of some theory, nor by seeming possibilities, nor upon the consideration
"this recluse is our teacher". But, O Kalamas, when you know for yourselves: "these
things are unwholesome, these things are blameable and unprofitable," then indeed, do
ye reject them......
And when you know for yourselves: "these things are wholesome, blameless and
profitable," then do you, having undertaken them, abide therein. Then the Buddha
questioned them thus: Now, what think ye, O Kalamas, when greed, hate and delusion
arise in a man do they arise to his profit or to his loss? Are they blameable or not?
- To his loss, Venerable Sir, they are blameable.
- Now, what think ye, Kalamas, when freedom from greed, hate and delusion arise in a
man, do they arise to his profit or loss? Are they blameable or not?
- To his profit, Lord. They are blameless.
- So then, Kalamas, as to my words to you just now: Be ye not led by reports--abide
therein. Such was my reason for saying them. 12
To take anything on trust is not in the spirit of Buddhism, so we find this dialogue
between the Master and his disciples:
- If, now, knowing this and preserving this, would you say: We honour our Master and
through respect for him we respect what he teaches?
- No, Lord.
- That which you affirm, O disciples, is it not only that which you yourselves have
recognized, seen and grasped?
- Yes, Lord. 13
And in conformity with this thoroughly correct attitude of true inquiry, it is said, in a
Buddhist treatise on logic: As the wise test gold by burning, by cutting it and rubbing it
(on a touchstone), so are you to accept my words after examining them and not merely
out of regard for me. 14
Buddhism is free from compulsion and coercion and does not demand of the follower
blind faith. At the very outset the sceptic will be pleased to hear of its call for
investigation. Buddhism, from beginning to end, is open to all those who have eyes to
see and mind to understand.
Once, when the Buddha, was dwelling in a mango grove at Nalanda, Upali , a fervent
follower of Nigantha Nataputta (Jaina Mahavira), 15 approached the Master with the sole
intention of debating with him and defeating him in argument. The subject was the
theory of karma which both the Buddha and Mahavira professed, although their views
on it differed. At the end of the very friendly discussion, Upali being convinced by the
arguments of the Buddha, agreed with his views, and was ready to become a follower, a
lay disciple (upasaka). Nevertheless cautioning him, the Buddha said: Of a truth,
householder, make a thorough investigation. It is good for well-known men like yourself
to make a thorough investigation. Upali, however, became more satisfied and delighted
with the Buddha for thus cautioning him, and took refuge in the Buddha, the Dhamma
and the Sangha (the Order). 16
This episode clearly explains that the Blessed One was not anxious to gain followers
except through their own conviction--a lesson this that missionaries should learn.
The Buddha never interfered with another mans freedom of thought; for freedom of
thought is the birthright of every individual. It is wrong to force someone out of the way
of life which accords with his outlook and character, spiritual inclination and tendencies.
Compulsion in every form is bad. It is coercion of the blackest kind to make a man
swallow beliefs for which he has no relish; such forced feeding cannot be good for
anybody, anywhere.
The Buddhas sole intention was to make clear to others that seeing things as they are is
not the result of mere belief in, and fear of, some external power, either human,
superhuman or even infra-human. In the understanding of things, belief and fear do not
play any role in Buddhist thought. The truth of the Dhamma can be grasped only
through insight never through blind faith, or through fear of some known or unknown
being. The history of religions reveals that it is fear in man, enmeshed in ignorance,
which creates the idea of an omnipotent external agency; and once that idea is created,
men move in fear of the child of their own creation, and work untold harm to
themselves, and, at times, to others, too.
Instructing the monks the Buddha says: Those who have mere faith in me, mere
affection in me, they are bound for a good state of existence (but they do not attain the
highest, arahatta, final emancipation). Those who are striving for Dhamma, who are
bent on the path, they are bound for awakening, for arahatta. 17
These are clear indications that the Buddha did not want his followers to recognize
anything indiscriminately and without reason.
Not only did the Buddha discourage blind belief, and fear of the omnipotent as
unsuitable approaches for understanding the truth, but he also denounced adherence to
unprofitable rites and rituals, because the mere abandoning of outward things, such as
fasting bathing in rivers, animal sacrifice and similar acts, do not tend to purify a man,
do not make a man holy and noble.
We find this dialogue between the Buddha and the brahmin Sundarika Bharadvaja. Once
the Buddha addressing the monks explained in detail how a seeker after deliverance
should train himself, and further added that a man whose mind is free from taints,
whose life of purity is perfected, and the task done, could be called one who bathes
inwardly.
Then Bharadvaja seated near the Buddha heard these words and asked him:
- Does the Venerable Gotama go to bathe in the river Bahuka?
- Brahmin, what good is the river Bahuka?
- Indeed, Venerable Gotama, the river Bahuka is believed by many to be holy. Many
people have their evil deeds (papa) washed away in the river Bahuka.
Then the Buddha made him understand that bathing in rivers would not cleanse a man
of his dirt of evil, and instructed him thus:
Bathe just here (in this Doctrine and Discipline--Dhamma-vinaya), brahmin, give
security to all beings. If you do not speak falsehood, or kill or steal, if you are confident,
and are not mean, what does it avail you to go to Gaya (the name of a river in India
during the time of the Buddha)? Your well at home is also a Gaya. 18
The Buddha proclaimed a path free from all superstition and cruelty, that is, he made it
impossible for his followers to behave in any manner detrimental to the welfare of living
beings, by prohibiting all oppression, spoliation, and plunder.
What then is Buddhism?
Some prefer to call the teaching of the Buddha a religion, others call it a philosophy, still
others think of it as both religion and philosophy. It may, however be more correct to
call it a Way of Life. But that does not mean that Buddhism is nothing more than an
ethical code. Far from it, it is a way of moral, spiritual and intellectual training leading to
complete freedom of mind. The Buddha himself called his teaching Dhamma-vinaya, the
Doctrine and the Discipline. But Buddhism, in the strictest sense of the word, cannot be
called a religion, for if by religion is meant action or conduct indicating belief in,
reverence for, and desire to please, divine ruling power; the exercise or practice of rites
or observances implying this... ; recognition on the part of man of some higher unseen
power as having control of his destiny, and as being entitled to obedience, reverence,
and worship, 19 Buddhism certainly is not such a religion.
In Buddhist thought, there is no awareness or conviction of the existence of a Creator of
any form who rewards and punishes the good and ill deeds of the creatures of his
creation. A Buddhist takes refuge in the Buddha (Buddham saranam gacchami) but not
in the hope that he will be saved by the Master. There is no such guarantee. The Buddha
is only a teacher who points out the way and guides followers to their individual
deliverance.
A sign-board at the parting of roads, for instance, indicates directions, and it is left to the
wayfarer to tread along the way watching his steps. The board certainly will not take
him to his desired destination.
A doctor diagnoses the ailment and prescribes; it is left to the patient to test the
prescription. The attitude of the Buddha towards his followers is like that of an
understanding and compassionate teacher or a physician.
The highest worship is that paid to the best of men, those great and daring spirits who
have, with their wide and penetrating grasp of reality, wiped out ignorance, and rooted
out defilements. The men who saw Truth are true helpers, but Buddhists do not pray to
them. They only reverence the revealers of Truth for having pointed out the path to true
happiness and deliverance. Happiness is what one must achieve for oneself; nobody else
can make one better or worse. Purity and impurity depend on oneself. One can neither
purify nor defile another. 20
While lying on his death-bed between the two Sala trees at Kusinara, the eighty-year-old
Buddha seeing the flowers offered to him, addressed the Venerable Ananda thus: They
who, Ananda, are correct in life, living according to the Dhamma--it is they who rightly
honour, reverence and venerate the Tathagata with the worthiest homage. Therefore,
Ananda, be ye correct in life, living according to the Dhamma. Thus, should you train
yourselves. 21 This encouragement of the Buddha on living according to the Dhamma
shows clearly that what is of highest importance is training in mental, verbal and bodily
conduct, and not the mere offering of flowers to the Enlightened Ones. The emphasis is
on living the right life.
Now when a Buddhist offers flowers, or lights a lamp before the Buddha image or some
sacred object, and ponders over the supreme qualities of the Buddha, he is not praying to
anyone; these are not ritual, rites, or acts of worship. The flowers that soon fade and the
flames that die down speak to him, and tell him of the impermanency (anicca) of all
conditioned things. The image serves him as an object for concentration, for meditation;
he gains inspiration and endeavours to emulate the qualities of the Master. Those who
do not understand the significance of this simple offering, hastily conclude: This is idol
worship. Nothing could be more untrue.
Jawaharlal Nehru in his autobiography writes:
At Anuradhapura, 22 I liked greatly an old seated statue of the Buddha. A year later,
when I was in Dehra Dun Gaol, a friend in Ceylon sent me a picture of this statue, and I
kept it on my little table in my cell. It became a precious companion for me, and the
strong, calm features of the Buddhas statue soothed and gave me strength and helped
me to overcome many a period of depression. 23
P. D. Ouspensky, seeing a Buddha image in a monastery near Mount Lavinia in Sri Lanka
wrote:
The face of the Buddha was quite alive; he was not looking straight at me, and yet he
saw me. At first I felt nothing but wonder. I had not expected and could not have
expected anything like it. But very soon wonder and all other feelings and thoughts dis-
appeared in new and strange sensations. The Buddha saw me, saw in me that which I
could not see myself, all that was hidden in the most secret recesses of my soul. And
under his gaze, which, as it were, passed me by, I began to see all this myself. Everything
that was small, superfluous, uneasy and troubled came to the surface and displayed itself
under this glance. The face of the Buddha was quite calm, but not expressionless, and
full of deep thought and feeling. He was lying here deep in thought and I had come,
opened the doors and stood before him, and now he was involuntarily judging me. But
there was no blame or reproach in his glance. His look was extraordinarily serious, calm
and full of understanding. But when I attempted to ask myself what the face of the
Buddha expressed, I realized that there could be no answer. His face was neither cold
nor indifferent. On the other hand it would be quite wrong to say that it expressed
warmth, sympathy or compassion. All this would be too small to ascribe to him. At the
same time it would also be wrong to say that the face of the Buddha expressed unearthly
grandeur or divine wisdom. No, it was a human face, yet at the same time a face which
men do not happen to have. I felt that the words that I could command would be wrong
if applied to the expression of this face. I can only say that here was understanding.
Simultaneously I began to feel the strange effect which the Buddhas face produced on
me. All the gloom that rose from the depths of my soul seemed to clear up. It was as if
the Buddhas face communicated its calm to me. Everything that up to now had troubled
me and appeared so serious and important, now became so small, insignificant and
unworthy of notice, that I only wondered how it could ever have affected me. And I felt
that no matter how agitated, troubled, irritated and torn with contradictory thoughts
and feelings a man might be when he came here, he would go away calm, quiet,
enlightened, understanding ... 24
As to whether Buddhism is a philosophy, that depends upon the definition of the word;
and whether it is possible to give a definition that will cover all existing systems of
philosophical thought is doubtful. Etymologically philosophy means to love (Gr. philein)
wisdom (sophia). Philosophy has been both the seeking of wisdom and the wisdom
sought. In Indian thought philosophy is termed darsana, vision of truth. In brief, the
aim of philosophy should be to find out the ultimate truth.
Buddhism also advocates the search for truth. But it is no mere speculative reasoning, a
theoretical structure, a mere acquiring and storing of knowledge. The Buddha
emphasises the practical aspect of his teaching, the application of knowledge to life--
looking into life and not merely at it.
For the Buddha, the entire teaching is just the understanding of the unsatisfactory nature
of all phenomenal existence and the cultivation of the path leading away from this
unsatisfactoriness. This is his philosophy.
In Buddhism wisdom is of the highest importance; for purification comes through
wisdom, through understanding. 25 But the Buddha never praised mere intellect.
According to him, knowledge should go hand in hand with purity of heart, with moral
excellence (vijja-caranasampanna). Wisdom gained by understanding and development
of the qualities of mind and heart is wisdom par excellence (bhavanamaya panna). It is
saving knowledge, and not mere speculation, logic or specious reasoning. Thus it is clear
that Buddhism is neither mere love of, nor inducing the search after wisdom, nor
devotion (though they have their significance and bearing on mankind), but an
encouragement of a practical application of the teaching that leads the follower to
dispassion, enlightenment and final deliverance.
Though we call the teaching of the Buddha Buddhism, thus including it among the
isms and ologies, it does not really matter what we label it. Call it religion, philosophy,
Buddhism or by any other name you like. These labels are of little significance to one
who goes in search of truth and deliverance.
When Upatissa and Kolita (who were later to become Sariputta and Mahk Moggallana,
the two chief disciples of the Buddha) were wandering in search of the truth of
deliverance, Upatissa saw
the Venerable Assaji (one of the first five disciples of the Master) who was on his alms-
round. Upatissa was greatly struck by the dignified deportment of the Elder. Thinking it
not the right time to inquire and question, Upatissa followed the Elder Assaji to his
resting place, and then approached and greeted him and asked about his masters
teaching. 26 The Venerable Assaji, rather reluctant to speak much, humbly said: I cannot
expound the doctrine and discipline at length, but I can tell you the meaning briefly.
Upatissas reply is interesting: Well, friend, tell little or much; what I want is just the
meaning. Why speak many words? Then the Venerable Assaji repeated a single verse
which embraces the Buddhas entire doctrine of causality:
Whatever from a cause proceeds, thereof
The Tathagata has explained the cause,
Its cessation too he has explained.
This is the teaching of the Supreme Sage. 27
Upatissa instantly grasped the meaning and attained the first stage of realization,
comprehending whatever is of the nature of arising, all that is of the nature of ceasing
(yamkinci samudaya-dhammam sabbam tam nirodhadhammam). 28
No amount of talk and discussion not directed towards right understanding will lead us
to deliverance. What is needed is right instruction and right understanding. We may
even derive right instructions from nature, from trees and flowers, from stones and
rivers. There are many instances where people gained enlightenment and release from
taints by merely watching a leaf fall, the flow of water, a forest fire, the blowing out of a
lamp. This struck a chord in them, and realizing the impermanent nature of things, they
gained deliverance. Yes, the lotus awaits the sunlight, and no sooner does the sun shine
than the lotus opens and brings delight to all.
Here in this teaching no attempt is made to probe into the ultimate origin of man and
things--to inquire into the question: Is the universe eternal or not? Is it finite or infinite?
The Buddha was not concerned with such metaphysical problems which only confuse
man and upset his mental equilibrium. Their solution surely will not free mankind from
misery and ill. That was why the Buddha hesitated to answer such questions, and at
times refrained from explaining those which were often wrongly formulated. The
Buddha was a practical teacher. His sole aim was to explain in all its detail the problem
of dukkha, suffering, the universal fact of life, to make people feel its full force, and to
convince them of it. He has definitely told us what he explains and what he does not
explain. 29
Some scholars, however, do not appreciate this attitude of the Master, they even doubt
his enlightenment and label him an agnostic. Scholars will ever argue and speculate.
These are not questions of today or yesterday, they were raised in the time of the
Buddha. Even Sakuludayi, the Wanderer, for instance, asked about the past and the
future and the Buddhas reply was categorical:
Let be the past, let be the future, I will teach you the Dhamma:
"When this is, that comes to be,
With the arising of this, that arises,
When this is not, that does not come to be,
With the cessation of this, that ceases. 30
This in a nutshell is the Buddhist doctrine of conditionality or Dependent Arising (paticca
samuppada). 31 And this forms the foundation of the Four Noble Truths, the central
conception of Buddhism.
1. S. iii. 138.
2. Dhp. 160.
3. M. 38.
4. Dph. 276.
5. M. 26.
6. Sanskrit arhat the consummate one, The worthy one. One of the titles applied
executively to the Buddha and the perfected disciples. As the books reveal, the first
application of the term to the Buddha was by himself. That was when, the Buddha was
journeying from Gaya to Baranasi to deliver his first sermon to the five ascetics. On the
way, not far from Gaya, the Buddha was met by Upaka, an ascetic, who, struck by the
senses appearance of the Master, inquired: Who is thy teacher? whose teaching do you
profess?
Replying in verse, the Buddha said:
I, verily, am the Arahat in the world,
A teacher pealess am I...
He used the word for the second time when addressing the five ascetics thus: I am an
Arahat, a Tathagata, fully enlightened.
The word is applied only to those who have fully destroyed the taints. In this sense, the
Buddha was the first Arahat in the world as he himself revealed to Upaka.
7. Maggannu, maggavidu, maggakovido.
8. S. iii. 66.
9. D. 16, Parinibbana-sutta.
10. Legacy of India, Ed. by G. T. Garratt (Oxford,1937), pp. x, xi.
11. D. 16.
12. A. i. 188, sutta 65. Cf. A. i. sutta 66 and A. ii. Bhaddiya sutta 193.
13. M. 47.
14. Jnanasara-samuccaya, 31.
15. One of the so called six heretics or teachers, contemporaries of the Buddha. For
accounts of these teachers read Samannaphala sutta, D. 2, or its translation in Dialogues
of the Buddha, Part I.
16. Upali sutta, M. 56. also read chapter 8.
17. M. 22.
18. M 7.
19. The Short Oxford English Dictionary, 1956.
20. Dph. 165.
21. D. 16.
22. In Sri Lanka (Ceylon).
23. Jawaharlal Nehru, An Autobiography (John Lane, The Bodley Head, London) p. 271.
24. P. D. Ouspensky, A New Model of the Universe, third edition (Kegan Paul, London,
1938), pp. 360-72.
25. S. i. 214.
26. Compare this with the story of Kassapa, chapter 4, n.4.
27. Ye dhamma hetuppabhavatesam hetum tathagato aha
Tesam ca yo nirodhoevam vadi maha samano.
28. Vinaya i. 40
29. See chapter 3.
30. Imasmim sati idam hoti,
imassuppada idam uppajjati,
imasmim asati idam na hoti,
imassa nirodha idam nirujjhati. M. ii. 32.
See also the dialogue between the Buddha and Malunkyaputta in M. 63.
31. For the whole formula consisting of the twelve factors, see chapter 4.
CHAPTER 3
THE CENTRAL CONCEPTION OF BUDDHISM
(The Four Noble Truths)
THE FIRST NOBLE TRUTH
Dukkha: Suffering
The Four Noble Truths realized by the Buddha while seated in contemplation under the
Bodhi tree at Gaya were made known by him to his erstwhile companions, the five
ascetics, when he gave his first sermon at the deer park at Isipatana (modern Sarnath)
near Benares. These Four Noble Truths form the central conception of Buddhism.
They are:
1. Dukkha, suffering,
2. Samudaya, the arising of suffering,
3. Nirodha, the cessation of suffering,
4. Magga, the path leading to the cessation of suffering.
The word dukkha (or Sanskrit duhkha) is one of those Pali 1 terms that cannot be
translated adequately into English, by one word, for no English word covers the same
ground as dukkha in Pali. Suffering, ill, anguish, unsatisfactoriness are some favourite
renderings; the words pain, misery, sorrow, conflict, and so forth, are also used. The
word dukkha, however, includes all that, and more than that. Though one likes to leave
the term untranslated, for convenience sake both the words suffering and dukkha will be
used wherever possible. After a perusal of this chapter the reader may be able to
understand what dukkha means in the Buddhas teaching.
In Buddhism awakening from ignorance to full knowledge always implies the
comprehension of the Four Noble Truths. The Enlightened One is called the Buddha
simply because he understood the Truths in all their fullness. The whole of his first
sermon is devoted to the formulation of these Truths; for they are the essence of the
Buddhas teaching. As the footprint of every creature that walks the earth can be
contained in an elephants footprint, which is pre-eminent for size, so does the doctrine
of the four. Noble Truths embrace all skilful Dhamma (the entire teaching of the
Buddha). 2
In the original Pali texts, specifically in the discourses (suttas), these Four Truths are
made clear in detail and in diverse ways. Without a clear idea of the Truths, one cannot
know what the Buddha taught for forty-five years. To the Buddha the entire teaching is
just the understanding of dukkha, the unsatisfactory nature of all phenomenal existence,
and the understanding of the way out of this unsatisfactoriness.
Even when the recluses and brahmins of his time misrepresented him by saying:
The recluse Gotama is a nihilist (venayiko) who makes known the destruction and
disappearance of being, the Buddha, without any feeling of indignation, or
dissatisfaction, emphatically said:
Formerly (as early as the first proclamation of the Dhamma to the five ascetics) as well
as now, monks, I make known only suffering and the cessation of suffering
(dukkhamceva pannapemi dukkhassa ca nirodham). 3
To understand this unequivocal saying is to understand Buddhism; for the entire
teaching of the Buddha is nothing else than the application of this one principle. It seems
to me that what can be called the discovery of a Buddha, is just these Four Truths, and
the rest are logical developments and more detailed explanations of the Four Noble
Truths. This is the typical teaching of the Buddhas of all ages, peculiar to them and none
else (Buddhanam samukkamsika dhammadesana). 4 The supremacy of the Four Truths
in the teaching of the Buddha is abundantly clear from the message of the simsapa grove
as from the message of the deer park:
Once the Buddha was living at Kosambi (near Allahabad) in the simsapa grove. Then
gathering a few leaves in his hand, the Buddha addressed the monks:
- What do you think, monks, which is greater in quantity, the handful of simsapa leaves
gathered by me, or what is in the forest overhead?
- Not many, trifling, Venerable Sir, are the leaves in the handful gathered by the Blessed
One, many are the leaves in the forest overhead.
- Even so, monks, many are the things I have fully realized, but not declared unto you;
few are the things I have declared unto you. And why, monks, have I not declared them?
They, monks, are, indeed, not useful, are not essential to the life of purity, they do not
lead to disgust, to dispassion, to cessation, to tranquillity, to full understanding, to
enlightenment, to Nibbana. That is why, monks, they are not declared by me.
And what is it, monks, that I have declared?
This is suffering--this have I declared.
This is the arising of suffering--this have I declared.
This is the cessation of suffering--this have I declared.
This is the path leading to the cessation of suffering--this have I declared.
And why, monks, have I declared these truths? They are, indeed useful, are essential to
the life of purity, they lead to disgust, to dispassion, to cessation, to tranquillity, to full
understanding, to enlightenment, to Nibbana. That is why, monks, they are declared by
me. 5 Thus spoke the Buddha.
The Buddha is known as the peerless physician (bhisakko), the supreme surgeon
(sallakatto anuttaro). He indeed is an unrivalled healer. The Buddhas method of
exposition of the Four Truths is comparable to that of a physician. As a physician, he first
diagnosed the illness, next he discovered the cause or the arising of the illness, then
considered its removal and lastly applied the remedy.
Suffering (dukkha) is the illness; craving (tanha) is the arising or the root cause of the
illness (samudaya); through the removal of craving the illness is removed and that is the
cure (nirodha = nibbana).
A sick man should become aware of his ailment, he should take notice of it lest it
becomes acute, he should then think of a way of removing its cause; with this end in
view he goes to a physician who diagnoses and prescribes a remedy. Through the
efficacy of the remedy the patient gets rid of the ailment and that is the cure.
Thus suffering is not to be ignored, but to be known (abhinneyya), for it is the dire
disease. Craving, the cause, is to be removed, to be abandoned (pahatabba) ; the
Eightfold Path is to be practised, to be cultivated (bhavetabba) ; for it is the remedy.
With the knowledge of suffering, with the removal of craving through the practice of the
path, Nibbanas realization (saccikatabba) is ensured. It is the cure, the complete
detachment, the release from craving.
The Buddhas reply to Sela, the brahmin, who doubted the Masters enlightenment is
interesting:
I know what should be known, what should
Be cultivated I have cultivated,
What should be abandoned that have I let go,
Hence, O brahmin, I am Buddha--the Awakened One. 6
The reply clearly indicates that it was for no other reason than a perfect comprehension
of the Four Truths that the Master is called a Buddha. The Buddha himself says: Monks,
by the fact of understanding, as they really are, these Four Noble Truths, a Tathagata is
called an Arahat, a Fully Enlightened One. 7
The First Noble Truth: Dukkha: Suffering.
In the early Buddhist scriptures the word dukkha is used in more than one sense. It is
used in the psychological, physical and philosophical sense according to the context.
To those who try to see things as they really are, the concept of dukkha (suffering) is no
insignificant thing. It is the key-stone in Buddhist thought. To ignore this essential
concept implies ignoring the remaining three truths. The importance of knowing
suffering is seen in these words of the Buddha:
He who sees suffering, sees also the arising of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and
the path leading to the cessation of suffering . 8
As these truths are interconnected and interdependent, seeing one or more of the four
truths implies seeing the others as well. 9 To one who denies suffering, a path, treading
along which one gains deliverance from suffering, is meaningless. In brief, denying one
single truth amounts to denying the other three as well, and that is to deny the entire
teaching of the Buddha.
To the staunch materialist who says: I do not want to swallow all this nonsense, this
teaching may appear rather jejune, puzzling and out of place, but to those who strive to
cultivate a realistic view of life, this is no myth, no imaginary tale told to fools.
To those who view the sentient world from the correct angle, that is with dispassionate
discernment, one thing becomes abundantly clear; there is only one problem in the
world, that of suffering (dukkha). All other problems known and unknown are included
in this one which is universal. As the Buddha says: The world is established on suffering,
is founded on suffering (dukkhe loko patitthito). 10 If anything becomes a problem there
is bound to be suffering, unsatisfactoriness, or if we like, conflict--conflict between our
desires and the facts of life. And naturally, mans every endeavour is to solve the
problem, in other words, to remove unsatisfactoriness, to control conflict, which is pain,
a wretched state of mind.
To this single problem we give different names: economic, social, political, psychological
and even religious problems. Do not they all emanate from that one single problem,
dukkha, namely, unsatisfactoriness? If there is not unsatisfactoriness, why need we strive
to solve them? Does not solving a problem imply reducing the unsatisfactoriness? All
problems bring about unsatisfactoriness, and the endeavour is to put an end to them, but
they beget each other. The cause is often not external, but in the problem itself, it is sub-
jective. We often think that we have solved problems to the satisfaction of all concerned,
but they often crop up in other forms, in diverse ways. It seems as if we are constantly
confronted with fresh ones, and we put forth fresh efforts to solve them, thus they and
the solving of them go on incessantly. Such is the nature of suffering, the universal
characteristic of sentient existence. Sufferings appear and pass away only to reappear in
other forms. They are both physical and psychological, and some people are capable of
enduring the one more than the other and vice versa.
Life according to Buddhism is suffering; suffering dominates all life. It is the
fundamental problem of life. The world is suffering and afflicted, no being is free from
this bond of misery and this is a universal truth that no sensible man who sees things in
their proper perspective can deny. The recognition of this universal fact, however, is not
a total denial of pleasure or happiness. The Buddha, the Lord over suffering, never
denied happiness in life when he spoke of the universality of suffering. In the Anguttara
Nikaya, one of the five original Collections of Pali, there is a long enumeration of the
happinesses that beings are capable of enjoying. 11
In answering a question of Mahali Licchavi, the Buddha says:
Mahali, if visible forms, sound, smell, taste and tactile objects (these, as you know, are
sense objects which man experiences through his sense faculties), are entirely subject to
suffering, beset with suffering, and entirely bereft of pleasure and happiness, beings will
not take delight in these sense objects; but, Mahali, because there is pleasure and
happiness in these sense objects, beings take delight in them and cling to them; because
of this clinging they defile themselves . 12
Through sense faculties man is attracted to sense objects, delights in them and derives
enjoyment (assada). It is a fact that cannot be denied, for you experience it. Neither the
delightful objects nor the enjoyments, however, are lasting. They suffer change. Now
when a man cannot retain or is deprived of the pleasures that delight him, he often
becomes sad and cheerless. He dislikes monotony, for lack of variety makes him
unhappy, and looks for fresh delights, like cattle that seek fresh pasture, but these fresh
delights, too, are fleeting and a passing show. Thus all pleasures, whether we like it or
not, are preludes to pain and disgust. All mundane pleasures are fleeting, like sugar-
coated pills of poison they deceive and harm us.
A disagreeable dish, an unpleasant drink, an unlovely demeanour, and a hundred other
trifles, bring pain and dissatisfaction to us--Buddhist or non-Buddhist, rich or poor, high
or low, literate or illiterate. Shakespeare merely gives voice to the words of the Buddha
when he writes in Hamlet: When sorrows come they come not single spies, but in
battalions.
Now when man fails to see this aspect of life, this unsteadiness of pleasures, he becomes
disappointed and frustrated, may even behave foolishly, without sense or judgement and
even lose balance of mind. This is the danger, the evil consequence (adinava). Mankind
is frequently confronted with these two pictures of life (assada and adinava). Yet the
man who endeavours to get rid of his deep fondness for things, animate and inanimate,
and views life with a detached outlook, who sees things in their proper perspective,
whose cultural training urges him to be calm under all lifes vicissitudes, who can smile
when things go wrong, and maintain balance of mind putting away all likes and dislikes-
-he is never worried but liberated (nissarana). These three, assada, adivana and
nissarana, or enjoyment, its evil consequences and liberation are facts of experience--a
true picture of what we call life.
In answering the question of Mahali the Buddha continues: Mahali, if visible forms,
sound, smell, taste and tactile objects are entirely subject to pleasure, beset with
pleasures and not bereft of pain, beings will not be disgusted with sense objects, but,
Mahali, because there is pain and no lasting pleasure in these sense objects, they feel
disgusted, being disgusted they do not delight in and cling to them; not clinging, they
purify themselves. 13
Now there are these three aspects of suffering: (1) suffering in its most obvious ordinary
form (dukkha-dukkhata); (2) suffering or the unsatisfactoriness of conditioned states
(samkhara-dukkhata) ; (3) suffering caused by change (viparinama dukkhata). 14
All mental and bodily sufferings such as birth, ageing, disease, death, association with
the unloved, dissociation from the loved, not getting what one wants 15 are the ordinary
sufferings of daily life and are called dukkha-dukkhata. Not much science is needed to
understand this fact of life.
Samkhara-dukkhata, unsatisfactoriness of conditioned states, is of philosophical
significance. Though the word samkhara implies all things subject to cause and effect,
here in the context of dukkha the five groups or aggregates (pancakkhandha) are meant.
They are the aggregates of matter (in this case the visible, tangible body of form), of
sensations, of perceptions, of mental formations and of consciousness. 16 They are known
briefly as nama-rupa, the psycho-physical entity. Rupa includes the physical aggregate
and nama the remaining four aggregates. The combination of the five constitutes a
sentient being.
A being and the empirical world are both constantly changing. They come into being and
pass away. All is in a whirl, nothing escapes this inexorable, unceasing change, and
because of this transitory nature nothing is really pleasant. There is happiness, but very
momentary, it vanishes like a flake of snow, and brings about unsatisfactoriness. This is
why the Buddha in his formulation of the Noble Truth of dukkha concluded with the
words: In brief the five aggregates of grasping are dukkha (suffering or unsatisfactory).
This is what is called the unsatisfactoriness of conditioned states (samkhara dukkha).
Viparinama dukkha comes under the category of unsatisfactoriness due to
impermanence. All the pleasant and happy feelings that man can experience fade away
and disappear. As the Buddha says, even the feelings that a yogi or meditator
experiences by attaining the four meditative absorptions (jhana), come under the
category of viparinama dukkha, because they are transient (anicca), dukkha, and subject
to change (viparinamadhamma). 17 But the dukkha mentioned here is certainly not the
pain and suffering that people in general endure. What the Buddha points out is that all
things impermanent are unsatisfactory. They suffer change every moment and this
change brings about unsatisfactoriness; for whatever is impermanent is unsatisfactory
(yadaniccam tam dukkham) 18 That is, there is no lasting bliss.
In his formulation of the Noble Truth of Suffering, the Buddha says: In short, the five
aggregates of clinging are suffering. 19 According to this teaching suffering cannot be
separated from the five aggregates. It cannot exist independently of them. The five
aggregates of grasping and suffering are the, same and not two different things. Monks,
what is suffering? It should be said that it is the five aggregates of grasping. 20
The Buddha says elsewhere: In this very body, a fathom long, with its consciousness and
perception I declare are the world, its arising, its cessation and the path that leads to the
cessation of the world. 21 Here the word world denotes suffering, dukkha.
From the above it becomes clear that to understand properly the first noble truth, as well
as the other three, it is essential to have a clear idea of the five aggregates
(pancakkhandha).
Let us therefore try to understand the significance of the aggregates. Buddhism speaks of
two truths, the apparent or conventional truth (sammuti sacca) and the ultimate or
highest truth (paramattha sacca). 22 In ordinary parlance we speak of a being, but in the
ultimate sense there is no such being; there is only a manifestation of ever-changing
psycho-physical forces or energies. These forces or energies form the five aggregates, and
what we call a being is nothing but a combination of these everchanging five
aggregates.
Now what are the five Aggregates?
1. The first is the Aggregate of Matter (rupakkhandha). Matter contains and comprises
the Four Great Primaries (cattari mahabhutani) which are traditionally known as,
solidity, fluidity, heat or temperature, and motion or vibration (pathavi, apo, tejo, vayo).
23
In this context, they are not simply earth, water, fire and wind, though conventionally
they may be so called. In Buddhist thought, especially in the Abhidhamma, the Higher
Doctrine, they are more than that.
Pathavi or solidity is the element of expansion. It is due to this element of expansion that
objects occupy space. When we see an object we only see something extended in space
and we give a name to it. The element of expansion is present not only in solids, but in
liquids, too; for when we see the sea stretched before us even then we see pathavi. The
hardness of rock and the softness of paste, the quality of heaviness and lightness in
things are also qualities of pathavi, or are particular states of it.
Apo or fluidity is the element of cohesion. It is this element that heaps particles of matter
together without allowing them to scatter. The cohesive force in liquids is very strong,
for unlike solids, they coalesce even after their separation. Once a solid is broken up or
separated the particles do not recoalesce. In order to join them it becomes necessary to
convert the solid into a liquid by raising the temperature, as in the welding of metals.
When we see an object we only see an expansion with limits, this expansion or shape is
possible because of the cohesive force.
Tejo is the element of heat or temperature. It is this element which matures, intensifies
or imparts heat to the other three primaries. The vitality of all beings and plants is
preserved by this element. From every expansion and shape we get a sensation of heat.
This is relative; for when we say that an object is cold, we only mean that the heat of
that particular object is less than our body heat, in other words, the temperature of the
object is lower than the temperature of our body. Thus it is clear that the so-called
coldness, too, is an element of heat or temperature, of course in a lower degree.
Vayo is the element of motion. It is displacement. This, too, is relative. To know whether
a thing is moving or not we need a point which we regard as being fixed, by which to
measure that motion, but there is ho absolutely motionless object in the universe. So the
so-called stability, too, is an element of motion. Motion depends oh heat. In the complete
absence of heat atoms cease to vibrate. Complete absence of heat is only theoretical, we
cannot feel it, because then we would not exist, as we, too, are made of atoms.
Every material object is made up of the Four Great Primaries though one or other seems
to preponderate; if, for instance, the element of solidity (pathavi) preponderates, the
material object is called solid, and so on.
From these Great Primaries which always co-exist are derived twenty-four other material
phenomena and qualities; among these derivatives (upadayarupa) are included the five
sense faculties, namely, the faculties of eye, ear, nose, tongue and body, and their
corresponding sense objects, namely, visible form, sound, smell, taste and tangible
things. The aggregate of matter includes the whole realm of physical substance, both in
ones body and in the external world.
2. The second is the Aggregate of Feeling or Sensation (vedanakkhandha). All our
feelings are included in this group. Feelings are threefold: pleasant, unpleasant and
neutral. They arise dependant on contact. Seeing a form, hearing a sound, smelling an
odour, tasting a flavour, touching some tangible thing, cognizing a mental object, (an
idea or thought) man experiences feeling. 24 When, for instance, eye, form and eye-
consciousness (cakkhu-vinnana) come together, it is their coincidence that is called
contact. Contact means the combination of the organ of sense, the object of sense, and
sense consciousness. When these are all present together there is no power or force that
can prevent the arising of feeling.
Such is the intrinsic nature of contact and feeling. It cannot, however, be said that all
beings experience the same feeling from the same object. One person may derive a
pleasant feeling from a particular object while another has an unpleasant feeling and still
another a neutral feeling from the same object. This depends on how the mind and its
factors function. Further, a sense object which once evoked a pleasant feeling in a man,
may produce an unpleasant or a neutral feeling in him under different circumstances,
and so on. Again, what is pleasant to one sense faculty may be unpleasant to another
faculty; for instance, a luscious fruit unpleasant to the sight may prove very pleasant to
the tongue and so on. Thus we learn how feeling is conditioned by contact in diverse
ways.
3. The third is the Aggregate of Perception (sannakkhandha). The function of perception
is recognition (samjanana) of objects both physical and mental. Perception, like feeling,
also is sixfold: perception of forms, sounds, smells, tastes, bodily contacts and mental
objects. Perception in Buddhism is not used in the sense that some Western philosophers
like Bacon, Descartes, Spinoza and Leibnitz used the term, but as a mere sense
perception.
There is a certain affinity between awareness (vijanana, which is the function of
consciousness) and recognition (samjanana, the function of perception). While
consciousness becomes aware of an object, simultaneously the mental factor of
perception takes the distinctive mark of the object and thus distinguishes it from other
objects. This distinctive mark is instrumental in cognizing the object a second and a third
time, and in fact, every time we become aware of the object. Thus, it is perception that
brings about memory.
It is important to note that perceptions often deceive us. Then they become known as
illusion or perversity of perceptions. (sanna-vipallasa, see chapter 7).
A simile will illustrate the point. A farmer after sowing a field, will set up a scare-crow to
protect the seed and for a time the birds will mistake it for a man and will not settle.
That is an illusion of perception. Similarly sense and mental objects deceive our mind by
producing a false impression. The Buddha, therefore, compares perception to a mirage.
25

When a particular perception, perverted or hot, occurs frequently, it grows stronger and
grips our mind. Then it becomes difficult to get rid of that perception, and the result is
well explained in this verse of the Suttanipata 26.
Who is free from sense perceptions
In him no more bonds exist;
Who by Insight freedom gains
All delusions cease in him;
But who clings to dense perceptions
And to view-points wrong and false
He lives wrangling in this world.
4. The fourth is Aggregate of Mental (Volitional) Formations (samkharakkhandha). 27 In
this group are included all mental factors except feeling (vedana) and perception
(sanna) mentioned above. The Abhidhamma speaks of fifty-two mental concomitants or
factors (cetasika). Feeling and perception are two of them, but they are not volitional
activities. The remaining fifty are collectively known as samkhara, Mental or Volitional
Formations. Volition (cetana) plays a very important role in the mental realm. In
Buddhism no action is considered as karma (kamma) if that action is void of volition.
And like feeling and perception, it is of six kinds: Volition directed to forms, sounds,
smells, tastes, bodily contacts and mental objects.
5. The fifth is the Aggregate of Consciousness (vinnanakkhandha) 28 which is the most
important of the aggregates; for it is the receptacle, so to speak, for all the fifty-two
mental concomitants or factors, since without consciousness no mental factors are
available. Consciousness and the factors are interrelated, inter-dependent and co-
existent.
Now what is the function of consciousness? Like feeling, perception and volitional
formations, consciousness also has six types and its function is varied. It has its basis and
objects. As explained above all our feelings are experienced through the contact of sense
faculties with the external world.
The faculty of mind (manindriya) which cognizes mental objects, we know, is not
something tangible and perceptible like the other five faculties, which cognize the
external world. The eye cognizes the world of colours (vanna) or visible objects, the ear
audible sounds, and so forth. The mind, however, cognizes the world of ideas and
thoughts. Indriya (faculty) literally means chief or lord. Forms can only be seen by the
faculty of the eye and not by the ear, hearing by the faculty of the ear, and so on. When
it comes to the world of thoughts and ideas the faculty of the mind is lord over the
mental realm. The eye cannot think thoughts, and collect ideas, but it is instrumental in
seeing visible forms, the world of colours.
It is very important here to understand the function of consciousness. Although there is
this functional relationship between the faculties and their objects, for instance, eye with
forms, ear with sounds and so on, awareness comes through consciousness. In other
words, sense objects cannot be experienced with the particular sensitivity without the
appropriate kind of consciousness. Now when eye and form are both present, visual
consciousness arises dependent on them. Similarly ear and sound, and so on, down to
mind and mental objects. 29 Again when the three things, eye, form and eye-
consciousness, come together, it is their coincidence that is called contact. From contact
comes feeling and so on (as explained in Dependent Arising or Paticca Samuppada). 30
Thus consciousness originates through a stimulus arising in the five sense doors and the
mind door, the sixth. As consciousness arises through the interaction of the sense
faculties and the sense objects, it also is conditioned and not independent. It is not a
spirit or soul opposed to matter. Thoughts and ideas which are food for the sixth faculty
called mind are also dependent and conditioned. They depend on the external world
which the other five sense faculties experience.
The five faculties contact objects, only in the present, that is when objects come in direct
contact with the particular faculty. The mind faculty, however, can experience the sense
object, whether it is form, sound, smell, taste or touch already cognized by the sense
organs. For instance, a visible object, with which the eye came in contact in the past, can
be visualized by the mind faculty just at this moment although the object is not before
the eye. Similarly with the other sense objects. This is subjective, and it is difficult to
experience some of these sensations. This sort of activity of the mind is subtle and
sometimes beyond ordinary comprehension.
Thus the whole cosmos becomes a mere mass of sensation. When we see colour patches
and something solid or expanded we make an entity out of them but in reality it is not
so. The mind is merely giving a certain interpretation to phenomena which exist in the
external world, but which are not necessarily the same as they appear through the
channels of the senses.
As this mind or consciousness lies outside the realm of the physical world it cannot be
submitted to a chemical test; it has neither size, shape, dimension or bulk. It is invisible,
intangible and as such cannot be discerned by the five senses. It is not under the control
of other factors, but is master of them. And it must clearly be understood that mind is
not an everlasting spirit in the form of a Self or a Soul or an Ego-entity. It is neither a
spirit opposed to matter nor a projection, an offspring of matter.
There were many during the time of the Buddha who thought, and there are many who
continue to think that consciousness in the form of a permanent enduring self or soul
exists in man, and that it continues through life and at death transmigrates from one life
to another and binds lives together.
We see a glaring instance of this in the thirty-eighth discourse of the Majjhima Nikaya.
One of the Buddhas own disciples, Sati by name, held the following view: In so far as I
understand the Dhamma taught by the Buddha, it is the same consciousness that
transmigrates and wanders about (in rebirth). When Sati intimated his point of view to
the Master, the Buddha questioned him: What is this consciousness, Sati? It is that
which expresses, which feels (vado vedeyyo) and experiences the result of good and evil
deeds now here now there.
But to whom, foolish man, have you heard me teaching the Dhamma in this wise? Have
I not in many ways explained consciousness as arising out of conditions, that apart from
conditions there is no arising of consciousness? The Buddha then explained the different
types of consciousness and made clear, by means of examples, how consciousness arises
depending on conditions.
These are the five aggregates explained briefly. None of these aggregates are permanent.
They are ever subject to change. Leaving aside philosophy, and looking at the matter
from a purely scientific standpoint, nothing conditioned and compounded is permanent.
Whatever is impermanent is pain laden, is sorrow-fraught.
It is not at all astonishing if the reader concludes that this Buddhist concept of suffering
is very uninviting. As the Buddha has pointed out, all beings crave for the pleasant and
the pleasurable. They loathe the unpleasant and the non pleasurable. The grieving ones
seek pleasures which those already happy seek more and more.
It is, however, wrong to imagine that the Buddhist outlook on life and the world is a
gloomy one, and that the Buddhist is in low spirits. Far from it, he smiles as he walks
through life. He who understands the true nature of life is the happiest individual, for he
is not upset by the evanescent nature of things. He tries to see things as they are, and not
as they seem to be. Conflicts arise in man when he is confronted with the facts of life
such as ageing, illness, death and so forth, but frustration and disappointment do not vex
him when he is ready to face them with a brave heart. This view of life is neither
pessimistic nor optimistic, but ft realistic view. The man who ignores the principle of
unrest in things, the intrinsic nature of suffering, is upset when confronted with the
vicissitudes of life, because he has not trained his mind to see things as they really are.
Mans recognition of pleasures as lasting, leads to much vexation, when things occur
quite contrary to his expectations. It is therefore necessary to cultivate a detached
outlook towards life and things pertaining to life. Detachment cannot bring about
frustration, disappointment and mental torment, because there is no clinging to one
thing and another, but letting go. This indeed is not easy, but it is the sure remedy for
controlling, if not eradicating, unsatisfactoriness.
The Buddha sees suffering as suffering, and happiness as happiness, and explains that all
cosmic pleasure, like all other conditioned things, is evanescent, is a passing show. He
warns man against attaching too much importance to fleeting pleasures, for they sooner
or later beget discontent. Equanimity is the best antidote for both pessimism and
optimism. Equanimity is evenness of mind and not sullen indifference. It is the result of a
calm, concentrated mind. It is hard, indeed, to be undisturbed when touched by the
vicissitudes of life, but the man who cultivates equanimity is not upset.
A mother was asked why she did not lament over the death of her beloved son. Her
answer was philosophical: Uninvited he came, uninvited he passed away, as he came so
he went, what use is there in lamenting, weeping and wailing? 31 Thus people bear their
misfortune with equanimity. Such is the advantage of a tranquil mind. It is unshaken by
loss and gain, blame and praise, and undisturbed by adversity. This frame of mind is
brought about by viewing the sentient world in its proper perspective. Thus calm or
evenness of mind leads man to enlightenment and deliverance from suffering.
Absolute happiness cannot be derived from things conditioned and compounded. What
we hug in great glee this moment, turns into a source of dissatisfaction the next moment.
Pleasures are short-lived, and never lasting. The mere gratification of the sense faculties
we call pleasure and enjoyment, but in the absolute sense of the word such gratification
is not happy. Joy too is dukkha, unsatisfactory (nandipidukkha); for it is transient. If we
with our inner eye try to see things in their proper perspective, in their true light, we will
be able to realize that the world is but an illusion (maya) that leads astray the beings
who cling to it. All the so-called mundane pleasures are fleeting, and only an
introduction to pain. They give very temporary relief from lifes miserable ulcers. This is
what is known as suffering (dukkha) produced by change. Thus we see that dukkha
never ceases work, it functions in some form or other and is always at work--as dukkha-
dukkhatd, samkhara dukkhata and viparinama dukkhata, as explained above.
All kinds of suffering man can conceive of come into being, reach a peak, and cease in
the five Aggregates of Grasping. Apart from the five Aggregates of Grasping, which are
constantly changing, no suffering, gross or subtle, can exist.
Wittingly or not, all beings exert themselves to avoid disharmony and unsatisfactoriness,
and to gain pleasure, joy and happiness. The exertion goes on continuously, but no
lasting happiness is ever experienced. Pleasure seems to be an interval between two
pains. This is a clear indication that wherever there are the five Aggregates of Grasping
there is dukkha, suffering, unsatisfactoriness. It may be noted that like happiness,
suffering is not lasting, because it too is conditioned and subject to change.
Sir Edwin Arnold paints this picture of pain in The Light of Asia:
Ache of birth, ache of helpless days,
Ache of hot youth and ache of manhoods prime,
Ache of chill grey years and choking death
These fill your piteous time.
As the Buddha says:
A burden, indeed, are the five aggregates,
Happy it is to lay down that burden. 32
33
This is Nibbana, the absolute happiness (nibbanam paramam sukham).
The Buddha, the Lord over suffering, did not have a funereal expression on his face
when he explained: to his followers the import of dukkha, suffering; far from it his face
was always happy, serene and smiling for it showed his contented mind:
Happy, indeed, we live,
We who have no burdens.
On joy we ever feed
Like radiant deities. 34
He encouraged his disciples not to be morbid, but to cultivate the all important quality of
joy (piti) which is a factor of enlightenment. The result of this admonition of the Buddha
is seen in Psalms of the Early Buddhists 35 in which are recorded the inspired joyful
songs (udana) of the disciples, male and female. A dispassionate study of Buddhism will
tell us that it is a message radiating joy and hope and not a defeatist philosophy of
pessimism.
1. Pali is the language or dialect in which the Buddhist texts, or the Buddhist Canon
(tipitaka), and the commentaries are written. They were committed to writing (inscribed
on palm leaves) for the first time during the reign of King Vatthagamani Abhaya (101-
77B.C.) at Alu-vihara, Matale near Kandy in Sri Lanka .
2. M. 28.
3. M. 22.
4. Vinaya Mahavagga; D. ii.
5. S. v. 437.
6. M. 92: Sn. 558: Thag. 828; Vinaya i. 245.
7. S. v. 433.
8. S. v. 437.
9. S. v. 437.
10. S. i. 40.
11. A. i. 80.
12. S. iii. 69.
13. S. iii. 69.
14. D. 33; Samyutta, Jambukhadaka-sutta; Vism. 499 (The Path of Purification, Bhikkhu
Nanamoli, p. 568).
15. S. v. 421; Vin. i. 10.
16. The five aggregates are discussed in full at below in the same chapter.
17. M. i. Mahadukkhandha-sutta, no. 13, p. 90.
18. S. iii. 22.
19. S. v. 421.
20. S. iii. 158.
21. A. ii. 48.
22. DA. Com to discourse 9, Potthapada-sutta.
23. M. 28.
24. These six kinds of feelings are experienced through the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body
and the mind, respectively. Mind is regarded as the sixth faculty in Buddhist thought.
25. Marici. See chapter 7.
26. Sn. 847.
27. Mental formations is the popular term for the word samkhara in the list of the five
aggregates. In other contexts samkhara may signify anything conditioned compounded.
In this sense all the five aggregates are samkhara.
28. Loosely the three words vinnana, citta (thought) and mano (mind) are synonymous
(S. ii. 94-5). Technically, however, they go in different ways.
29. M. 148.
30. See chapter 4.
31. Uraga Jataka, no. 354.
32. S. iii. 26.
33. Dhp. 204; M. 75.
34. Dhp. 200.
35. Thera-gatha: Psalms of the Brethren.
Theri-gatha: Psalms of the Sisters.
CHAPTER 4
THE SECOND NOBLE TRUTH
Samudaya: The Arising of Suffering
BEFORE treating a sick man it is essential to discover the cause of his ailment. The
efficacy of the treatment depends on the removal of the cause. The Buddha discourses on
suffering but goes a step further and points out the arising of suffering thus
administering an efficacious cure. The hasty critic, therefore, is not justified in labelling
the Buddha a pessimist. The optimist will be pleased to hear that in the exposition of the
Four Noble Truths there is a way out of the pessimism. What then, according to the
teaching of the Buddha, is the Noble Truth of the arising of suffering?
As there is no arbitrary creator who controls the destinies of man in Buddhist thought,
Buddhism does not attribute suffering or the arising of suffering to an external agency,
to supernatural power, but seeks it in the innermost recesses of man himself. In the first
sermon of the Buddha and in many another discourse in the early scriptures, the second
Noble Truth is formulated in the following words:
It is this craving (thirst, tanha 1) which causes re-becoming, rebirth, accompanied by
passionate pleasure, and finding fresh delight now here, now there, namely, craving for
sense pleasures (kama-tanha), craving for continued existence, for becoming (bhava-
tanha), and craving for non-existence, for self-annihilation (vibhava-tanha).
Thus it is clear that suffering is the effect of craving which is the cause. Here we see seed
and fruit, action and reaction, cause and effect, a reign of natural law, and this is no
great mystery, Now this most powerful force, this mental factor, craving or thirst, keeps
existence going. It makes and remakes the world. Life depends on the desires of life. It is
the motive force behind not only the present existence, but past and future existence,
too. The present is the result of the past, and the future will be the result of the present.
This is a process of conditionality. This force is compared to a river (tanha-nadi) ; for like
a river that when in flood submerges villages, suburbs, towns and countries, craving
flows on continuously through re-existence and re-becoming. Like fuel that keeps the fire
burning, the fuel of craving keeps the fire of existence alive.
The Buddha says: Monks, I do not see any other single fetter bound by which beings for
a long, long time wander and hurry through the round of existence, like this fetter of
craving (tanha samyojanam). Truly, monks, bound by this fetter of craving, beings do
wander and hurry through the round of existence. 2
It is important to understand that craving here is not regarded as the First Cause with a
capital Wand a capital C; for according to Buddhism there is no First Cause, but
beginningless causes and effects and naught else ruling the universe. Things are neither
due to one single cause nor are they causeless, but as explained in the formula of
Dependent Arising things are multiple-caused. Craving, like all other things, physical or
mental, is also conditioned, interdependent and relative. It is neither a beginning nor an
end in itself. Though craving is cited as the proximate cause of suffering, it is not
independent, but interdependent. Dependent on feeling or sensation arises craving,
feeling arises dependent on contact and so fort. 3 The following dialogue explains the
standpoint of the Buddha regarding the arising of suffering:
4
Once a certain ascetic named Kassapa questioned the Buddha thus:
- Now then, Venerable Gotama, is suffering self-wrought?
- Not so, verily, Kassapa.
- What then, Venerable Gotama, is suffering wrought by another?
- Not so, verily, Kassapa.
- What then, Venerable Gotama, is suffering wrought both by ones self and by another?
- Not so, verily, Kassapa.
- What then, Venerable Gotama, is suffering wrought neither by ones self nor by
another, arisen without cause (due to purely fortuitous circumstances, adhicca
samuppanna) ?
- Not so, verily, Kassapa.
- Well then, Venerable Gotama, is suffering non-existent (is there no suffering)?
- Surely, Kassapa, suffering is not non-existent. Suffering is.
- Then the Venerable Gotama neither knows nor sees suffering.
- Nay, Kassapa, I am not one who neither knows nor sees suffering; I am one who knows
suffering and sees suffering.
- How now, Venerable Gotama, you have answered all my questions, as not so, verily,
Kassapa. You affirm that suffering is, and that you know and see suffering. May the
Venerable Gotama teach me what suffering is?
- The statement, Kassapa, that one and the same person produces and experiences
suffering amounts to the Eternalist Theory (sassatavada). To say that, one produces and
another experiences suffering, this, Kassapa, which to one afflicted with feeling occurs
as suffering wrought by another, amounts to the Annihilationist Theory (uccheda vada).
The Tathagata, Kassapa, avoiding these two extremes teaches the Dhamma by the
Median Path: Dependent on ignorance (of the true nature of existence), arise volitional
or karma formations.
Dependent on volitional-formations, arises (rebirth) consciousness.
Dependent on consciousness, arises mentality-materiality (mental and physical
combination).
Dependent on mentality-materiality, arises the sixfold base (the five physical sense
organs with consciousness as the sixth).
Dependent on the sixfold bases arises contact.
Dependent on contact, arises feeling.
Dependent on feeling, arises craving. Dependent on craving, arises clinging.
Dependent on clinging, arises the process of becoming.
Dependent on the process of becoming, arise ageing and death, sorrow, lamentation,
pain, grief and despair. 5 Thus does this whole mass of suffering arise, the anuloma
paticca samuppada. (This is called the Noble Truth of the Arising of Suffering or
dukkha.)
Through the entire cessation of ignorance cease volitional formations; through the
cessation of volitional formations, consciousness... (and so on). Thus does this whole
mass of suffering cease, the patiloma paticca samuppada. 6 (This is called the Noble
Truth of the Cessation of Suffering.)
Kassapa, being convinced by this exposition of the doctrine, took refuge in the Buddha,
Dhamma, and Sangha, entered the Order, and later became one of the Arahats. 7
Thus this doctrine of Dependent Arising, in its direct order, makes plain how suffering
arises due to causes and conditions, and how suffering ceases with the removal of its
causes and conditions.
How the Buddha himself expressed this appears in the Anguttara Nikaya:
And what, monks, is the Noble Truth of the Arising of Suffering? Dependent on
ignorance arise volitional formations; dependent on volitional formations,
consciousness... (and so on)...... Thus does this whole mass of suffering arise. This,
monks, is called the Noble Truth of the Arising of Suffering.
And what, monks, is the Noble Truth of the Path leading to the Cessation of Suffering?
Through the complete cessation of ignorance cease volitional formations; through the
cessation of volitional formations, consciousness... (and so on) the whole mass of
suffering. This, monks, is called "the Cessation of Suffering". 8
It is now quite clear that Dependent Arising (paticca-samuppada) is an essential
corollary to the second and third of the Four Noble Truths, and is not, as some are
inclined to think, a later addition to the teachings of the Buddha.
This Dependent Arising, this doctrine of conditionality, is often explained in severely
practical terms, but it is not a mere pragmatical teaching, though it may appear to be so,
owing to the shortness of the explanations. Those conversant with the Buddhist Canon
(Tipitaka) know that in the doctrine of Dependent Arising is found that which brings out
the basic principles of knowledge (nana) and wisdom (panna) in the Dhamma. In this
teaching of the conditionality of everything in the world, that is the five aggregates, can
be realized the essence of the Buddhas outlook on life. So if the Buddhas explanation of
the world is to be rightly understood, it has to be through a full grasp of the central
teaching summed up in the dictum : Ye dhamma hetuppabhava... (Whatsoever things
proceed from a cause...) referred to above. 9
When the cause and condition of a thing is removed, so does the effect cease. Following
the Buddhas doctrine of conditionality, this idea is pithily expressed by Sister Sela, well
known for her deep knowledge of the Dhamma, in this verse:
Not-self-wrought is this puppet form,
Nor other-wrought this mass of woe;
Condition-based it comes to be,
Condition-ceased it endeth, lo. 10
As we saw above, Not so, verily, Kassapa, not so, verily, Kassapa was the Buddhas
answer to Kassapas question: Is suffering self-wrought or wrought by another? The
answer clearly shows that the Buddha disapproves of both the self-agency (that suffering
is caused solely by self) and the external agency (that suffering is caused solely by other
than the self).
To say that suffering is solely due to the individuals own agency (sayamkara) is
meaningless; for he is in the environment of the sentient world of beings and surely that
environment influences him in diverse ways. To say that mans action, his behaviour, is
solely determined by external agency (para-kara) is also equally meaningless; for then
mans moral responsibility and freedom of will is denied. The Buddhas doctrine of the
middle path, Dependent Arising, which avoids the two extremes, explains that all
dhammas, things or phenomena, are causally dependent on one another and
interrelated.
This conditionality goes on uninterrupted and uncontrolled by self-agency or external
agency of any sort. The doctrine of conditionality (idhappaccayata) cannot be labelled as
determinism, because in this teaching both the physical environment and the moral
causation (psychological causation) of the individual function together. The physical
world influences mans mind, and mind, on the other hand, influences the physical
world, obviously in a higher degree, for as the Buddha says: the world is led by the
mind (cittena niyati lako). 11
If we fail to understand the real significance and application to life of the Dependent
Arising, we mistake it for a mechanical law of causality or even a simple simultaneous
arising, a first beginning of all things, animate and inanimate. As there is no origination
out of nothing in Buddhist thought, Dependent Arising shows the impossibility of a first
cause. The first beginning of existence, of the life stream of living beings is inconceivable
and as the Buddha says: Notions and speculations concerning the world (loka-cinta)
may lead to mental derangement. 12 O monks, this wheel of existence, this cycle of
continuity (samsara) is without a visible end, and the first beginning of beings
wandering and hurrying round, wrapt in ignorance (avijja) and fettered by craving
(tanha) is not to be perceived. 13
It is, in fact, impossible to conceive of a first beginning. None can trace the ultimate
origin of anything, not even of a grain of sand, let alone of human beings. It is useless
and meaningless to seek a beginning in a beginningless past. Life is not an identity, it is a
becoming. It is a flux of physiological and psychological changes.
If one posits a first cause one is justified in asking for: the cause of that First Cause, for
nothing can escape the law of condition and cause which is patent in the world to all but
those who will not see. A theist, however, who attributes beings and events to an omni-
potent Creator-God would emphatically say: It is Gods will, it is sacrilege to question
the Authority. Does not this God-idea stifle the human liberty to investigate, to analyse,
to scrutinize, to see what is beyond this naked eye, and so retards insight?
Let us grant that X is the first cause. Now does this assumption bring us one bit nearer
to our deliverance? Does it not close the door to it? We see a natural law--beginningless
causes and effects--and naught else ruling the universe.
As explained in the Dependent Arising the proximate cause of craving is feeling or
sensation. Craving has its source, its rise in feeling.
All forms of appetite are included in tanha (craving). Greed, thirst, desire, lust, burning,
yearning, longing, inclination, affection, household love are some of the many terms that
denote tanha which in the word of the Buddha leads to becoming (bhava-netti). Becom-
ing, which manifests itself as dukkha, as suffering, frustration, painful excitement,
unsatisfactoriness, is our own experience.
The enemy of the whole world is lust, craving, or thirst through which all evils come to
living beings. It is not only greed for or attachment to pleasures caused by the senses,
wealth and property and by the wish to defeat others and conquer countries, but also
attachment to ideals and ideas, to views, opinions and beliefs (dhamma-tanha) which
often lead to calamity and destruction and bring untold suffering to whole nations, in
fact to the whole world.
Now where does this craving arise and take root? Where there is delight and pleasure,
there craving arises and takes root. What are delightful and pleasurable? The eye, ear,
nose, tongue, body and mind are delightful and pleasurable, because it is through these
avenues, these fivefold bases, that man cognizes the sense objects, the external world,
and through the mind door, as the sixth, entertains ideas and thoughts. These craving
arises and takes root. Forms, sounds, smells, tastes, bodily contacts and ideas are
delightful and pleasurable and there craving arises and takes root. 14 Man is always
attracted by the pleasant and the delightful, and in his search for pleasure, he runs after
the five kinds of sense objects; cognizes ideas and clings to them. He little realizes that
no amount of forms, sounds, smells, tastes, tangibles and mental objects or ideas will
ever satisfy the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body and mind. Beings in their intense thirst for
either possession or the satisfaction of desires, become bound to the wheel of existence,
are twisted and torn between the spokes of agony, and securely close the door to final
deliverance. The Buddha was most emphatic against this mad rush, and warned:
Pleasure is a bond, a joy thats brief,
Of little taste, leading to drawn-out pain.
The wise know that the hook is baited. 15
The poet only echoes the Buddhas words when he writes:
Pleasures are like poppies spread,
You seize the flower, its bloom is shed;
Or, like the snow fall on the river,
A moment white, then melts for ever. 16
Whenever craving for these objects is connected with sense pleasure it is called
Sensuous Craving (kama-tanha). When it is associated with the belief in eternal
personal existence, then it is called Craving for Existence and Becoming (bhava-tanha).
This is what is known as the View of Eternalism (sassata ditthi), attachment to
becoming, the desire for continuing to exist for ever. When craving is associated with the
belief in self-annihilation it is called craving for non-existence (vibhava-tanha). This is
what is known as the View of Annihilationism (uccheda-ditthi).
It may be remembered that craving is conditioned not only by pleasurable and agreeable
feelings, but also by unhappy and unpleasant feelings. A man in distress craves to be rid
of it, and longs for happiness and release. To put it another way, the poor and the needy,
the sick and the disabled, in brief, all sufferers crave for happiness, pleasure and solace.
On the other hand, the rich and the healthy who are already experiencing pleasure, also
crave, but for more and more acute pleasure. Thus this thirst, this craving, is insatiable,
and people pursue fleeting pleasures, constantly seeking fuel for this life-flame. Their
greed is inordinate.
It is only when suffering comes, as its consequence, and not before, that one realizes the
viciousness of this poisonous creeper of craving which winds itself round all who are not
Arahats or perfectly pure ones who have uprooted its tap-root, ignorance. The more we
crave, the more we suffer; sorrow is the tribute we have to pay for having craved.
From craving grief arises,
From craving arises fear,
For him who is from craving free
There is no giref, then whence comes fear? 17
Wherefore, know this craving as your foe here, that guides you to continued and
repeated sentient existence, to rebirth, and thus builds the House of Being!
The Buddha said: Dig up the root of craving. (Tanhaya mulam khanatha). 18
As a tree with firm, uninjured
Roots, though cut down, grows up again,
So when latent craving is not rooted out
Suffering again and again arises. 19
No sensible man will deny the existence of suffering or unsatisfactoriness in this sentient
world, nevertheless it is difficult for him to comprehend how this craving or thirst brings
about re-existence. To realize this one must understand two principal teachings of
Buddhism: karma and rebirth.
If our present birth here is the beginning, and our death is the end of this life, we need
not worry and try to understand the problem of suffering. A moral order in the universe,
the reality of right and wrong, may not be of any significance to us. To enjoy and avoid
suffering at any cost, may seem to be the sensible thing to do, during this brief span of
life. This view, however, does not explain the inequality of mankind, and in general, man
is conscious of a moral causation. Hence the need to seek the cause of this ill. The Pali
word kamma (Skt. karma, from the root kr to do) means literally action or doing. Not
all actions, however, are considered as karma . The growing of hair and nails and; the
digesting of food, for instance, are actions of a sort, but not karma. Reflex actions also
are not karma, but activities without moral significance.
Volition, O monks, I declare, is kamma (cetanaham bhikkhave kammam vadami) 20 is
the Buddhas definition. Volition is a factor of the mind, a psychological impulse which
comes under the group of formations (samkhara). So volition is part and parcel of the
five groups of grasping that constitute the individual. Karma is the action or seed. The
effect or fruit is known as karma-vipaka. Having willed, man acts by deed, word or
thought 21 and these volitions may be good or ill, so actions may be wholesome, un-
wholesome or neutral according to their results. This endless play of action and reaction,
cause and effect, seed and fruit, continues in perpetual motion, and this is becoming, a
continually changing process of psycho-physical phenomena of existence (samsara).
It is clear that karma is volition which is a will, a force, and this force is classified into
three types of cravin : Craving for sense pleasures, for existence and for non-existence. 22
Having willed, man acts, through body, speech and mind, and actions bring about
reactions. Craving gives rise to deed, deed produces results in turn bring about new
desires, new craving. This process of cause and effect, action and reaction, is a natural
law. It is a law in itself, with no need for a law-giver. An external agency, power, or God
that punishes the ill and rewards the good deeds, has no place in Buddhist thought. Man
is always changing either for good or for evil. This changing is unavoidable and depends
entirely on his own will, his own action, and on nothing else. This is merely the uni-
versal natural law of the conservation of energy extended to the moral domain.
Not much science is needed to understand how actions produce reactions, how effects
follow causes and seed brings forth fruit, but how this karmic force, these acts of will,
bring fruit in another birth after the dissolution of this body, is hard to grasp. According
to Buddhism there is no life after death or before birth which is independent of karma or
acts of will. Karma and rebirth go arm in arm, karma being the corollary of rebirth and
vice versa. Here, however, we must understand that the Buddhist doctrine of karma is
not fatalism, is not a philosophical doctrine that human action is not free but determined
by motives which are regarded as external forces acting upon the will, or predetermined
by God. The Buddha neither subscribed to the theory that all things are unalterably
fixed, that they happen by inevitable necessity--that is Strict Determinism (niyati-vada) :
nor did he uphold the theory of Complete Indeterminism (adhicca-samuppanna).
There is no eternal survival in heaven or hell in Buddhist thought. Birth precedes death,
and death also precedes birth, so that the pair follow each other in bewildering
succession. Still there is no soul, self, or fixed entity that passes from birth to birth.
Though man comprises a psycho-physical unit of mind and matter, the psyche or mind
is not a soul or self, in the sense of an enduring entity, something ready-made and
permanent. It is a force, a dynamic continuum capable of storing up memories not only
of this life, but also of past lives. To the scientist matter is energy in a state of stress,
change without real substance. To the psychologist the psyche is no more a fixed entity.
When the Buddha stressed that the so-called being or individual is nothing but a
combination of physical and mental forces, or energies, a change with continuity, did he
not antedate modern science and modern psychology by twenty-five centuries?
This psycho-physical organism undergoes incessant change, creates new psycho-physical
processes every instant and thus preserves the potentiality for future organic processes,
and leaves no gap between one moment and the next. We live and die every moment of
our lives. It is merely a coming into being and passing. away, a rise and fall (udaya-
vaya), like the waves of the sea.
This change of continuity, the psycho-physical process, which is patent to us this life does
not cease at death but continues incessantly. It is the dynamic mind-flux that is known as
will, thirst, desire or craving which constitutes karmic energy. This mighty force, this will
to live, keeps life going. According to Buddhism it is not only human life, but the entire
sentient world that is drawn by this tremendous force--this mind with its mental factors,
good or ill.
The present birth is brought about by the craving and clinging karma-volitions (tanha-
upadana) of past births, and the craving and clinging acts of will of the present birth
bring about future rebirth. According to Buddhism it is this karma-volition that divides
beings into high and low. 23
Beings are heirs of their deeds; bearers of their deeds, and their deeds are the womb out
of which they spring, 24 and through their deeds alone they must change for the better ;
remake themselves; and win liberation from ill. It should, however, be remembered that
according to Buddhism, not everything that occurs is due to past actions. During the time
of the Buddha, sectarians like the Nigantha Nataputta held the view that whatever the
individual experiences, be it pleasant or unpleasant or neither--all come from former
actions or past kamma. 25 The Buddha, however, rejected this theory of an exclusive
determination by the past (pubbekatahetu) as unreasonable. Many a thing is the result
of our own deeds done in this present life, and of external causes.
One with an inquiring mind may ask, if there is no transmigrating permanent Soul or
Self to reincarnate, what is it that is reborn? The answer is that there is no permanent
substance of the nature of Self of Soul (Atman) that reincarnates or transmigrates. It is
impossible to conceive of anything that continues without change. All is in a state of flux.
What we call life here is the functioning of the five Aggregates of Grasping which we
have discussed earlier, 26 or the functioning of mind and body which are only energies or
forces. They are never the same for two consecutive moments, and in the conflux of
mind and body we do not see anything permanent. The grown-up man is neither the
child nor quite a different person; there is only a relationship of continuity. The conflux
of mind and body or mental and physical energy is not lost at death, for no force or
energy is ever lost. It undergoes change. It resets, re-forms in new conditions. This is
called rebirth, re-existence or re-becoming (punabbhava).
Karmic process (kammabhava) is the energy that out of a present life conditions a future
life in unending sequence. In this process there is nothing that passes or transmigrates
from one life to another. It is only a movement that continues unbroken. The being who
passes away here and takes birth elsewhere is neither the same person nor a totally
different one (na ca so na ca anno). 27
There is the last moment of consciousness (cuti citta or vinnana) belonging to the
immediately previous life; immediately next, upon the cessation of that consciousness,
but conditioned by it, there arises the first moment of consciousness of the present birth
which is called a relinking or rebirth-consciousness (patisandhi vinnana). 28 Similarly the
last thought-moment in this life conditions the first thought-moment is the next. In this
way consciousness comes into being and passes away yielding place to new
consciousness. Thus this perpetual stream of consciousness goes on until existence
ceases. Existence in a way is consciousness--the will to live, to continue.
According to modern biology, a new human life begins in that miraculous instant when
a sperm cell from the father merges with an egg cell or ovum within the mother. This is
the moment of birth. Science speaks of only these two physical common factors.
Buddhism, however, speaks of a third factor which is purely mental.
According to the Mahatanhasamkhaya-sutta, 29 by the conjunction of three factors does
conception take place. If mother and father come together, but it is not the mothers
proper season, and the being to be reborn (gandhabba) does not present itself, a germ of
life is not planted. If the parents come together, and it is the mothers proper season, but
the gandhabba is not present, then there is no conception. If the mother and father come
together, and it is the mothers proper season and the gandhabba is also present, then a
germ of life is planted them.
The third factor is simply a term for the patisandhi-vinnana, rebirth-consciousness. It
should be clearly understood that this rebirth-consciousness is not a Self or a Soul or an
Ego-entity that experiences the fruits of good and evil deed. 30 Consciousness is also
generated by conditions. Apart from condition there is no arising of consciousness.
We give names, such as birth, death, thought-processes and so on, to a stream of
consciousness. There are only thought-moments. As explained above, the last thought-
moment we call death, and the first thought-moment we call birth; thus births and
deaths occur in this stream of consciousness, which is only a series of ever continuing
thought-moments.
So long as man is attached to existence through his ignorance, craving and clinging, to
him death is not the final end. He will continue his career of whirling round the Wheel
of Existence. This is the endless play of action and reaction kept in perpetual motion by
karma concealed by ignorance propelled by craving or thirst. As karma, or action, is of
our own making, we have the power to break this endless chain. It is through the
eradication of ignorance (avijja) and of this driving force, craving, this thirst for
existence, this will to live (tanha), that the Cycle of Existence (samsara) ceases. The
Buddha explains thus: How is there not re-becoming in the future? By the cessation of
ignorance, by the arising of knowledge (vijja), by the cessation of craving there is thus
no re-becoming in the future. 31
The Buddha on attaining Enlightenment spoke these joyful words:
Repeated births are each a torment.
Seeking but not finding the "House Builder",
I wandered through many a Samsaric birth.
O "House Builder", thou art seen,
Thou wilt not rebuild the house.
All thy rafters have been shattered,
Demolished has thy ridge pole been.
My mind has won the Unconditioned (Nibbana),
The extinction of craving is achieved (arahatship) 32
1. In Sanskrit trishna which is etymologically the same as thirst.
2. Iti, I, ii, v.
3. Also compare M. i. 51 Sammaditti sutta. From the arising of feeling is the arising of
craving, from the cessation of feeling is the cessation of craving; the way leading to the
cessation of craving is this Noble Eightfold Path itself.
4. It is interesting, or rather strange, to note how Kassapa approached the Blessed One to
put his question: The Blessed One was staying at Rajagaha, and one forenoon went out
for his almsround. Kassapa, seeing the Blessed One from a distance, approached, greeted
him and said: We would ask the Venerable Gotama concerning a certain point, if the
Venerable Gotama gives us the opportunity of hearing his reply to our question.
It is not the right time just now for questions, Kassapa, we have entered the village (for
alms), said the Buddha. Kassapa, however, repeated his question up to the third time,
and received the same reply. Then said Kassapa: We do not intend asking many
questions from the Venerable Gotama.
Ask, Kassapa, what you will, said the Blessed One.
Compare this with the story of Upatissa in chapter 2.
5. The Pali equivalents of the factors of the formula am: avijja, samkhara, vinnana,
nama-rupa, salayatana, phassa, vedana, tanha, upadana, bhava, jati, jara-marana. For a
detailed study see Dependent Origination by Piyadassi Thera (Buddhist Publication
Society, Kandy, Ceylon).
6. Generally the two Pali words, anuloma and patiloma are translated as direct order
and reverse order. However, it is not quite correct to say reverse order, for it means:
from the end towards beginning, or in the opposite order. Both the arising and the
ceasing of the factors of dependent arising are from beginning to end. For instance. with
the arising of ignorance arise volitional formations and so on. With the ceasing of
ignorance cease volitional formations and so on.
7. S. ii. 19.
8. A. i. 177.
9. See chapter 2.
10. Nayidam attakatam bimbam
Nayidam parakatam agham;
Hetum paticca sambhutam,
Hetu bhanga nirujjhati. S. i. 134.
11. S. i. 39.
12. A. ii. 80.
13. S. iii. 149, 151: S. ii. 179.
14. D. 22.
15. Sn. 61.
16. Robert Burns, Tarn O Shanter.
17. Dhp. 216.
18. Ibid. 337.
19. Ibid. 338.
20. A. iii. 415. See chapter 7.
21. A. iii. 415.
22. See above, the same chapter.
23. M. 135.
24. M. 135.
25. M. iii. 214, Devadaha-sutta, D. 2. This view is examined at A. i. 173.
26. See chapter 3 above.
27. Milindapanha.
28. The third proposition in the formula of Dependent Arising. See above in the same
chapter.
29. M. 38.
30. This view is discussed at M. 38. See chapter 3.
31. M. 43.
32. Dhp. 153, 154.
CHAPTER 5
THE THIRD NOBLE TRUTH
Nirodha: The Cessation of Suffering
IN chapters 3 and 4 we discussed suffering and its arising. Let us now try to understand
the meaning of the Cessation of Suffering (dukkha-nirodha) which is known as Nibbana
(Sanskrit Nirvana). The etymological meaning of the latter is given as ni + vana,
freedom from craving, a departure from craving, or nir + va, to cease blowing or to be
extinguished.
Though the Pali and Sanskrit etymological meanings may help us to understand the
term, they do not help us to realize the bliss of Nirvana. Realization, as we shall see in
the next chapter, comes through Virtue (sila), Concentration (samadhi) and Wisdom
(panna). Nirvana is a dhamma, an experience, that cannot be explained because of its
subtlety. It is known as the Supramundane (lokuttara), the Absolute, the Unconditioned
(asamkhata). Nirvana is to be realized by the wise, each one individually.
Let alone Nirvana, a simple thing like the taste of sugar cannot be made known to one
who has no previous experience of it by advising him to read a book on the chemistry of
sugar. But if he puts a small lump on his tongue, he will experience the sweet taste and
no more theorizing on sugar is needed.
What is Nirvana? is a question that a Buddhist or a non-Buddhist may prefer to ask at
the outset. This is not a question of today or yesterday. Clever answers may be given and
Nirvana explained in glowing terms, but no amount of theorizing will bring us one whit
nearer to it, for it is beyond words, logic and reasoning (atakkavacara). It is easier and
safer to speak of what Nirvana is not, for it is impossible to express it in words. Nirvana
is ineffable and incommunicable. In our attempt to explain it we use words which have
limited meanings, words connected with the cosmos, whereas Nirvana, the Absolute
Reality, which is realized through the highest mental training and wisdom, is beyond any
cosmic experience, beyond the reach of speech. Then why write about it? It is to prevent
misconceptions about the Buddhist concept of Nirvana.
The Buddha says:
It occurred to me, monks, that this Dhamma I have realized is deep, hard to see, hard to
understand, peaceful and sublime, beyond mere reasoning, subtle and intelligible to the
wise. But this generation delights, revels and rejoices in sensual pleasures. For a
generation delighting, revelling and rejoicing in sensual pleasures, it is hard to see this
conditionality, this dependent arising. Hard, too, is it to see this calming of all
conditioned things, the giving up of all substance of becoming, the extinction of craving,
dispassion, cessation, Nibbana. And if I were to teach the Dhamma and others were not
to understand me, that would be a weariness, a vexation for me. 1
This is a clear indication from the Buddha himself that the extirpation of craving
(Nirvana) is hard to see, hard to understand.
In his explanation of the Third Noble Truth, in his first sermon, the Buddha says: This,
monks, is the Noble Truth of the Cessation of Suffering: the complete cessation
(nirodho), giving up (cago), abandoning (patinissaggo), release (mutti) and detachment
(analayo) from that very craving. 2
Though in this definition the word Nibbana is not mentioned, complete cessation of
craving implies Nibbana. Elsewhere this is made clear by the Buddha. Verily, Radha, the
extinction of craving (tanhakkhayo) is Nibbana. 3 Replying to a deity he says: The
abandoning of craving (tanhaya vippahanena) is Nibbana. 4 Then in the words of the
Venerable Sariputta: The subduing and abandoning of passionate desire (chandaraga)
for these Five Aggregates of Grasping: that is the cessation of suffering. 5
It is clear from the above that nirodha or Nibbana is the cessation, the extinction of
craving (tanha). As we have seen in the preceding chapter, craving is the arising of
suffering which ceases only when its origin, craving, ceases. With the giving up of
craving one also gives up suffering and all that pertains to suffering. Nibbana, therefore,
is explained as the extinction of suffering.
It may be noted that though negative terms are often used to define Nibbana, they do
not imply that Nibbana is mere negation or annihilation of a self. After all negation does
not mean an absolute void, a vacuum, but simply the absence of something. An Arahat
who has realized Nibbana is free from craving. Craving no more exists in him, and this is
not mere nothingness, or annihilation of self, because there is no self to be annihilated.
It is also evident from the texts that positive terms like Khemam (Security), Suddhi
(Purity), Panitam (Sublime), Santi (Peace), Vimutti (Release), are used to denote the
Unconditioned Nirvana. Nevertheless, the real significance of these terms is restricted to
the known experiences of the sentient world. All positive definitions are from our
experience of the phenomenal world. A worldlings conception of things is samsaric, that
is, belonging to existence or becoming. So all his conceptions concerning Nirvana also
are in terms of becoming, and therefore, he cannot have a true picture of Nirvana. All his
thoughts, concepts and words are limited, conditioned, and cannot be applied to the
Unproduced, Unconditioned, Uncompounded Nirvana.
Conventionally we speak of positive and negative terms; they are, like everything else,
relative; but Nirvana is beyond both positive and negative and is not related to anything
conditioned. The Buddha has used the terms of the world knowing their limitations.
Regarding the question, what is Nirvana? let us hear the words of the Buddha:
There are, monks, two Nibbana elements (Nibbana dhatuyo). What two? The Nibbana
element with a basis remaining (saupadisesa) 6 and the Nibbana element without a basis
remaining (anupadisesa). Which, monks, is the Nibbana element with a basis remaining?
Here, monks, a monk is an Arahat, one whose taints (asava) are destroyed, who has
lived the life, done what was to be done, laid down the burden, attained Arahatship by
stages, destroyed completely the bond of becoming, one who is free through knowing
rightly. As his faculties have not been demolished he experiences what is agreeable and
disagreeable, he experiences pleasure and pain. The five aggregates remain. It is his
extinction of lust, hate and delusion, monks, that is called the Nibbana element with a
basis remaining (saupadisesa nibbanadhatu).
And which, monks, is the Nibbana element without a basis remaining (anupadisesa
nibbanadhatu) ?
Here, monks, a monk is an Arahat, one whose taints are destroyed, who has lived the
life, done what was to be done, laid down the burden, attained Arahatship by stages,
destroyed completely the bond of becoming, one who is free through knowing rightly.
All his feelings not being welcomed, not being delighted in (anabhinanditani), will here
and now become cool: it is this, monks, that is called the Nibbana element without a
basis remaining.
These, monks, are the two Nibbana elements. This fact the Blessed One declared:
Thus this is said:
These two Nibbana elements are explained
By the Seeing One, steadfast and unattached:
When one element with basis belonging to this life
Remains, destroyed is that which to becoming leads; 7
When one without that basis manifests
In the hereafter, all becomings cease.
The minds of those who know this unconditioned state
Are delivered by destroying that to which becoming leads:
They realize the Dhammas essence 8 and in stillness
Delighting, steadfast they abandon all becoming. 9
A being consists of the five aggregates or mind and matter. They change incessantly and
are therefore impermanent. They come into being and pass away, for, whatever is of the
nature of arising, all that is of the nature of ceasing . 10
Lust, hate and delusion in man bring about repeated existence, for it is said: without
abandoning lust, hate and delusion, one is not free from birth.. . 11
One attains arahatship, that is deliverance even while alive, by rooting out lust, hate and
delusion. As stated above this is known as the Nibbana element with a basis remaining
(saupadisesa nibbanadhatu). The Arahats five aggregates or the remaining bases are
conditioned by the lust, hate and delusion of his infinite past. As he still lives his
aggregates function: he, therefore, experiences the pleasant as well as painful feelings
that his sense faculties entertain through contact with sense objects. But since he is freed
from attachment, discrimination and the idea of selfhood, he is not moved by these
feelings. 12
Now when an Arahat passes away his aggregates, his remaining bases, cease to function;
they break up at death; his feelings are no more, and because of his eradication of lust,
hate and delusion, he is not reborn, and naturally there is then no more entertaining of
feelings; and therefore is it said: his feeling will become cool (sitibhavissanti).
This idea is expressed in the Udana thus:
The body broke up, perception ceased,
All feelings cooled, all formations stilled,
Consciousness disappeared. 13
This is known as the Nibbana element without a basis remaining (anupadisesa
nibbanadhatu).
From the foregoing the position of the Arahat, the Consummate One, is clear. When a
person totally eradicates the trio, lust, hate and delusion, that leads to becoming, he is
liberated from the shackles of samsara, from repeated existence. He is free in the full
sense of the word. He no longer has any quality which will cause him to be reborn as a
living being, because he has realized Nibbana, the entire cessation of continuity and
becoming (bhava-nirodha); he has transcended common or worldly activities and has
raised himself to a state above the world while yet living in the world: his actions are
issueless, are karmically ineffective, for they are not motivated by the trio, by the mental
defilements (kilesa). He is immune to all evil, to all defilements of the heart. In him
there are no latent or underlying tendencies (anusaya) ; he is beyond good and evil, he
has given up both good and bad 14 : he is not worried by the past, the future, nor even
the present. He clings to nothing in the world and so is not troubled. He is not perturbed
by the vicissitudes of life. His mind is unshaken by contact with worldly contingencies; ,
he is sorrowless, taintless and secure (asokam, virajam, khemam). 15 Thus Nibbana is a
state realizable in this very life (dittadhamma-nibbana). The thinker, the inquiring
mind, will not find it difficult to understand this state, which can be postulated only of
the Arahat and not of any other being, either in this world or in the realms of heavenly
enjoyment.
Though the sentient being experiences the unsatisfactory nature of life, and knows at
first hand what suffering is, what defilements are, and what it is to crave, he does not
know what the total extirpation of defilements is, because he has never experienced it.
Should he do so, he will know, through self-realization, what it is to be without
defilements, what Nirvana or reality is; what true happiness is. The Arahat speaks of
Nirvana with experience, and not by hearsay, but the Arahat can never, by his
realization, make others understand Nirvana. One who has slaked his thirst knows the
release he has gained, but he cannot explain this release to another. However much he
may talk of it, others will not experience it; for it is self-experience, self-realization.
Realization is personal to each individual. Each must eat and sleep for himself, and treat
himself for his ailments; these are but daily requirements, how much more when it is
concerned with mans inner development, his deliverance of the mind.
What is difficult to grasp is the Nibbana element without a basis remaining
(anupadisesa-nibbana), in other words, the parinibbana or final passing away of the
Arahat.
An oft-quoted passage from the Udana runs:
Monks, there is the unborn, unoriginated, unmade and unconditioned. Were there not
the unborn, unoriginated, unmade and unconditioned, there would be no escape for the
born, originated, made and conditioned. Since there is the unborn, unoriginated,
unmade and unconditioned, so there is escape for the born, originated, made and
conditioned. 16
Here there is neither the element of solidity (expansion), fluidity (cohesion), heat and
motion, nor the sphere of infinite space, nor the sphere of infinite consciousness, nor the
sphere of nothingness, nor the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception, neither
this world nor the other, nor sun and moon. Here there is none coming, none going,
none existing, neither death nor birth. Without support, non-existing, without sense
objects is this. This indeed is the end of suffering (dukkha). 17
It is clear from the above that this parinibbana (the ultimate Nibbana) is a state where
the five aggregates: form, feeling, perception, mental formations and consciousness, and
all that pertains to the aggregates have ceased. This, therefore, is a state where relativity
has no place. It is beyond and outside everything that is relative. It is neither the effect of
a cause, nor does it as
cause give rise to an effect. It is neither the path (magga) nor the fruit (phala). It is the
Absolute, the Unconditioned, the Uncompounded.
Suffering and its arising (cause) which is craving is mundane (lokiya), but Nirvana not
being in the world, stands outside conditioned things and, therefore, beyond cause and
effect. All things mundane are relative, but Nirvana being that which has no relativities is
Absolute.
In a very important discourse (Dvayatanupassana-sutta) 18 wherein the Dependent
Arising and the Four Noble Truths are enumerated, the Buddha addressing the monks
says:
What the world at large considers Truth (idam saccamti upanijjhayitam) has been
viewed as falsehood by the Noble (Ariya) through their consummate comprehension,
whilst the Noble hail as Truth what the world deems falsehood, and further says:
Nibbana is no he (no state unreal)
For it is known as truth by the Noble Ones.
But since they realize that truth
Desireless they pass away. 19
This is not the only instance where the Buddha used Truth as a substitute for Nibbana,
for we find the following:
Reality, monk, is a name for Nibbana. 20
In reality they are released
Destroying craving for becoming. 21
As stated in an equally important discourse (Dhatuvibhanga-sutta) 22 the Arahat who is
absolutely calm within (the threefold fire of lust, hate and delusion fully extinguished,
blown out within, paccatam yeva parinibbayati) when experiencing a pleasant, un-
pleasant or neutral feeling, knows that it is impermanent, that it is not clung to with the
idea of my and mine; that it is not experienced with feelings of enjoyment (with
passion).
Whatever feeling he experiences, be it pleasant, unpleasant or neutral, he experiences it
without being attached to it, without being bound to it (visam-yutto). He knows that
with the dissolution of the body (after the life principle has come to an end) all feelings,
all experiences will become cool, will be tranquillized (sitibhavissanti) just as an oil lamp
burns dependent upon oil and wick and through the coming to an end of its oil and wick
it goes out for lack of fuel. Even so when a monk experiences a feeling that the body has
come to an end, he knows, "I experience a feeling that the body has come to an end",
and when he experiences a feeling that life has come to an end he knows, "I experience a
feeling that life has come to an end", and he knows, "with the breaking up of the body
and the coming to an end of life, all feeling, not being delighted in here and now, will
become cool". Therefore, monk, a person thus endowed is endowed with this supreme
wisdom, because the knowledge of the destruction of all suffering (dukkha) is the
supreme noble wisdom.
This deliverance of his, founded on Truth, is unshakable. False is that which is unreality;
that which is reality (not false), Nibbana, is Truth (tam saccam). Therefore, monk, a
person thus endowed is endowed with this supreme Truth, because the Supreme Noble
Truth (paramam ariya saccam) is Nibbana, which is reality (not false).
In the Ratana-sutta 23 it is said:
Their past is dead, the new 24 no more arises,
Mind to future becoming is unattached,
The germ has die 25, they have no more desire for growth
Those wise (and steadfast ones) go out as did this lamp. 26
This is the position of the Arahat who has passed away (parinibbuto). His path, like that
of birds in the sky, 27 cannot be traced. It is therefore wrong to say that the Arahat or the
Buddha entered Nibbana, because it is not a place or a state or a heaven where beings
continue to live eternally. Nibbana has no location. The final passing away of the Buddha
or the Arahat is expressed in the texts as parinibbuto, parinibbayi, meaning fully passed
away, fully extinct, which is a clear indication that it is the cessation of becoming
(bhavanirodha)--the journeys end. Now what that is--what happens to the Buddha or
the Arahat after his passing awaycannot be theorized, cannot be defined. There is no
measure, no dimension. It is an unanswered, undetermined question (avydkata). The
highest (ultimate) Truth is inexpressible and undeclared (anakkhata).
When Upasiva questioned whether one who passed away ceased to exist, or lasted for
ever in bliss, the Buddhas answer was categorical:
Of one whos passed away there is no measure,
Of him theres naught whereby one may say aught;
When once all things have wholly been removed,
All ways of saying, too, have been removed. 28
In the absence of an Atta (Atman), Soul or Self, what attains Nibbana, or who realizes
Nibbana is a baffling question. Let us first try to understand who or what this so-called
being is. A being is a conflux of mind and matter. It is a process that undergoes change
not remaining the same for two consecutive moments, and herein, there is no permanent
something: the complete cessation of this process--this flux of physical and psychological
categories--is known as Parinibbana (fully blown out or passed away). No I Self or Soul
enters Nibbana, is eternalized or annihilated in Nibbana.
The question of what attains or who realizes Nibbana arises because of the strong notion
of I, ME and MINE (ahamkara, mamimkara) in man, and all the questions are round
this I; but there is no I or Self behind our actions, mental, verbal and physical. There is
no doer of a deed. There is no thinker of a thought. Nibbana is, but not the man (being)
who realizes it. Phenomena alone flow on. In conventional language we speak of man,
woman, I; me and so forth, but in the ultimate sense no such individual exists. Only a
process comes into being and a process ceases. Whatever is of the nature of arising, all
that is of the nature of ceasing. 29
The five aggregates of grasping form the being. Craving which is the arising (cause) of
suffering arises in the five aggregates of grasping. The cessation of craving is also within
these aggregates. Thus a process comes into being, and a process ceases, and there is no
permanent Self or I that produces the aggregates and finally extirpates them, much less
an external agency. Here there is a becoming and a cessation of becoming. This is the
right view.
The Buddhist Nibbana is called the Supreme Happiness (paramam sukham) and as we
have seen above, this happiness is brought about by the complete calming, the utter
ceasing of all sensations. Now this saying, indeed, baffles us completely, we who have
experienced so many pleasant feelings with our sense faculties.
The Venerable Udayi, a disciple of the Buddha, was confronted with this very problem.
The Venerable Sariputta addressing the monks said: It is Nibbana, friends, that is
happiness; it is Nibbana, friends, that is happiness. Then the Venerable Udayi asked:
But what, friend Sariputta, is happiness, since herein there is no feeling? Just this,
friend, is happiness, that herein there is no feeling. 30 This saying of the Venerable
Sariputta is fully supported by the following one of the Buddha: Whatever is
experienced, sensed felt, all that is suffering (yamkinci vedayitam tam dukkhasmim ti) 31
The essential steps of the path to the removal of suffering--to Nibbana--are pointed out
by the Buddha. It is the way of careful cultivation of the mind so as to produce unalloyed
happiness and supreme rest from the turmoil of life. The path is indeed very difficult, but
if we, with constant heedfulness, and complete awareness, walks it watching our steps,
we will one day reach our destination. A child learns to stand and walk gradually and
with difficulty. So too have all great ones, in the march to perfection, moved from stage
to stage through failure to final success.
Mindful of the yogis of the past
And remembering their ways of life,
Even though today be but the after-time 32
One may yet attain the Peace perennial. 33
1. M. 26: S. i. 136.
2. S. v. 421.
3. S. iii. 190.
4. S. i. 39.
5. M. 28.
6. Upadi here means the five aggregates.
7. Bhavanetti, a synonym for tanha, craving or thirst.
8. Dhamma-sara here means arahatship.
9. Iti. pp. 38, 39.
10. M. iii. 280: S. v. 423: S. iv. 47, 107; Vinaya Mhvg.
11. A. ii. i. 6.
l2. Cf. Arahat Sonas statement: sights, tastes, sounds, smells, touches ... do not cause
the steadfast one (tadino) to tremble. His mind stands firm and fully free. A. iii. 377.
13. Ud. viii. 9.
14. Dhp. 39.
15. Sn. Mangala-sutta 11
16. Ud. viii. 3.
17. Ud. viii. 1. Also Cf. Sarasutta, Devata Samyutta.
18. Sn.
19. Sn. 758.
20. S. iv. 195: yathabhutam vacanam ti kho bhikkhu nibbanassetam adhivacanam.
21. Iti. ii. 12: yathabhute vimuccanti-bhavatanha parikkhaya. Reality, yathabhuta =
nibbana, see Commentary.
22. M. 140.
23. The Jewel Discourse, Sn. 14.
24. The past and the new kamma are meant here.
25. Here germ means the rebirth consciousness.
26. It is said that as the Buddha spoke these words he saw the flame of a lamp go out.
27. Dhp. 92, 93.
28. Sn. 1076. Compare this with the Buddhas reply to Vaccha: To say that he (an
Arahat) is reborn does not fit the case; to say that he is not reborn, does not fit the case.
M. i. 486. Discourse 72.
29. M. iii. 280; S. iv. 47, 107.
30. A. iv. 414.
31. S. ii. 53.
32. i.e. after the passing away of the Buddha.
33. Saritva pubbake yogi--tesam vattam anussaram
Kincapi pacchimo kalo--phuseyya amatam padam. Thag. 947.
CHAPTER 6
THE THREEFOLD DIVISION OF THE NOBLE EIGHTFOLD PATH
WHILE lying on his death-bed, addressing the disciples the Buddha said: The Doctrine
and the Discipline (dhamma-vinaya) which I have set forth and laid down for you, let
them, after I am gone, be your teacher. 1
From this it is quite clear that the Buddhas way of life, his religious system, comprises
the doctrine and the discipline. Discipline implies moral excellence, the taming of the
tongue and the bodily actions, the code of conduct taught in Buddhism. This is generally
known as sila, virtue or moral training. The doctrine deals with mans mental training,
taming of the mind. It is meditation or the development of Mental Concentration,
samadhi, and Wisdom, panna. These three, Virtue, Concentration and Wisdom, are the
cardinal teachings which when carefully and fully cultivated raise man from lower to
higher levels of mental life; lead him from darkness to light, from passion to dispassion, .
from turmoil to tranquillity.
These three are not isolated reactions, but integral parts of the Path. This idea is
crystallized in the clear admonition of the Enlightened Ones of all ages--Cease from all
evil; cultivate the good; cleanse your own mind. 2
These oft-quoted but ever fresh words convey briefly the Message of the Master
indicating the path to purification and deliverance. The Path, however, is generally
referred to as the Noble Eightfold Path (ariyo atthamgiko maggo). Though some prefer
to call this the Ariyan Eightfold Path, it may be noted that the term Ariyan does not
here stand for any race, caste, class or clan. It simply means noble or excellent.
The Eightfold Path is arranged in three groups: Virtue, Concentration and Wisdom (sila,
samadhi, panna). 3 This Path is unique to Buddhism and distinguishes it from every other
religion and philosophy.
The eight factors of the Path are: 4
1. Right Understanding (samma-ditthi) - Wisdom Group (panna)
2. Right Thought (samma-samkappa) Wisdom Group (panna)
3. Right Speech (samma-vaca) Virtue Group (sila)
4. Right Action (samma-kammanta) - Virtue Group (sila)
5. Right Livelihood (samma-ajiva) Virtue Group (sila)
6. Right Effort (samma-vayama) Concentration Group (samadhi)
7. Right Mindfulness (samma-sati) Concentration Group (samadhi)
8. Right Concentration (samma-samahi) Concentration Group (samadhi)
Referring to this Path, in his First Discourse, 5 the Buddha called it the Middle Path
(majjhima patipada), because it avoids two extremes: Indulgence in sensual pleasures
which is low, worldly and leads to harm is one extreme; self-torture in the form of severe
asceticism which is painful, low and leads to harm is the other.
Living in the palace amidst song and dance, luxury and pleasure, the Bodhisatta 6 knew
by experience that sense pleasures do not lead mankind to true happiness and
deliverance. Six years of rigorous mortification, which he, as an ascetic, so zealously
practised in search of purification and final deliverance; brought him no reward. It was a
vain and useless effort. Avoiding these two extremes he followed a path of moral and
mental training and through self-experience discovered the Middle Path consisting of the
three groups.
In this chapter a brief account of the three groups and how they aim at promoting and
perfecting a path that consists of eight factors will be discussed. The factors will be dealt
with in their entirety in the chapters that follow.
It must always be borne in mind that the term path is only a figurative expression.
Though conventionally we talk of treading a path, in the ultimate sense the eight steps
signify eight mental factors. They are interdependent and interrelated, and at the highest
level they function simultaneously; they are not followed and practised one after the
other in numerical order. Even on the lower level each and every factor should be tinged
with some degree of right understanding; for it is the key-note of Buddhism.
Let us first hear these words of the Buddha:
O monks, it is through not understanding, not penetrating four things (dhamma) that
we have run so long, wandered on so long in this round of existence both you and I. And
what four? Virtue, Concentration, Wisdom and Deliverance. But when these four things,
O monks, are understood and penetrated, rooted out is the craving for existence,
destroyed is that which leads to renewed becoming, and there is no more coming to be. 7
Further says the Master:
Concentration (meditation), O monks, supported by virtue brings much fruit, brings
much advantage. The mind supported by wisdom is wholly and entirely freed from the
intoxication of sense desires, from becoming, wrong views and ignorance. 8
These sayings of the Buddha explain the function and the purpose of cultivating Virtue,
Meditation and Wisdom. Deliverance means living experience of the cessation of the
three root causes of evil, Greed, Hatred and Delusion or Ignorance (lobha, dosa and
moha), that assail the human mind. These root causes are eliminated through training in
Virtue, Meditation and Wisdom.
Thus it is clear that the Buddhas teaching aims at the highest purification, perfect
mental health, free from all tainted impulses. Now this deliverance from mental taints,
this freedom from ill, lies absolutely and entirely in a mans own hands, in those of no
one else, human or divine. Not even a Supreme Buddha can redeem a man from the
fetters of existence except by showing him the path.
The path is: Virtue, Concentration and Wisdom, which are referred to in the discourses
as the threefold training (tividhasikkha) and none of them is an end in itself; each is a
means to an end. One cannot function independently of the others. As in the case of a
tripod which falls to the ground if a single leg gives way, so here one cannot function
without the support of the others. These three go together supporting each other. Virtue
or regulated behaviour strengthens meditation and meditation in turn promotes
Wisdom. Wisdom helps one to get rid of the clouded view of things to see life as it really
is--that is to see life and all things pertaining to life as arising and passing away.
It is now quite clear that in the interplay of doctrine and discipline (dhamma-vinaya) or
knowledge and conduct (vijja-carana) the two constitute a single process of growth. As
hand washes hand, and foot washes foot, so does conduct purify wisdom and wisdom
conduct. 9 This fact may be borne in mind by students of Buddhism, as there is a
tendency, especially in academic circles, to regard the teachings of the Buddha as mere
speculation, as a mere doctrine of metaphysics without practical value or importance.
The Buddhist way of life, however, is an intense process of cleansing ones speech, action
and thought. It is self-development and self-purification. The emphasis is on practical
results and not mere philosophical speculation, logical abstraction or even mere
cogitation.
In strong language did the Buddha warn his followers against mere book learning thus:
Though he recites the sacred texts a lot, but acts not accordingly that heedless man is
like a cowherd counting others cattle (not obtaining the products of the cow). He shares
not the fruits of the tranquil man.
Though he recites only a little of the sacred texts, but acts in accordance with the
teaching, abandoning lust, hate and delusion, possessed of right understanding, his mind
entirely released and clinging to nothing here or hereafter, he shares the fruits of the
tranquil man. 10
These are clear indications that the Buddhist way of life, the Buddhist method of
grasping the highest truth, awakening from ignorance to full knowledge, does not
depend on mere academic intellectual development, but on a practical teaching that
leads the follower to enlightenment and final deliverance.
The Buddha was more concerned with beings than with inanimate nature. His sole
object was to unravel the mystery of existence, to solve the problems of becoming. This
he did by comprehending in all their fullness the Four Noble Truths, the eternal verities
of life.
This knowledge of the truths he tried to impart to those who sought it, and never forced
it upon others. He never compelled or persuaded people to follow him, for compulsion
and coercion were foreign to his method of teaching. He did not encourage his disciples
to believe him blindly, but wished them to investigate his teaching which invited the
seeker to come and see (ehipassika). It is seeing and understanding, and not blind
believing, that the Master approves.
To understand the world within, one must develop the inner faculties, ones mind. The
Buddha says: Mind your mind. 11 The wise tame themselves. 12
Today there is ceaseless work going on in all directions to improve the world. Scientists
are pursuing their methods and experiments with undiminished vigour and
determination. Modern discoveries and methods of communication and contact have
produced startling results. All these improvements, though they have their advantages
and rewards, are entirely material and external.
Within this conflux of mind and body of man, however, there are unexplored marvels to
occupy men of science for many years. Really, the world, which the scientists are trying
to improve, is, according to the ideas of Buddhism, subject to so much change at all
points on its circumference and radii, that it is not capable of being made sorrow-free.
Our life is so dark with ageing, so smothered with death, so bound with change, and
these qualities are so inherent in it--even as greenness is to grass, and bitterness to
quinine that not all the magic and power of science can ever transform it. The immortal
splendour of an eternal sunlight awaits only those who can use the light of
understanding and the culture of conduct to illuminate and guard their path through
lifes tunnel of darkness and dismay.
The people of the world today mark the changing nature of life. Although they see it,
they do not keep it in mind and act with dispassionate discernment. Though change
again and again speaks to them and makes them unhappy, they pursue their mad career
of whirling round the wheel of existence and are twisted and torn between the spokes of
agony.
After all, a scientist or a plain man, if he has not understood the importance of conduct,
the urgency for wholesome endeavour, the necessity to apply knowledge to life, is, so far
as the doctrine of the Buddha is concerned, an immature person, who has yet to
negotiate many more hurdles before he wins the race of life and the immortal prize of
Nibbana.
For an understanding of the world within, science may not be of much help to us.
Ultimate truth cannot be found in science. To the scientist, knowledge is something that
ties him more and more to this sentient existence. That knowledge, therefore, is not
saving knowledge. To one who views the world and all it holds in its proper perspective,
the primary concern of life is not mere speculation or vain voyaging into the imaginary
regions of high fantasy, but the gaining of true happiness and freedom from ill or
unsatisfactoriness (dukkha). To him true knowledge depends on the central question: Is
this learning according to actuality? Can it be of use to us in the conquest of mental
peace and tranquillity, of real happiness?
To understand the world within we need the guidance, the instruction of a competent
and genuine seer whose clarity of vision and depth of insight penetrate into the deepest
recesses of life and cognize the true nature that underlies all appearance. He, indeed, is
the true philosopher, the true scientist who has grasped the meaning of change in the
fullest sense and has transmuted this understanding into a realization of the deepest
truths fathomable by man--the truths of the three signs or characteristics (ti-lakkhana):
Impermanence, Unsatisfactoriness, Non-self (anicca, dukkha, anatta). 13 No more can he
be confused by the terrible or swept off his feet by the glamour of things ephemeral. No
more is it possible for him to have a clouded view of phenomena; for he has transcended
all capacity for error through the perfect immunity which insight (vipassana nana) alone
can give.
The Buddha is such a seer, and his path to deliverance is open to all who have eyes to
see and minds to understand. It is different from other paths to salvation; for the
Buddha teaches that each individual, whether layman or monk, is solely responsible for
his own liberation.
Mankind is caught in a tangle, inner as well as outer, and the Buddhas infallible remedy,
in brief, is this: The prudent man full of effort, established well in Virtue, develops
Concentration and Wisdom and succeeds in solving the tangle. 14
The Buddhas foremost admonition to his sixty immediate Arahat disciples was that the
Dhamma should be promulgated for the welfare and happiness of many; out of
compassion for the world.15
The whole dispensation of the Master is permeated with that salient quality of universal
loving compassion.
Sila or Virtue, the initial stage of the Path, is based on this loving compassion. Why
should one refrain from harming and robbing other people? Is it not because of love for
self and others? Why should one succour the poor, the needy and those in distress? Is it
not out of compassion for those others?
To abstain from evil and do good is the function of sila, 16 the code of conduct taught in
Buddhism. This function is never void of loving compassion. Sila embraces within it
qualities of the heart, such as love, modesty, tolerance, pity, charity and happiness at the
success of others, and so forth. Samadhi and Panna, or Concentration and Wisdom, are
concerned with the discipline of the mind.
As stated above, three factors of the Eightfold Path (Nos. 3, 4 and 5) form the Buddhist
code of conduct (sila). They are: Right Speech, Right Action and Right Livelihood.
Right Speech is to abstain (a) from falsehood and always speak the truth; (b) from tale-
bearing which brings about discord and disharmony, and to speak words that are
conducive to concord and harmony; (c) from harsh and abusive speech, and instead to
speak kind and refined words; and (d) from idle chatter, vain talk or gossip and instead
to speak words which are meaningful and blameless.
Right Action is abstention from (a) killing, (b) stealing, and (c) illicit sexual indulgence,
and cultivating compassion, taking only things that are given, and living pure and chaste.
Right Livelihood is abandoning wrong ways of living which bring harm and suffering to
others: Trafficking (a) in arms and lethal weapons, (b) in animals for slaughter, (c)
human beings (i.e. dealing in slaves which was prevalent during the time of the
Buddha), (d) in intoxicating drinks, and (e) poisons, and living by a profession which is
blameless and free from harm to oneself and others. (These factors will be discussed in
detail in the chapters that follow.)
From this outline of Buddhist ethics, it is clear that the code of conduct set forth by the
Buddha is no mere negative prohibition but an affirmation of doing good--a career paved
with good intentions for the welfare and happiness of all mankind. These moral
principles aim at making society secure by promoting unity, harmony and right relations
among people.
This code of conduct (sila) is the first stepping stone of the Buddhist Way of Life. It is the
basis for mental development. One who is intent on meditation or concentration of mind
must develop a love of virtue; for it is virtue that nourishes mental life and makes it
steady and calm.
The next stage in the Path to Deliverance is Mental Culture, Concentration (samadhi),
which includes three other factors of the Eightfold Path: they are, Right Effort, Right
Mindfulness and Right Concentration (Nos. 6,7 and 8).
Right Effort is the persevering endeavour (a) to prevent the arising of evil and
unwholesome thoughts that have not yet arisen in a mans mind, (b) to discard such evil
thoughts already arisen, (c) to produce and develop wholesome thoughts not yet arisen,
and (d) to promote and maintain the good thoughts already present.
The function of this sixth factor, therefore, is to be vigilant and check all unhealthy
thoughts, and to cultivate, promote and maintain wholesome and pure thoughts arising
in a mans mind.
The prudent man who masters his speech and his physical actions through sila (virtue)
now makes every endeavour to scrutinize his thoughts, his mental factors, and to avoid
distracting thoughts.
Right Mindfulness is the application, or arousing of attention in regard to the (a)
activities of the body (kayanupassana), (b) feelings or sensations (vedananupassana), (c)
the activities of the mind (cittanupassana) and (d) mental objects (dhammanupassana).
As these factors of the Path are interdependent and co-operating, Right Mindfulness aids
Right Effort and together they can check the arising of unwholesome thoughts and
develop the good and wholesome thoughts already entertained. The. man vigilant in
regard to his actions, verbal, physical and mental, avoids all that is detrimental to his
mental (spiritual) progress. Such a one cannot be mentally indolent and supine. The
well-known discourse on The Foundations (Establishment) of Mindfulness
(Satipatthana-sutta) deals comprehensively with this fourfold Mindfulness. 17
Right Concentration is the intensified steadiness of the mind comparable to the
unflickering flame of a lamp in a windless place. It is concentration that fixes the mind
right and causes it to be unmoved and undisturbed. The correct practice of Samadhi
(concentration or mental discipline) maintains the mind and the mental properties in a
state of balance. Many are the mental impediments that confront a yogi, a meditator, but
with the support of Right Effort and Right Mindfulness the fully concentrated mind is
capable of dispelling the impediments, the passions that disturb man. The perfectly
concentrated mind is not distracted by sense objects, for
it sees things as they really are, in their proper perspective. 18
Thus mastering the mind, and not allowing the mind to master him, the yogi cultivates
true Wisdom (panna) which consists of the first two factors and the final stage of the
Path, namely, Right Understanding and Right Thought.
Thought includes thoughts of renunciation (nekkhammasam-kappa) good will
(avyapada-samkappa) and of compassion or non-harm (avihimsa-samkappa). These
thoughts are to be cultivated and extended towards all living beings irrespective of race,
caste, clan or creed. As they embrace all that breathes there are no compromising
limitations. The radiation of such ennobling thoughts is not possible for one who is
egocentric and selfish.
A man may be intelligent, erudite and learned, but if he lacks right thoughts, he is,
according to the teachings of the Buddha, a fool (bala) not a man of understanding and
insight. If we view things with dispassionate discernment, we will understand that selfish
desire, hatred and violence cannot go together with true Wisdom. Right Understanding
or true Wisdom is always permeated with Right Thoughts and never bereft of them.
Right Understanding, in the ultimate sense, is to understand life as it really is. For this,
one needs a clear comprehension of the four Noble Truths, namely: The Truth of (a)
Dukkha, Suffering or Unsatisfactoriness, (b) the Arising of Dukkha, (c) the Cessation of
Dukkha, and (d) the Path leading to the Cessation of Dukkha.
Right Understanding or penetrative Wisdom is the result of continued and steady
practice of meditation or careful cultivation of the mind. To one endowed with Right
Understanding it is impossible to have a clouded view of phenomena, for he is immune
from all impurities and has attained the unshakable deliverance of the mind (akuppa
ceto vimutti).
The careful reader will now be able to understand how the three groups, Virtue,
Concentration and Wisdom, function together for one common end: Deliverance of the
Mind (ceto vimutti), and how through genuine cultivation of mans mind, and through
control of actions, both physical and verbal, purity is attained. It is through self-exertion
and self-development that the aspirant secures freedom, and not through praying to and
petitioning an external agency. This indeed is the Dhamma discovered by the Buddha,
made use of by him for full enlightenment and revealed to the others:
Virtue, and concentration, wisdom, supreme freedom,
These things the Illustrious Gotama realized.
Thus fully understanding them the Buddha,
Ender of Ill, the Teacher, the Seeing One
Utterly calmed, taught the Dhamma to the monks. 19
In spite of the scientific knowledge that is steadily growing the people of the world are
restless and racked with fear and discontent. They are intoxicated with the desire to gain
fame, wealth, power and to gratify the senses. To this troubled world still seething with
hate, distrust, selfish desire and violence, most timely is the Buddhas Message of love
and understanding, the Noble Eightfold path, referring to which the Buddha says:
This is the path itself,
For none other leads
To purity of vision:
If you follow it and so confuse
King Mara, all suffering will end.
Since I have earned how to remove
The arrows, 20 have revealed the path.
You yourselves should (always) strive.
Tathagatas only teach.
Those who walk in meditation 21
Free themselves from Maras bondage. 22
1. Maha Parinibbana-sutta, D. 16.
2. Sabba papassa akaranam--kusalassa upasampada,
Sacittapariyodapanam--etam buddhanasasanam. Dhp. 183.
3. M. 44.
4. M. 44.
5. Known as Setting in Motion the Wheel of Truth (Dhamma-cakkappavattana), S. v.
420; Vin. i. 10. See chapter 1.
6. See chapter 1, n. 6.
7. D. 16.
8. D. 16.
9. D. 4.
10. Dhp. 19, 20.
11. D. 16.
12. Dhp. 80.
13. For a detailed explanation of the Three Signs see chapter 7.
14. S. i. 13.
15. Vinaya, i. 21.
16. Vism: silaniddesa.
17. See chapter 13 on Right Mindfulness.
18. See chapter 14 on Right Concentration.
19. A. ii. 2; A. iv. 106; D. ii. 123. In the Path of Freedom, Vimuttimagga, Colombo, 1961,
p. 1, only the first two lines forming the introductory stanza are found. This is a recent,
and only translation in English by the Ven. N. R. M. Ehara, Soma Thera and Kheminda
Thera.
20. Arrows of passionate desire and so forth.
21. Both concentrative calm (samatha) and insight (vipassana).
22. Dhp. 274, 275, 276.
CHAPTER 7
THE FOURTH NOBLE TRUTH
Magga: The Path
RIGHT UNDERSTANDING
(Samma-ditthi)
As this great ocean has but one taste, that of salt, so has this Dhamma but one taste, that
of freedom. 1
Freedom, supreme security from bondage, 2 is the clarion call of the Buddhas teaching.
It is for this end--freedom--that the Master points out a path.
At the parting of roads a pedestrian gets bewildered, not knowing the right path to take.
He looks round for help, and to his delight, sees a signboard with directions. Now if he is
really intent on reaching his destination, he will not hesitate--but will proceed with zest
watching his steps. So do people in this cycle of existence (samsara), get bewildered as
long as they do not know the path to freedom. The Buddha, like the signboard, indicates
the sublime path of understanding and freedom, but people still cling to the by-paths
that lead deeper into the morass of dukkha, suffering. That is because they have woven
previous habits into the texture of their being while wandering through the jungles of
samsaric life.
It is very difficult, indeed, for people to turn away from accustomed modes of conduct,
thought and action. 3 However, if one wants to conquer the burdensome cares of worldly
life, and gain true happiness and freedom one has gradually to turn away from things
seemingly dear and congenial, and enter the path trodden by the Supremely Enlightened
Ones of all ages and pointed out by them--the ANCIENT PATH. 4
It is by advancing step by step along the Ancient Path that one reaches the goal-freedom.
One cannot attain freedom all at once. As the sea deepens gradually, so in the doctrine
and discipline of the Buddha there is gradual training, gradual doing, and gradual
practice. 5 All the practical guidance and instructions given by the Buddha to remove
mental conflicts due to the unsatisfactoriness of life, and gain final peace and happiness,
are to be found on the Eightfold Path.
To one who views the modern world with dispassionate discernment, right
understanding seems to be a very essential, nay an indispensable, factor of human life.
With the advance of modern science, people, both in the East and West, seem to have
become more and more materially minded and have almost ignored the mental realm,
the world within, so that they seem to be lop-sided and even ill-disposed. Slogans and
political propaganda seem to mould mans mind, and life to be mechanical; man has
become like a puppet controlled by others.
Modern man seems to be enmeshed in all sorts of ideas, views, opinions and ideologies
both wise and foolish. He is film-fed, television-minded, and radio-trained. Today what is
presented by the newspapers, radio, television, some novels and pictures, by certain
literature on sex psychology, and by sex-ridden films tends to confuse man, and turn him
from the path of rectitude and understanding.
Wrangling, animosity, petty quarrels and even wars are the outcome of wrong ways of
thinking and false views propagated by craving and hate. Today more than at any other
time right understanding is needed to guide mankind through the turmoil of life, to
straighten the restless mind as a fletcher straightens his shaft, 6 and to conform to
justice and rectitude.
From the early Buddhist writings it becomes quite clear that the Buddha was not a
teacher who leaned to the right or left, for his path was straight. He avoided all
extremes, whether of Self Indulgence and Self Mortification; of Eternity or Annihilation;
of Complete Indeterminism (adhiccasamuppanna) or Accidentalism and Strict
Determinism (Niyati-vada) or Fatalism; or of any other ism that tends towards
extremes. His Way of Life, as he explained in his first sermon, is the Middle Path. It is a
teaching that has direct bearing on the lives of mankind, a practical application, without
bias, prejudice or emotion--the active and practical aspect of the entire teaching of the
Master. It is not mere speculation, philosophizing and rationalizing, for it entails
engaging oneself in the real task of applying each and every factor of the path 7 to life; in
coming to grips with the true meaning of life, for the sole purpose of freedom from the
taints that haunt the human heart.
The first factor of the path is known as right understanding which means to understand
things as they really are and not as they appear to be. It is important to realize that right
understanding in Buddhism has a special meaning which differs from that popularly
attributed to it. In Buddhism right understanding is the application of Insight to the five
aggregates of clinging, and understanding their true nature, that is understanding
oneself. It is self-examination and self-observation. This point we shall discuss presently.
Right understanding is of the highest importance, for the remaining seven factors of the
path are guided by it. 8 It ensures that right thoughts are held and it co-ordinates ideas;
when as a result thoughts and ideas become clear and wholesome, mans speech and
action are also brought into proper relation. Again it is through right understanding that
one gives up harmful or profitless effort and cultivates right effort which aids the
development of right mindfulness. Right effort and right mindfulness guided by right
understanding bring about right concentration. Thus right understanding, which is the
main spring in Buddhism, causes the other limbs of the co-ordinate system to move in
proper relation. 9
Now there are two conditions that are conducive to right understanding: Hearing from
others, that is hearing the Saddhamma, the Good Law, from others (paratoghosa), 10 and
systematic (wise) attention (yoniso-manasikara). 11 The first condition is external, that is,
what we get from outside, while the second is internal, what we cultivate (manasikara
literally means doing-in-the-mind).
What we hear 12 gives us food for thought and guides us in forming our own views. It is,
therefore, necessary to listen, but only to that which is conducive to right understanding
and to avoid all the harmful and unwholesome utterances of others which prevent
straight thinking.
The second condition, systematic attention, is more difficult to cultivate, because it
entails constant awareness of the things that one meets with in everyday life. The word
yoniso-manasikara which is often used in the discourses is most important, for it enables
one to sec things deeply (yontso, lit. by-way-of womb) instead of only on the surface.
Metaphorically, therefore, it is radical or reasoned attention. Ayoniso-manasikara,
unwise or unsystematic attention, is always deplored by the Buddha for it never helps
one to consider conditionality, or to analyse the aggregates. Hence the importance of
developing systematic and avoiding unsystematic attention. These two conditions,
learning and systematic attention, together help to develop right understanding.
One who seeks truth is not satisfied with surface knowledge, with the mere external
appearance of things, but wants to delve deep and see what is beyond the reach of the
naked eye. That is the sort of search encouraged in Buddhism, for it leads to right
understanding. The man of analysis states a thing after resolving it into its various
qualities, which he puts in proper order, making everything plain. He does not state
things unitarily, looking at them as a whole, but divides them up according to their
outstanding features so that the conventional and the highest truth can be understood
unmixed.
The Buddha was discriminative and analytical to the highest degree (vibhajjavadi). As a
scientist resolves a limb into tissues and the tissues into cells, he analysed all component
and conditioned things into their fundamental elements, right down to their ultimates,
and condemned shallow thinking, unsystematic attention, which tends to make man
muddle-headed and hinders the investigation of the true nature of things. It is through
right understanding that one sees cause and effect, the arising and ceasing of all con-
ditioned things. The truth of the Dhamma can be only grasped in that way, and not
through blind belief, wrong view, speculation or even by abstract philosophy.
The Buddha says: This Dhamma is for the wise and not for the unwise, 13 and explains
the ways and means of attaining wisdom by stages, and avoiding false views. Right
understanding permeates the entire teaching, pervades every part and aspect of the
Dhamma and functions as the key-note of Buddhism.
What then is right understanding? It is the understanding of dukkha or the
unsatisfactory nature of all phenomenal existence, its arising, its cessation and the path
leading to its cessation. 14
Thus ignorance of the real nature of life is primarily ignorance of the Four Noble Truths.
15
It is because of their ignorance of these truths that beings are tethered to becoming
and are born again and again. Hear these words of the Buddha:
Monks, it is through not understanding, not penetrating the Four Noble Truths that we
have run so long, wandered so long in samsara, in this cycle of continuity, both you and
I But when these Four Noble Truths are understood and penetrated, rooted out is the
craving for existence, destroyed is that which leads to renewed becoming, and there is
no more coming to be. 16
In his first, proclamation of the Dhamma, addressing the five ascetics, the Buddha says:
So long as my knowledge and vision of reality regarding these Four Noble Truths, in
three phases and twelve aspects was not fully clear to me, I did not claim to have
attained incomparable supreme enlightenment in the world. But when my knowledge
and vision of reality regarding these Four Noble Truths was clear to me, then I claimed
to have won incomparable supreme enlightenment in this world. 17
These words clearly indicate that right understanding in the highest sense is
comprehension of the Four Noble Truths. To grasp these truths is to understand the
intricacies of nature. A person who fully understands these truths is truly called
"Intuitively Wise". 18
Now right understanding is of two kinds, mundane and supramundane. An ordinary
worldlings19 knowledge of the efficacy of moral causation or of actions and their results
(kamma, and kammavipaka) and the knowledge that accords with the Four Noble Truths
(saccanulomikanana) is called mundane (lokiya) right understanding. It is mundane
because the understanding is not yet free from taints. This may be called knowing
accordingly (anubodha). But right understanding experienced at the moment of
attaining one or the other of the four stages of realization 20 is called Supramundane
(lokuttara) right understanding. This is what is known as penetration (pativedha).
Thus there is right understanding cultivated by the worldling (puthujjana) and by the
Noble Ones (Ariyas). It is at the higher level that right understanding, in conjunction
with the remaining seven factors, reaches consummation.
Due to lack of right understanding, the ordinary man is blind to the true nature of life
and fails to see the universal fact of life, dukkha, unsatisfactoriness. He does not even try
to grasp these facts but hastily considers the doctrine as pessimism. It is natural perhaps,
for beings engrossed in mundane pleasures, beings who crave more and more for
gratification of the senses and loathe pain, to resent the very idea of suffering and turn
their backs on it. They do not, however, realize that even as they condemn the idea of
dukkha and adhere to their own convenient and optimistic view of things, they are still
being oppressed by the ever recurring unsatisfactory nature of life.
It is a psychological fact that people often do not want to reveal their true natures, to
unfold what is in the deepest recesses of their minds, while they apparently wish others
to believe that they are hale and hearty and free from worries and tribulations. It is for
this same psychological reason that many people, wittingly or not, do not want to speak
or hear of the universal malady of dukkha, unsatisfactoriness. They love pleasure,
imagine that they are in a state of security and live in a mind-made paradise.
Although people see and accept change as the salient feature of existence they cannot rid
themselves of the fascination and thrill which change has for men in general. They
cherish the belief that it is possible to discover a way of happiness in this very change, to
find a centre of security in this circle of impermanence. They imagine that although the
world is uncertain they can make it certain and give it a solid basis, and so the
unrelenting struggle for worldly improvement goes on with persevering effort and futile
enthusiasm.
This effort to improve themselves and the world in every possible way, to secure better
conditions in every sphere of human living and ensure against risks, reveals, without a
shadow of a doubt, that there is no real happiness, no real rest in the world. This
unsatisfactory nature of the world, this picture of pain, is clear to all who have eyes to
see and minds to understand. It is right understanding that brings this clear picture of
what we call life before our minds eye, and this is the realistic view
(yathabhutadassana) in which there is no question of optimism and pessimism, of
looking at things from the most favourable or unfavourable point of view.
When we turn to Sammaditthi-sutta, the ninth discourse of the Majjhima Nikaya, one of
the five original collections, we find that the method of gaining right understanding is
explained in sixteen different ways, which can be reduced to the following four: (a)
Explanation by way of Moral Causation, (b) by way of the Four Truths, (c) by way of
Nourishment, and (d) by way of Dependent Arising. The second and the fourth ways of
explanation are almost identical; for both explain the same characteristic feature,
namely, the process of arising and that of ceasing (samudaya, nirodha), in other words,
becoming (bhava) and the cessation of becoming (bhava-nirodha).
Nourishment (ahara) is of four kinds: (a) ordinary material food (kabalinkarahara), (b)
contact (of sense organs with sense objects, phassahara), (c) consciousness
(vinnanahara), and (d) mental volition (manosancetanahara). 21 It is not necessary here
to explain all the methods mentioned in the discourse. 22
In its lower stage right understanding urges a man to understand moral causation
(kammassakata nana), which implies the understanding of the ten karmically
wholesome actions (kusalakamma) and the ten karmically unwholesome actions
(akusala kamma). 23 Wholesome actions bring good results, they are meritorious and
lead to happiness here and hereafter. The ten wholesome actions, therefore, are called
Good Courses of Action (kusala-kammapatha). Unwholesome actions give rise to evil
consequences, they are demeritorious and lead to suffering, to painful happenings here
and hereafter. The ten unwholesome actions, therefore, are called Evil Courses of
Action (akusala-kammapatha).
The Buddha, in more than one place, has emphatically stressed the psychological
importance of action (kamma) ; O monks, it is volition that I call kamma. Having willed
one acts through body, speech and mind. 24 It is the understanding of moral causation
that urges a thinking man to refrain from evil and to do good. He who acknowledges
moral causation well knows that it is his own actions that make his life miserable or
otherwise. He knows that the direct cause of the differences and inequalities of birth in
this life, are the good and evil actions of each individual in past lives and in this life. His
character is predetermined by his own choice. The thought, the act which he chooses,
that by habit he becomes. Thus he understands his position in this mysterious universe
and behaves in such a way as to promote moral and spiritual progress. This type of right
understanding on the mundane level paves the way towards the realization of
conditionality and the Four Truths.
Now let us discuss the method of gaining right understanding by way of the Four Truths.
We have seen earlier 25 that the Four Truths are not separated from the five aggregates,
outside of which the; are not to be sought. The understanding of the true nature of the
aggregates implies the realization of the Four Truths. It is, therefore, very necessary to
have a clear idea of the five aggregates which have been explained in detail in chapter 3.
The Buddhas analysis of the so-called being into five ever changing aggregates, makes it
clear that there is nothing abiding, nothing eternally conserved, in this conflux of
aggregates (khandha-santati).
Change or impermanence is the essential characteristic of phenomenal existence. We
cannot say of anything, animate or inanimate, this is lasting; for even while we say it, is
undergoing change. The aggregates are compounded and conditioned and therefore ever
subject to cause and effect. Unceasingly does consciousness or mind and its factors
change, and just as unceasingly, though at a slower rate, the physical body also alters
from moment to moment. He who sees clearly that the impermanent aggregates are
impermanent, has right understanding. 26
The Buddha gives five very striking similes to illustrate the changing nature of the five
aggregates. He compares material form or body to a lump of foam, feeling to a bubble,
perception to a mirage, mental formations to a plantain-trunk and consciousness to an
illusion, and asks: What essence, monks, could there be in a lump of foam, in a bubble
in a mirage, in a plantain-trunk, in an illusion? Continuing, the Buddha says:
Whatever material form there be whether past, future or present; internal or external;
gross or subtle; low or lofty; far or near; that material form the monk sees, meditates
upon, examines with systematic attention, he thus seeing, meditating upon, and examin-
ing with systematic attention, would find it empty, he would find it unsubstantial and
without essence. What essence, monks, could there be in material form? The Buddha
speaks in the same manner of the remaining aggregates and asks: What essence, monks,
could there be in feeling, in perception, in mental formation and in consciousness? 27
Thus we see that a more advanced range of thought comes with the analysis of the five
aggregates. It is at this stage that right understanding known as Insight (vipassana)
begins to work. It is through this Insight that the true nature of the aggregates is grasped
and seen in the light of the three signs or characteristics (ti-lakkhana), namely:
Impermanence, Unsatisfactoriness and No-Self.
The Master explains it thus:
The five aggregates, monks, are impermanent; whatever is impermanent, that is dukkha,
unsatisfactory; whatever is dukkha, that is without Self. What is without Self, that is not
mine, that I am not, that is not my Self. Thus should it be seen by perfect wisdom
(sammappannaya) as it really is. Who sees by perfect wisdom as it really is, his mind not
grasping is detached from taints, he is liberated. 28 Nagarjuna only echoes these words
when he says "When the notion of an Atman, Self or Soul ceases, the notion of mine
also ceases and one becomes free from the idea of I and mine." 29
It is not only the five aggregates that are impermanent, unsatisfactory and without a
Self, but the causes and conditions that produce the aggregates are also impermanent,
unsatisfactory and without a Self. This point the Buddha makes very clear:
Material form, feeling, perception, mental formations and consciousness, monks, are
impermanent; whatever causes and conditions there are for the arising of these
aggregates, they too are impermanent. How, monks, could aggregates arising from what
is impermanent, be permanent?
Material form... and consciousness, monks, are unsatisfactory; whatever causes and
conditions there are for the arising of these aggregates, they too are unsatisfactory. How,
monks, could aggregates arising from what is unsatisfactory be pleasant and
pleasurable?
Material form... and consciousness, monks, are without a Self (anatta) ; whatever causes
and conditions there are for the arising of these aggregates, they too are without a Self.
How, monks, could aggregates arising from what is without a Self be Self (atta)?
The instructed noble disciple (sutava ariyasavako), monks, seeing thus becomes
dispassionate towards material form, feeling, perception, mental formations and
consciousness. Through dispassion he is detached, through detachment he is liberated; in
liberation the knowledge comes to be that he is liberated, and he understands:
"Destroyed is birth, lived is the life of purity (lit. noble life), done is what was to be done,
there is no more of this to come (meaning that there is no more continuity of the
aggregates, that is no more becoming or rebirth)." 30
By the ceasing of ignorance, by the arising of knowledge, by the cessation of craving,
there is thus no more becoming, no more rebirth. 31
It is always when we fail to see the true nature of things that our views become clouded;
because of our preconceived notions, our greed and aversion, our likes and dislikes, we
fail to see the sense organs and sense objects in their respective and objective natures,
and go after mirages and deceptions. The sense organs delude and mislead us and then
we fail to see things in their true light, so that our way of seeing things becomes
perverted (viparita dassana).
The Buddha speaks of three kinds of illusion (vipallasa, Skt. viparyasa) that grip mans
mind, namely: the illusions of perception, thought and view. 32 Now when a man is
caught up in these illusions, he perceives, thinks and views incorrectly:
(a) He perceives permanence in the impermanent; (b) satisfactoriness in the
unsatisfactory (ease and happiness in suffering); (c) Self in what is not Self (a Soul in
the Soulless); (d) beauty in the repulsive.
He thinks and views in the same erroneous manner. Thus each illusion works in four
ways, 33 and leads man astray, clouds his vision, and confuses him. This is due to unwise
reflections, to
unsystematic attention (ayoniso-manasikara). Right understanding alone removes these
illusions and helps man to cognize the real nature that underlies all appearance. It is
only when man comes out of this cloud of illusions and perversions that he shines with
true wisdom like the full moon that emerges brilliant from behind a black cloud.
The Buddha gave full freedom to sceptics and inquirers to doubt and question what is
doubtful and questionable; for there was no secrecy in his teaching. Monks, the doctrine
and discipline set forth and laid down by the Tathagata, shines when brought to light,
and not when hidden. 34 As a result the disciples were not reluctant to question the
Buddha on doctrinal points--to question him point blank.
The Venerable Kaccayana, for instance, approached the Buddha and asked him:
Venerable sir, "right understanding", "right understanding", it is said. How far is there
"right understanding"?
This world (i.e. being) for the most part, Kaccayana, is concerned with these two
(views): existence and non-existence (eternalism and annihilationism). Now he who
with perfect wisdom sees the arising of the world (of aggregates) as it really is, does not
hold with the view of existence.
This world for the most part, Kaccayana, hankers after thoughts of grasping and
habitually clings to objects of sense desire. The ariya, the noble one, does not harbour
thoughts of grasping, and does not cling habitually to objects of sense desire, thinking:
"this is my Self (Soul)".
That which arises is just suffering (dukkha, that is the five aggregates of clinging); 35
that which ceases is suffering (the five aggregates of clinging). The noble disciple who
thus thinks, doubts not, he is not perplexed. He realizes it on his own, unaided by others.
Thus far, Kaccayana, is right understanding.
Everything exists, this is one extreme. Nothing exists, this is the other extreme. Avoiding
these two extremes, Kaccayana, the Tathagata teaches the Dhamma by the median path:
dependent on ignorance arise volitional formations, dependent on volitional formations
arises consciousness ... (and so on) ...... Thus does this whole mass of suffering arise. 36
Through the complete cessation of ignorance cease volitional formations ... (and so on)
......Thus does this whole mass of suffering cease. 37
It should now be clear that this being whom for all practical purposes we call a man,
woman or individual, is not something static, but kinetic, being in a state of constant and
continuous change. Now when a person sees life and all that pertains to life in this light,
and understands analytically his so-called being as a mere succession of mental and
bodily aggregates, he sees things as they really are. He does not hold the wrong view of
Personality Belief, belief in a Soul or Self (sakkaya-ditthi), because he knows through
right understanding that all phenomenal existence is causally dependent (paticca-
samuppanna), that each is conditioned by something else, and that its existence is
relative to that condition. He knows that as a result there is no I, no persisting psychic
entity, no ego principle; no Self or anything pertaining to a Self in this life process. He is
therefore free from the notion of a microcosmic soul (Jivatma), or a Macrocosmic Soul
(Paramatma).
Thus the realization of the Four Noble Truths dawns through a complete comprehension,
a full penetration, of the five aggregates, that is through seeing the aggregates as
impermanent, unsatisfactory and without a Self. Hence the Buddhas repeated request to
his disciples to understand analytically the so-called being built up by the aggregates.
Many examples of how the disciples gained deliverance of mind by seeing the true
nature of the aggregates are recorded in the Psalms of the Early Buddhists. Mitta Kali,
for instance, tersely states her experience in this verse:
Contemplating as they really are
The rise and fall of aggregates
I rose up with mind free (of taints).
Completed is the Buddha-word. 38
These aggregates of mind and body being ever subject to cause and effect, as we saw
above, pass through the inconceivably rapid moments of arising, existing and ceasing
(uppada, thiti, bhanga) just as the unending waves of the sea or as a river in flood
sweeps to a climax and subsides. Indeed human life is compared to a mountain stream
that flows and rushes on, changing incessantly. 39
Thus the sum total of the doctrine of change taught in Buddhism is that all component
things that have conditioned existence are a process and not a group of abiding entities,
but the changes occur in such rapid succession that people regard mind and body as
static entities. They do not see their arising and their breaking up, but regard them
unitarily, see them as a lump (ghana sanna) or whole.
Those ascetics and brahmins, O monks, who conceive a Self in diverse ways conceive it
as either the five aggregates of clinging, or as any one of them. What five?
Herein the untaught worldling ... considers body as the Self, Self as possessed of body as
included in the Self, Self as included in the body ... similarly as to feeling, perception,
volitional formations, and consciousness ... 40 Thus this is the wrong view. The "I am"
notion is not abandoned. . . 41
It is very hard indeed for people who are accustomed continually to think of their own
mind and body and the external world with mental projections as wholes, as inseparable
units, to get rid of the false appearance of wholeness. So long as man fails to see things
as processes, as movements, he will never understand the Anatta (no-Soul) doctrine of
the Buddha. That is why people impertinently and impatiently put the question: If there
is no persisting entity, no unchanging principle, like Self or Soul (Atman), what is it that
experiences the results of deeds here and hereafter?
Two different discourses 42 deal with this burning question. The Buddha was explaining
in detail to his disciples the evanescent nature of the five aggregates, how they are
devoid of Self, and how the latent conceit I am and mine ceases to exist, and then
there arose a thought in the mind of a certain monk thus: Material body is not self,
feeling is not self, perception is not self, mental formations are not self, consciousness is
not self. Then what self do selfless deeds affect?
The Buddha, reading the thoughts of that monks mind, said: the question was beside the
point and made the monks understand, the impermanent, unsatisfactory and not-self
nature of the five aggregates.
It is wrong to say that the doer of the deed is the same as the one who experiences its
results. It is equally wrong to say that the doer of the deed and the one who experiences
its results are two
different persons; 43 for the simple reason that what we call life, as we saw earlier, is a
flow of physical and psychic processes or energies arising and ceasing constantly, and it
is not possible to say that the doer himself experiences the results because he is changing
now, every moment of his life; but at the same time we must not forget the fact that the
continuity of life, that is the continuance of experience, the procession of events, is not
lost; it continues without a gap. The child is not the same as the adolescent, the
adolescent is not the same as the adult, they are neither the same nor totally different
persons (na ca so, na ca anno). 44 There is only a flow of bodily and mental processes.
Therefore said the ancients:
No doer of the deed is there,
No one who experiences its result;
Bare phenomena flow on.
This alone is the right view. 45
What does this mean? The answer is that there is no permanent I or mine in the form
of a Self or Soul in this psycho-physical process. There is a seeing, a feeling, an
experiencing, etc., but not an unchanging never-ending Self or Soul behind the scene.
That is all. 46
Before concluding this chapter a challenging question raised by some against the
doctrine of anatta should be answered. Those who consider the word anatta in
Buddhism as something diametrically opposed to the so-called atta, ask: How can one
speak of anatta, (no Self), if there is no atta, (Self?). They treat them as relative terms.
But we must understand what the Buddha meant by anatta. He never meant anything in
contradistinction to atta. He did not place the two terms in juxtaposition and say: this is
my anatta in opposition to atta. The term anatta, since the prefix an indicates non-
existence, abhava, and not opposition, viruddha, means literally no atta, that is the mere
denial of an atta, the non-existence of atta.
The believers in an atta tried to keep their atta. The Buddha simply denied it, by adding
the prefix an. As this concept of an atta, Self or Soul, was deep rooted in many whom
the Buddha met, he had to discourse at length on, this pivotal question of Self to learned
men, dialecticians and hair-splitting disputants. The Sutta Pitaka, wherein are recorded
thousands of discourses of the Buddha, became so voluminous mainly because of this
question of Self. The careful reader of the discourses will note how the Buddhas answers
and elucidations concerning this vexed question of Self developed into lengthy sermons.
From the foregoing exposition of the Buddha it will now be clear that right
understanding, at the highest levcl, is merely the avoidance of all wrong views, illusions
and perversions which according to Buddhism are mainly due to the notion of a Self or
to belief in an individuality (sakkdya ditthi) : it is the understanding of the arising and
ceasing of the aggregates. Through understanding of the aggregates, that is through an
intellectual grasp of the nature of the so-called being, dawns the knowledge of the Four
Noble Truths.
The Buddhas doctrine of anicca and dukkha (impermanence and suffering) was not new
to the people of India. In the early Upanishads like Chandogya we come across such
expressions as tarati sokam atmavid, knowledge of the Self ferries a person across (the
world of) sorrow. But what baffled Indian thinkers was the Buddhist doctrine of anatta
(No Self). They were so steeped in the belief of a Self that when the Buddha denied a
Self and discoursed against it, it was a real shock to them, and they were up in arms to
safeguard the long-standing and central conception of their religion and philosophy-Self,
Atman.
As they failed to understand the meaning of anatta they did not hesitate to label the
Buddha a nihilist (venayika). 47 It was the recognition that this Self or Soul is an illusion
that made the Buddhas doctrine so revolutionary. The doctrine of anatta is unique in the
world history of religion and philosophy.
The distinguishing characteristic of Buddhism was that it started in a new line, that it
looked at the deepest questions men have to solve from an entirely different standpoint.
It swept away from the field of its vision the whole of the great soul-theory which had
hitherto so completely filled and dominated the minds of the superstitious and of the
thoughtful alike. For the first time in the history of the world, it proclaimed a salvation
which each man could gain for himself, and by himself, in this world during this life,
without the least reference to God, or to gods, either great or small.
Like the Upanishads, it placed the first importance on knowledge, but it was no longer a
knowledge of God, it was a clear perception of the real nature, as they supposed it to be,
of men and things. And it added to the necessity of knowledge, the necessity of purity, of
courtesy, of uprightness, of peace, and of a universal love, "far-reaching, grown great,
and beyond measure".48
1. Udana, p. 56.
2. M. 26.
3. S. ii. Discourse 61.
4. S. ii. 106, puranamaggam, puranamjasam, pubbakehi samma-sambuddhehi
anuyatam.
5. A. iv. 200; Udana, p. 54.
6. Dhp. 33.
7. For the factors, see chapter 6.
8. See M. 117.
9. See M. 117.
10. As in the case of Upatissa hearing from Arahat Assaji, see chapter 2.
11. M. 43.
12. In the past people learnt by hearing and became learned, bahussuta; nowadays
people learn mainly by reading and become known as well read.
13. A. iv. 232.
14. D. 22; M. 141.
15. Discussed in chapters 3 and 4.
16. S. v. 431; D. 16; Vin. i. 231. Also see chapter 6.
17. Mhvg. v. 423.
18. M. 43.
19. A worldling (puthujjana) is one who has not yet attained to any of the four stages of
realization. See n. 20 below in the same chapter.
20. The first stage of realization is technically known as sotapatti Stream Entry; the
second stage is sakadagami Once-Return; the third is anagami Non-Return; the fourth
and the last stage is Arahatta, Arahatship, the stage at which all fetters are severed and
taints rooted out.
21. M. i . 48.
22. For a detailed explanation read Right Understanding by Soma Thera (Buddhist
Literature Society, Colombo, 1946).
23. For details see chapters on Right Speech and Right Action.
24. A. iii. 415. See also chapter 4.
25. See chapter 3.
26. S. iii. 51.
27. S. iii. 140.
28.S.iii.44.
29. atmanyasati catmiyam kuta eva bhavisyati nirmamo nirahamkarah
samadatmatmamnayoh (Madhyamika-karika, xviii. 2).
30. S. iii. 23. Discourses 7, 8, 9 abridged.
31. M. 43.
32. Sanna vipallasa citta-v, ditthi-v.
33. A. ii. 52.
34. A. i. 283.
35. Monks, what is suffering? It should be said that it is the five aggregates of clinging.
S. ii. 158. See chapter 3.
36. For the whole formula of twelve factors see chapter 4.
37. S. ii. 17.
38. Theri-gatha. Verse 96.
39. A. iv. 137. Compare nadi soto viya, like a flowing stream.
A few years after the passing away of the Buddha, Heraclitus taught the Panta Rhei
doctrine, the flux theory, at Athens, and one wonders if that teaching was transmitted to
him from India. There is no static being, says Heraclitus, no unchanging substratum.
Change, movement, is Lord of the Universe. Everything is in a state of becoming, of
continual flux (Panta Rhei). He continues: You cannot step twice into the same river;
for fresh waters are ever flowing in upon you. (A. K. Rogers, A Students History of
Philosophy, London, 1920, p. 15). But one who understands the root of the Dhamma
would go a step further and say: The same man cannot step twice into the same river;
for the so-called man who is only a conflux of mind and body, never remains the same
for two consecutive moments. (Philosophy of Change, Piyadassi Thera, Dharmodaya
Sabha, Kathmandu, Nepal, 1956, p. 7).
40. The idea of a Self is applied to each aggregate in four ways. Thus when applied to all
the five aggregates it become twentyfold. This is what is known as vimsatiakara
sakkayaditthi, or the twenty kinds of self-illusion. (See M. i. 8; iii. 17; Vbh. 364.) When
this self-illusion is removed, the sixty-two wrong views also are removed. For the sixty-
two views see D. i. Brahmajala sutta.
41. S. iii. 46 sutta 47.
42. M. iii. 19, Discourse, No. 109; S. iii. 103, Discourse No. 82.
43. A. ii. 70.
44. Milinda Panha.
45. Vism. xix.
46. For a very comprehensive and brilliant exposition of The Doctrine of No-Soul:
Anatta, see What the Buddha Taught by Walpola Rahula (Gordon Fraser, London,
1959), chapter VI.
47. M. Discourse 22. See chapter 3.
48. The Hibbert Lectures, 1881, Professor T. W. Rhys Davids, p. 28.
CHAPTER 8
RIGHT THOUGHT
(Samma-samkappa)
RIGHT thought, which is the second factor of the Path, is the outcome of right
understanding. These two comprise the Wisdom spoken of in the context of the Noble
Eightfold Path. Right thought is the result of seeing things as they are. Thoughts are all
important; for a mans words and acts have thoughts as their source. It is thoughts that
are translated into speech and deed. The good or ill results of our words and actions
depend solely on our thoughts, on the way we think. Hence the importance of learning
to think straight instead of crooked. The oft-quoted but ever-fresh opening verses of the
Dhammapada, speak to us of the great importance and significance of thought:
Mental states have mind as their fore-runner,
As their chief; and of mind are they made.
If one speaks or acts with a polluted mind
Suffering follows one as the wheel the oxens feet.
All mental states have mind as their fore-runner,
As their chief; and of mind are they made.
If one speaks or acts with a pure mind
Happiness follows one as the shadow that neer departs.
From these words of the Buddha it becomes clear that the beauty or the ugliness of our
words and deeds depend on our own thoughts, which are real. Thoughts travel swifter
than anything we can conceive of and they roam whither-so-ever they list. Their
influence on us and the external world is tremendous. Each and every ugly, vicious and
morally repulsive thought pollutes the human heart and may cause untold harm. Wrong
words and deeds are expressions of a wrong condition of mind. But if man concentrates
on right thoughts with right understanding the good results that mind can produce are
immense.
What then is right thought?
It is thoughts of renunciation, of good-will and of not harming or compassion. 1
Their opposites are: thoughts of sense desire, of ill-will and of harm. 2
In the discourse on the Twofold Thought, 3 the Buddha has explained in detail how
before enlightenment he experienced the Twofold Thought.
Thoughts of sense desire, ill-will, and harm he put in one category, those of
renunciation, good-will and compassion into the other. When thoughts of sense desire,
ill-will and harm arose in him, he knew that they led to harming oneself and others,
obstructed intuitive wisdom, caused pain and did not lead to Nibbana. Thus reflecting he
kept on getting rid of such thoughts, driving them away and making an end of them.
When thoughts of renunciation, good-will and compassion arose in him, he knew that
they led neither to harming oneself nor others: they developed intuitive wisdom, did not
cause pain, and led to Nibbana.
Continuing the Buddha explains, how, through reflection, he made his mind firm, how
he calmed it and made it unified and concentrated within his subject of meditation. He
then tells how, aloof from unwholesome states of mind, he attained to and abided in the
first jhana (meditative absorption), the second jhana, the third jhana and the fourth
jhana, 4 and how he finally comprehended, as they really are, the Four Noble Truths.
It is important here to observe how the removal of the Three root causes of all evil,
namely lust, hate and delusion, depends upon right understanding and right thought.
Delusion which is another term for ignorance, as we saw earlier, is rooted out by right
understanding. Sense desire and ill-will are wiped out by right thought. Right
understanding, and right thought are both supported by the remaining factors of the
Path.
Let us now try to understand the importance of removing evil thoughts and the method
of so doing, which is by the correct practice of renunciation, good-will and compassion.
When a mans mind is obsessed by lust or hate it is quite impossible for him to see things
clearly. But the removal of these impediments does not mean struggling with the baneful
thoughts that grip the mind. One must learn to see such thoughts face to face--how they
appear, reappear end overpower the mind; one must study their nature. Now if a man
allows his mind continually to entertain thoughts of lust and hate and does not try to
control them those thoughts are strengthened and hold sway over his mind. But if a man
is really bent on removing evil thoughts, he will try gradually to cultivate good thoughts
that will counteract the harmful ones and clear his mind. For instance, when a man is
disturbed by sensuality through seeing, hearing and so on, thoughts of renunciation will
bring him peace of mind. Similarly, good-will and compassion will soothe a mind that
cherishes ill-will, anger, cruelty and revenge. However, we must admit that this is no
easy task. It needs much determination and effort.
Some consider that since lust or sense desire is a natural impulse it should therefore not
be balked. Others think that it should be put down by force. From the highest standpoint
lust or hate is just a thought, a mentation (vitakka). Before one allows ones lust to go its
own way, or suppresses it, one must try to look at the thought of lust itself without any
prejudice. Then only will one see the origin, the cause, of that thought. Whether one
allows it to grow strong, weakens it or removes it altogether depends on oneself. Again,
when a sense organ comes in contact with some sense object, or the mind with a mental
object, which is disagreeable, then there arises conflict, which causes anger, revulsion,
ill-will or hate.
Thus we see that through a stimulant arising at the sense doors, lust, hate and other
unwholesome thoughts, due to delusion, come into being. When a person is deluded by
an external object feeling arises in him; he either becomes attached to the sense object or
resents it (anurodhavirodham sampanno). 5 There is attraction or repulsion, as in the
case of the atom. If we look round we notice that human society is often obsessed by
these two strong impulses--attachment and resentment. So long as man is influenced by
these taints, the vicissitudes of life will continue to oppress him but when these taints are
controlled, if not eliminated, he will not be too affected by the changes. One cannot
altogether avoid the vicissitudes of life so long as one lives in the world; nevertheless one
can develop ones mind and self-mastery to such a pitch that one can remain undisturbed
by the upsets which these changes have brought about.
The Buddhas exposition of the Dhamma was methodical. He would not talk of the Four
Noble Truths, the essence of his teaching to everyone he met. When he knew that a
person was not mature enough to grasp the deeper doctrine, he would instruct him only
on the simpler side of the Dhamma in a progressive manner: he would speak to him on
charitable giving (dana), on virtue or moral habits (sila), on the heavens (these are the
simpler aspects 6 on the disadvantage, emptiness and impurity of the pleasures of the
senses and on the advantage of renunciation.
When the Master knew that a persons mind was ready, pliable, void of hindrances,
uplifted, pleased, only then did he explain to him the Dhamma which the Enlightened
Ones themselves have discovered, the Dhamma peculiar to them: dukka (suffering), its
arising, its ceasing, and the path. 7
From the foregoing it is obvious that a mans mind can only grasp the highest Truth if he
is ready to give up thoughts of sense desire. When his mind is released from such
thoughts, he realizes the Truths and gains right understanding. Thus we see how right
thoughts aid right understanding. They are interdependent and bring about true Wisdom
(samma-panna).
The Buddha speaks of renunciation by personal experience and not through hearsay. He
himself relates the story of his own renunciation:
I too, monks, before enlightenment, while I was still a Bodhisatta being liable to birth,
ageing, disease, dying, sorrow and defilements, sought what was liable to birth, ageing,
disease, dying, sorrow and defilements. Then it occurred to me, monks, why do I, liable
to birth . . . and defilements seek what is likewise liable to birth . . . and defilements.
What if I, being liable to birth. . and defilements, were to seek the unborn, the supreme
security from bondage, Nibbana?
Then I, monks, after a time ... in the prime of life, in radiant youth, cut off my hair and
beard, donned a dyed robe and went forth from home into homelessness (I renounced).
8

This is the Noble Quest (ariya -pariyesana).

Again, this idea is conveyed in the very inspiring discourse 9 on the Going Forth of
Gotama, the Bodhisatta, who gave up his crown and went into solitude. As the discourse
says, one day he entered the city of Rajagaha for his alms round. King Bimbisara looking
down from his palace saw the Bodhisatta walking the streets bowfin hand, with
measured steps and down-cast eyes. Struck by his mien the King sent men to find out
where he would go and stay. On receiving their report, he hurried to Mount Pandava,
met the Bodhisatta and said:
You are young, in the prime of life, handsome, and you appear to be a ksatriya. 10
O Maharaja, by lineage I am a "Kinsman of the Sun", a Sakyan. Such is the stock I left
behind me. I do not long for sense pleasures, knowing their peril and seeing
renunciations peace I go my way striving (for Nibbana the Highest Renunciation). My
mind takes delight in the striving (not in sense pleasures).
From the above, we understand that going forth (pabbajja) and separation from the
pleasures of sense (nekkhamma) are identical. The purpose of going forth is to turn
away from thoughts of sensuality (kilesa-kama) and from the objects of sense (vatthu-
kama). Going forth is really self-sacrifice and the urge to do so should be genuine if it is
to bear pleasant fruit.
This is not a course that all can follow, for to leave behind the worlds attractive and
sensuous life is no easy task. It may not be possible for all to cut themselves off from the
world and all it holds. And the Buddha does not expect all his followers to become
ascetics.
Hard it is go forth
From home to homelessness;
To take delight in it is hard. 11
In the Buddhas Dispensation full liberty is granted to the disciples to leave the Order if
they find it difficult to live the monks life any more. There is no coercion and
compulsion whatsoever and the person reverting to a lay life is not stigmatized.
The Buddha says: Monks, there are two kinds of happiness, that of a lay life
(gihisukham) and that of "going forth" (pabbajja sukham): that of sensual indulgence
(kama sukham) and that of renunciation (nekkhamma sukham). Of these, monks, the
happiness of "going forth" and of renunciation are superior. 12
This does not imply that the Buddha belittled lay life, he was only giving expression to
his own experience. He had, as a matter of fact, enjoyed both these happinesses. One
thing, however, should be remembered: whether monk or layman, one has to follow the
same path, namely the Ancient Path, the way of Virtue, Concentration and Wisdom.
Genuine renunciation, it may be borne in mind, is not escapism. Those who do not
understand the real significance of renunciation, and those who judge it by bogus
recluses who lead an indolent, worthless and parasitical life, hastily conclude that going
forth or turning from the world is a sort of escapism, a selfish way of life. The ideal
recluse, the bhikkhu, however, is an altruist of the highest type who takes least from,
and gives much to, society. The Dhammapada says: As a bee, without harming the
flower, its colour or fragrance, takes the honey (pollen) even so should the sage move in
the village. 13
It is true that, with the passage of time, many changes have taken place, yet the true
Buddhist monk who has given up worldly pleasures, endeavours to lead a life of
voluntary poverty and complete celibacy with the high aim of serving others selflessly
within the bounds of a bhikkhus life, and of attaining deliverance of mind. There are
two ways of leading the life of a bhikkhu: one entails continuous meditation (vipassana-
dhura) and the other part-time meditation and studying and teaching the Dhamma
(gantha-dhura). It is obligatory on every bhikkhu to take up one or other of these ways
according to his temperament, age and environment.
When discussing the question of going forth, that is becoming a monk, hermit or
recluse, it should not be thought that the practice of Buddhism is only for monks and not
for the laity. The Buddhas teaching, the Noble Eightfold Path, is for all--man or woman,
householder or one who has renounced. Can we restrict the Dhamma only to a few
recluses? It is certainly true that the monks life is more conducive to the practice of
meditation, to the giving up of harmful thoughts, than the householders life which is
filled with toil and need. It is not easy to live the noble life while a householder. The life
of an ideal hermit who is free from household worries and other worldly cares, is more
congenial to the development of mental peace. This one cannot deny, but that does not
mean that the laity are quite incapable of gaining mental purification. Far from it, if a
person can tame his fickle mind while living a lay life, if he can refrain from
overindulging in pleasures of the body, from nourishing sexual desires and stimulants,
he too is destined to reach the mental heights which a hermit enjoys. Of course, it goes
without saying that complete purification and deliverance comes through complete
detachment and renunciation. All these achievements depend on how his mind works,
whether he is layman or monk.
A man may live in the forest away from the tumult of the town, but if his mind is not
concentrated, if it is in a tumult, and evil thoughts play havoc with it, he should leave
that forest because the purpose for which he had entered it is not achieved. He should
delight in that forest only if his mind is calm and the taints tend to disappear. And, on
the other hand, if a person can calm his mind even while living in a village where
peoples voices are heard, he is far superior to a forest-dweller whose mind is impure. 14
In this connection the story of the Venerable Meghiya is interesting. In the thirteenth
year of the Buddhas enlightenment, the Elder Meghiya was his personal attendant, and
they were staying on a hill called Calika. What follows is a condensed account of the
story.
The Venerable Meghiya being attracted by a beautiful mango grove near a river thought
of going there to meditate if the Buddha gave him leave. So he went to the Master and
told him of his wish.
Wait a little, Meghiya, till some other monk arrives, for we are alone, said the Master. In
spite of the Buddhas warning, a second and a third time, the Elder repeated his request.
Then the Blessed One replied: Well, what can I say, Meghiya, when you talk of striving
for concentration? Do now as you think fit.
Accordingly the Venerable Meghiya went to that mango grove to meditate. And while he
was there three evil unwholesome thoughts came to him, namely: thoughts of sense
pleasure, ill-will and harm. And the Elder wondered thus: It is strange, it is amazing! I
who in faith left home for the homeless state am yet assailed by these unwholesome
thoughts.
So the eider returned to the Blessed One and told him what had happened. Then the
Master said:
Meghiya, for the deliverance of the mind of the immature, five things are conducive to
their maturing: (a) a good friend; (b) virtuous behaviour, guided by the essential
precepts for training; (c) good counsel tending to dispassion, calm, cessation, enlighten-
ment and Nibbana; (d) the effort to abandon evil thoughts and acquire wholesome
thoughts; and (e) the acquisition of wisdom that discerns the rise and fall of things. 15
Going beyond the pleasures of sense is characteristic of renunciation. Renunciation is the
very opposite of all that is carnal and sensual (kama). It focusses the whole mind
naturally on the object of Nirvana.
In many a discourse the Buddha has explained the characteristics of sensuality, its
danger and disadvantages. In his very first sermon he defined sensual indulgence as a
low, common, ignoble and worldly thing. Impressing on his disciples the need for giving
up sense pleasures, the Buddha compares them to a skeleton, a (bare) bone, a piece of
flesh, a torch of dry grass, a pit of red hot coals, a dream, borrowed goods, a fruit-tree, a
slaughter house, a sword and a chopping block, a stake, and a snakes head. They bring
much pain, much disappointment. The danger in them is great. 16
Further says the Buddha: Immanent, monks, are pleasures of the senses, empty, false,
unreal; 17 this prattle of fools is made of illusion ... Here these evil unwholesome
thoughts lead to covetousness, ill-will and quarrels. 18
To the pleasure-seeker, to the strong materialist, however, this may appear rather a dull
sermon on morals, but to those who try to face facts and sec things in their true light,
with dispassionate discernment, this is no lie. Modern psychologists and moralists are
only trying to rediscover what the Buddha said twenty-five centuries ago, when they
probe into the question of sex psychology.
In the threefold classification of Right Thought, thoughts of good-will and of doing no
harm follow. They correspond with metta and karuna, lovingkindness and compassion
which are among the four sublime states or brahma-vihara. 19 Metta and karuna are two
excellent states of mind conducive to noble living. They banish selfishness and
disharmony and promote altruism, unity and brotherhood. They are thoughts to be
cultivated towards all beings irrespective of race, caste, colour, community, creed, East
or West, and therefore they are known as boundless states (appamannayo), for they are
not limited, are not confined to watertight compartments. They enfold all beings without
any partiality or grading according to rank, quality, position, power, learning, value and
so on which keep men apart. They give security to all living beings.
As the books point out this pair of virtues can be cultivated not only as a way of conduct
towards fellow beings, but also as a meditation which then becomes known as the
meditative development of the Sublime States (brahmaviharabhavana). When earnestly
and methodically cultivated they lead the meditator to higher stages of mental
development known as jhana or meditative absorption.
In his exhortation to Rahula, the Buddha says: Cultivate, Rahula, the meditation on
lovingkindness; for by cultivating lovingkindness ill-will is banished. Cultivate, Rahula,
the meditation on compassion; for by cultivating compassion harm and cruelty are
banished. 20
From this it is clear that mend and karuna are diametrically opposed to ill-will and
cruelty respectively. Ill-will or hate, like sense desire (lust), is also caused by the sense
faculties meeting sense objects. When a mans eye comes in contact with a visible object,
which to his way of thinking is unpleasant and undesirable, then repugnance arises if he
does not. exercise systematic wise attention. It is the same with ear and sound, nose and
smell, tongue and taste, body and contact, mind and mental objects. Even agreeable
things, both animate and inanimate, which fill man with great pleasure can cause
aversion and ill-will. A person, for instance, may woo another whom he loves and
entertain thoughts of sensual affection, but if the loved one fails to show the same affec-
tion or behaves quite contrary to expectation conflicts and resentment arise. If he then
fails to exercise systematic attention, if he is not prudent, he may behave foolishly, and
his behaviour may lead to disaster, even to murder or suicide. Such is the danger of
these passions.
This is a good example by which to understand the nature of wrong thoughts (miccha-
samkappa), and how they operate to the disadvantage of he who holds them. In this case
uncontrolled sensual affection or lust may lead to intense ill-will which brings about
injury, harm and violence resulting in death, sorrow and lamentation.
Whatever a foe to a foe may do
The wrathful to the wrathful
The ill-directed mind can do it worse. 21
In this connection it is interesting to note the saying of Aryadeva: By the same thing, lust
is incited in one, hatred in another, delusion in the next; therefore, the sense object is
without any inherent meaning (is an empty nothing). 22
It is natural for the worldling to entertain evil and wrong thoughts. Lust penetrates an
undeveloped mind, as rain an ill-thatched house. 23 Mans passions are disturbing. The
lust of blinded beings has brought about hatred and all other sufferings. The enemy of
the whole world is lust, through which all evil comes to living beings. This lust, when
obstructed by some cause, is transformed into wrath.
Man, therefore; should try to develop and unfold good and right thoughts--the infinite
possibilities--that are latent in human nature. To do this one needs training in calmness
(samadhi-sikkha). It is through gradual training that one can check the mind and rule it
(cittam vasam vattati), 24 and become a slave to it and be under its sway (cittasa vasena
vattati). 25 With such training in mind-culture, one can free oneself from the influence of
the objects of sense. Thus by training in virtuous conduct, developing calmness and
getting at the light of truth, the sage in due course passes away and of him it can truly be
said: He indeed is the best among conquerors who conquers himself. 26
The victor creates the foe,
The defeated live in pain,
The peaceful dwell in happiness
Neither victors nor defeated. 27
Metta (Skt. maitri) is a popular term among Buddhists, yet no English word conveys its
exact meaning. Friendliness, benevolence, good-will, universal love, lovingkindness are
the favourite renderings. Metta is the wish for the welfare and happiness of all beings,
making no restrictions whatsoever. It has the characteristic of a benevolent friend. Its
direct enemy is ill-will (hatred) while the indirect or masked enemy is carnal love or
selfish affectionate desire (pema, Skt. prema) which is quite different from metta. Carnal
love when disguised as metta can do much harm to oneself and others. One has to be on
ones guard against this masked enemy. Very often people entertain thoughts of sensual
affection, and mistaking it for real metta think that they are cultivating metta, and do
not know that they are on the wrong track. If one were dispassionately to scrutinize such
thoughts one would realize that they are tinged with sensuous attachment. If the feeling
of love is the direct result of attachment and clinging, then it really is not metta.
Carnal love or pema is a kind of longing capable of producing much distress, sorrow and
lamentation. This fact is clearly explained by the Blessed One in the discourses, and five
verses of the chapter (16) on Affection in the Dhammapada emphasize it thus:
From what is beloved grief arises,
From what is beloved arises fear.
For him who is free from what he loves
There is no grief and so no fear.
From affection, grief arises ....
From attachment, grief arises ....
From lust grief arises ....
From craving grief arises . . . 28
As is well known, to love someone means to develop an attachment to the loved one,
and when the latter is equally fond of you a bond is created, but when you are separated
or when the dear ones affection towards you wanes, you become miserable and may
even behave foolishly. In his formulation of the Noble Truth of Suffering, the Buddha
says: Association with the unloved is suffering, separation from the loved is suffering,
not to get what one wants is suffering ... 29 Metta, however, is a very pure sublime state
of the human mind; like quicksilver it cannot attach itself to anything. It is a calm, non-
assertive super-solvent among virtues.
It is difficult to love a person dispassionately, without any kind of clinging, without any
idea of self, me and mine; for in man the notion of I is dominant, and to love without
making any distinction between this and that, without setting barriers between persons,
to regard all as sisters and brothers with a boundless heart, may appear to be almost
impossible, but those who try even a little will be rewarded; it is worth while. Through
continuous effort and determination one reaches the destination by stages.
A practiser of metta should be on his guard against callous folk who are egocentric. It
often happens that when a person is gentle and sincere others try to exploit his good
qualities for their own ends. This should not be encouraged. If one allows the self-
centred to make unfair use of ones metta, kindliness and tolerance, that tends to
intensify rather than allay the evils and sufferings of society.
Some serve and consort with one for their own gain,
Hard is it to find disinterested friends:
Since impure people think only of their own profit,
Walk alone, like the horn of a rhinoceros. 30
The Buddha seems to have been compelled to say this though it was as unpalatable then
as it is today.
As metta has the characteristic of non-attachment to any beings, it is easier to cultivate it
when ones mind is less inclined to carnality or sensuous attachment. Nekkhamma, as we
saw earlier, means giving up sense pleasures, and metta implies friendship without
sensual affection. So we see that nekkhamma and metta harmonize and support each
other. In the early Buddhist writings we find several discourses that deal with metta, but
one of them, the Discourse on Lovingkindness, 31 is the most popular with most
Buddhists. It is divided into two parts. The first details the standard of moral conduct
required by one who wishes to attain purity and peace, and the second the method of
practising metta. Thus it goes:
He who is skilled in well-being, and who wishes to attain Peace, Nibbana, should act
thus: He should be able, upright, very upright, amenable to good counsel, gentle, free
from arrogance.
Contented, easily supportable, with few duties, of simple livelihood, controlled in
senses, prudent, courteous, and not greedily attached to families.
Let him do nothing that is mean for which the wise might rebuke him. Happy and safe
may all beings be, may they have happy minds!
Whatsoever living beings there bethose trembling with fear (seekers) 32 or the
steadfast (the Attained), 33 the long (or tall), the stout, the mid-sized, the short, the
small, the large.
Those seen and those unseen, those dwelling far and those nearby, those, who are born
as well as those seeking birth-may all beings have happy minds!
Let none deceive nor despise another, anywhere. In anger or ill-will let him not wish
another ill.
Even as a mother would cherish her only child, with her life, even thus towards all
beings let him cultivate a boundless heart.
Let him cultivate boundless love towards all the world--above, below and all around--
unhindered, without anger, without enmity.
Standing, walking, sitting or reclining let him develop this mindfulness as long as he is
awake; this they say is the Noble Living here (in the Buddhas Dispensation).
Not falling into wrong views--being virtuous, endowed with Insight, lust in the senses
discarded,--never again verily shall he return to enter a womb.
In another discourse 34 the Blessed One speaks of eleven blessings which a meditator of
metta could expect: He sleeps and wakes in comfort, has no bad dreams; he is dear to
both human and non-human beings, the gods guard him; no fire, poison or weapon
harms him; his mind can be quickly concentrated, his countenance is happy and serene,
he dies without being confused in mind. If he fails to attain Arahatship, or the Highest
Sanctity, here and now, he will be born in the world of Brahma.
Vicious thoughts of animosity and cruelty are most detrimental and harmful to those
who harbour them. It is an accepted fact that both mind and body undergo certain
changes when a man is angry. His heart beats faster with the result that both mental and
physical energy is dissipated. How true is the old saying: Be not angry, anger makes one
age. Yes, when a man is angry he looks ugly, he is in pain, anger clouds his mind and he
cannot distinguish between right and wrong. The angry man knows no meaning, he fails
to see an idea, he is enveloped in darkness as if blind. 35 This is the outcome of anger,
hence the need to control it until it can be totally eliminated.
Metta is the best antidote for anger in oneself. It is the best medicine for those who are
angry with us. Let us extend lovingkindness to all who need it with a free and boundless
heart.
In the discourses one often finds the following question put by the Master to his disciples
on meeting them: How is it with you, how are you faring? I trust that you are well, that
you are not short of food. I trust that you are living together on friendly terms, happy
and in concord as milk and water blend, regarding one another with loving eyes. 36
The Buddha was an embodiment of metta; an exponent of lovingkindness by precept and
example. In the whole of the Buddhist Canon there is not one occasion when the Buddha
showed anger or spoke an unkind word to anyone--even to his opponents and enemies.
There were those who opposed him and his doctrine, yet the Buddha never regarded
them as enemies. In debate he was calm and met opposition without being ruffled,
without showing anger. Saccaka, the controversialist, at the end of a debate with the
Master, could not help saying: It is wonderful, it is marvellous, good Gotama, while thus
being spoken to so insistently, while thus being violently attacked with accusing words,
the good Gotamas colour was clear, and his countenance happy like that of an Arahant,
a perfect one, a Supremely Enlightened One. 37
Even when people were scurrilously offensive and reproached him in strong terms, the
Buddha never lost countenance. It is often mentioned that he smiled
(mihitapubbangama). The story connected with the 320th verse of the Dhammapada is
interesting:
On one occasion when the Buddha was staying at Rajagaha, a heartless individual bribed
certain villains to revile the Master when he entered the city for alms. They followed him
through the city shouting: You are a robber, a simpleton, a fool, a camel, an ox, an ass,
you have no hope of deliverance from suffering.
Hearing these words, the Venerable Ananda, the personal attendant of the Buddha, was
very grieved and said to the Master: Venerable sir, these people are reviling us, let us go
elsewhere.
- Where shall we go, Ananda?
- Let us go to some other city, venerable sir.
- Suppose, Ananda, people revile us there, where then shall we go?
- Then we will go to some other city, venerable sir.
- But suppose people revile us there also. Where then shall we go, Ananda?
- Then we will go to yet another city, venerable sir.
- Ananda, we should do no such thing; wherever a tumult arises, even there should we
remain until that tumult dies away. When these uproars have subsided then only should
we go elsewhere. As an elephant on the battle-field endures the arrows shot from a bow,
even so, Ananda, shall I endure abusive speech; most people are, indeed, ill-natured.
To what extent the Buddha tried to impress on his disciples the need to cultivate
lovingkindness is abundantly clear from the following:
Monks, if a person were to harbour ill-will even when wild bandits with a double-
handed saw were to dismember him, he is not a follower of my teaching. Thus, monks,
should you train yourselves: "Unsullied shall our minds remain, neither shall an ill word
escape our lips, but kindly and compassionate, we will ever abide with loving hearts and
not harbour hate. We will radiate lovingkindness even to them (the bandits) and then
we will radiate the whole world with thoughts of infinite friendliness, without hate,
without ill-will!" That is how you must train yourselves, monks. 38
Admonishing his disciples, the Buddha says:
Monks, if others were to speak ill of me or ill of the Dhamma or ill of the Sangha (the
Order) you should not on that account entertain thoughts of enmity and spite, and be
worried. If, monks, you are angry and displeased with them it will impede your mental
development.
If you feel angry and displeased, would you then be able to know the good and ill
speech of others?
That would not be so, venerable sir.
Monks, if others were to speak ill of me, or ill of the Dhamma or ill of the Sangha, you
should then unravel what is untrue and make it all clear, saying: "For this reason, this is
false, for this reason, this is untrue, this is not in us." 39
The Buddha does not believe in overcoming anger by anger. He emphatically says:
Hatred never by hatred
Is appeased in this world;
By love alone is it appeased
This is an ancient law. 40
Highly developed thoughts of metta seem to possess magnetic power. By radiating such
sublime thoughts it is possible to influence and win over people. The power of metta as
illustrated by the life of the Buddha can be seen in many a story told of him. Among the
best is that of Roja, the Malla. When the Mallas came to know that the Buddha was to
visit their city, Kusinara, for the first time, they all decided to see him. Roja, however,
did not want to accompany them, but he consented at last though much against his will.
Yet he was drawn to the Buddha as a calf to its mother even before he saw the Master.
This was an instance of the psychic power of mead (metta-iddhi). 41 The taming of the
demon Alavaka, the ruthless robber Angulimala, the drunken elephant Nalagiri and
several others were all examples of the Buddhas metta.
It is rather amusing to observe that some of his contemporaries, especially members of
other faiths, were frightened of the Buddha and dared not send their disciples and
followers to him, lest they be converted to his faith. This is clear from the following:
Once Nigantha Nataputta (the Jaina Mahavira) wished to send his well-known lay
disciple, Upali, to the Buddha to refute his words on a point of controversy. Then
Dighatapassin the Jaina, speaking to Nataputta said: To me, venerable sir, it is not at all
desirable that Upali should refute the words of the recluse Gotama. For the recluse
Gotama is deceitful; he knows a magic spell by which he entices disciples of other sects
(Gotamo mayavi avattanim mayam janati). 42
They perhaps were not aware that it was the Buddhas metta, his large love and
kindliness, that attracted people to him and not any enticing device.
Through love one adds to the fund of human happiness, one makes the world brighter,
nobler and purer and prepares it for the good life better than in any other way. There is
no ill-luck worse than hatred, it is said, and no safety from others hostility greater than
the heart of love, the heart in which hate is dead....
lf one has developed a love that is truly great, rid of the desire to hold and to possess,
that strong clean love which is untarnished with lust of any kind, that love which does
not expect material advantage and profit from the act of loving, that love which is firm
but not grasping, unshakable but not tied down, gentle and settled, hard and penetrating
as a diamond but unhurting, helpful but not interfering, cool, invigorating, giving more
than taking, not proud but dignified, not sloppy yet soft, the love that leads one to the
heights of clean achievement, then, in such a one can there be no ill-will at all.
Love is an active force. Every act of the loving one is done with the stainless mind to
help, to succour, to cheer, to make the paths of others easier, smoother and more
adapted to the conquest of sorrow, the winning of the highest bliss.
The way to develop love is through thinking out the evils of hate, and the advantages of
non-hate; through thinking out according to actuality, according to karma, that really
there is none to hate, that hate is a foolish way of feeling which breeds more and more
darkness, that obstructs right understanding. Hate restricts; love releases. Hatred
strangles; love enfranchises. Hatred brings remorse; love brings peace. Hatred agitates;
love quietens, stills, calms. Hatred divides; love unites. Hatred hardens; love softens.
Hatred hinders; love helps. And thus through a correct study and appreciation of the
effects of hatred and the benefits of love, should one develop love.43
The third aspect of right thought is Karuna, pity or compassion. Karuna (the same in Pali
and Sanskrit) is defined as: The quality which makes the heart of the good man tremble
and quiver at the distress of others. The quality that rouses tender feelings in the good
man at the sight of others suffering. Cruelty, violence is the direct enemy of karuna
while homely grief is the indirect or masked enemy. Though the latter may appear in the
guise of a friend, it is not true karuna, but false sympathy; such sympathy is deceitful
and one must try to distinguish true from false compassion. The compassionate man who
refrains from harming and oppressing others and endeavours to relieve them of their
distress, gives the gift of security to one and all, making no distinction whatsoever.
By precept and example the Buddha was the Great Compassionate One (Maha
Karunika). He radiated his great compassion towards all living beings. His actions were
never divorced from compassion. The entire Dispensation of the Buddha is permeated
with this sublime quality of karuna. Goodness and violence cannot co-exist; goodness
constructs while violence destroys. Compassion cannot be cultivated by one who is
obsessed with thoughts of selfishness. It is the self-sacrificing man who fills his heart
with pure thoughts of pity and wishes to help and serve others. The selfish cannot be of
real service to others; for their selfish motives prevent them from doing good. No sooner
do they become selfish and self-possessed than they fail to soften their hearts. Hard-
heartedness is overcome by pity, by sympathy. If you remove karuna from the teachings
of the Buddha you remove the heart of Buddhism; for all virtues, all goodness and
righteousness have karuna as their basis, as their matrix. 44 All the virtues (parami) that
a Bodhisatta or one bent on enlightenment cultivates, are initiated by compassion.
Compassion is tenderness, a quality of the heart, while understanding or wisdom is hard
and penetrative. Compassion should be guided by understanding and understanding by
compassion. They go hand in hand and are the back-bone of Buddhism.
One must be careful not to confuse compassion with morbid manifestations of sadness,
with feelings of mental pain and with sentimentality. At the loss of a dear one, man
weeps, but that is not compassion. If we analyse such feelings carefully we will conclude
that they are outward manifestations of our inner thoughts of selfish affection. Why do
we feel sad? Because our loved one has passed away. He who was our kith and kin is
now no more. We feel that we have lost the happiness and all else that we derived from
him and so we are sad. Do we not see that all these feelings revolve round the I, Me
and Mine? Whether we like it or not, self-interest was responsible for it all. Can we call
this karuna, pity or compassion? Why do we not feel equally sad when others who are
not our kith and kin pass away before our eyes? Because we were not familiar with
them, they were not ours, we have not lost anything and are not denied the pleasures
and comforts we already enjoy. It will now be clear that our feeling of sadness at the loss
of a dear one is the outcome of our own selfishness: this is a subtle psychological affair,
and all worldlings are subject to such short comings and weaknesses. It is the man with a
highly developed mind who controls such feelings and tries to see the situation as it
really is, according to karuna, to see things as they are, and not as they appear to be.
Compassion is surely not a flabby state of mind. It is a strong enduring thing. When a
person is in distress it is the truly compassionate mans heart that trembles. This,
however, is not sadness; it is this quaking of the heart that spurs him to action and
incites him to rescue the distressed. And this needs strength of mind, much tolerance and
equanimity (upekkha), another of the four sublime state. 45 Those who rush to a
conclusion and declare compassion to be an expression of feebleness, because it has the
quality of tenderness, do not know what they are talking about. May be according to
them persecution is a sign of strength.
The past lives (jatakas) of the Bodhisatta tell us in moving detail how he endeavoured
himself to help others, to succour the forlorn and relieve them of their distress. Life is
precious to all, but the Bodhisatta, while he was preparing himself for Buddhahood, did
many things that the ordinary man dare not even think of doing. He even gave his limbs
and life as a sacrifice for the sake of others. The accounts of selfless giving and loving
compassion of great men like the Bodhisatta are thus recorded in the books:
One who to save a limb, rich treasures gave,
Would sacrifice a limb, his life to save,
Yea, wealth, limbs, life and all away would fling,
Right and its claims alone remembering. 46
To such an exceptionally high degree does a Bodhisatta cultivate karuna.
You are often moved by a sudden cry of pain, or by the sight of anothers distress. Your
heart melts, and you wish to act in accordance with your kind feelings. You rush to the
rescue of the helpless one, you succour him and relieve him of his distress. You do not
crave selfishly for some remuneration or try to exploit the situation by depriving him of
his belongings. This is true karuna in the finest sense of the word. If by chance you are
rewarded or honoured for your humanity, then that is a different thing.
It seems to me that it is not quite proper to help others, to be of service to the poor and
the needy, with the sole intention of gaining merit--reaping in return much profit and
gain. If we approach a situation with such selfish motives then our good action is
tarnished; we should not be too conscious of the result of our good deeds and be
attached to it. The result will follow us like our own shadow; for actions have reactions,
seed brings forth fruit, cause produces effect. To know the deed and its due consequence
is right understanding, but to become attached to the results is to invite greed or craving
which is a stumbling block to right understanding, purity and peace.
When we offer food to a starving man we need not think of a good rebirth in the
heavens, a rebirth in a good state of existence, or expect to reap a good harvest in
return; for that is not the Buddhist attitude, or as a matter of fact the right attitude. By
such wishful thinking we only add fuel to the fire of our greedy selfish thoughts. On
close analysis you will see that the only real reason for giving food to that man is that he
is hungry. Hunger, as the Buddha says, is the worst ailment. 47 When we see that he has
eaten, that his hunger has ceased, and that he feels happy, then we too feel happy and
pleased. Such selfless actions really bring us unalloyed joy. Gladness at anothers
happiness is the third sublime state known as Mudita or sympathetic joy. You will now
see how the four sublime states: Lovingkindness, Compassion, Sympathetic Joy and
Equanimity function together supporting each other.
Thus by selfless giving, by being generous (dana), we cease to be niggardly and become
liberal not only with our wealth, but with our thoughts--we become more and more
broad-minded.
We must thus try to understand the true significance of action (karma) and result
(vipaka) in Buddhist thought.
It is very necessary to be conscious of the good and bad results of our actions, in order to
know how they come to fruition, but we should not be greedily attached to the result. A
correct understanding of the law of karma, and how it operates, incites us to be just and
compassionate.
Compassion is not limited merely to the giving of food and such material things to the
poor and needy, or to giving a copper to a beggar. All actions done with a pure motive,
free from greed, false views and pride, are reckoned as genuine acts of kindness.
Imparting knowledge to the illiterate, guiding the muddle-headed and the uninstructed
along the right path, giving strength and moral support to the weak and fearful,
ministering to the sick, etc., are all humane actions.
Marvellous, for instance, was the Buddhas mode of ministering to the sick. He was the
great healer. Not only did he heal the sick with the charm of his friendship but he also
ministered to them out of compassion. The Commentary to the Dhammapada 48 records
a touching story: A young man of Savatthi listened to the Buddha, gained confidence in
him and entered the Order. He became known as Tissa. After a time he fell sick. First
small pustules broke out on his body, gradually became bigger and burst, developing
into ulcers. His fellow monks, being unwilling to look after Tissa, abandoned him and he
was forlorn. The Buddha came to know of this, went to the fireplace and set some water
to boil. Then the Blessed One went to where Tissa was and caught hold of the corner of
the bed on which he was lying. The monks, realizing what the Master was trying to do,
carried the patient with the bed to the fireplace. There the Master made the monks wash
Tissas garments and dry them, while he gently cleaned the ulcers and washed the sick
monk. The patient was most refreshed and lay on his bed with a composed mind.
Thereupon the Blessed One explained the doctrine to him. With a collected mind Tissa
listened and at the end of the sermon attained the highest stage of sainthood and passed
away. The funeral rites were duly performed and the Buddha caused the relics to be
enshrined in a stupa. 49
No human quality is a prerogative of a particular religion, nation, race or culture. All
those who have eyes to see and minds to understand will realize that all acts of
friendship, pity and large-heartedness are common to humanity. But alas, when people
are misguided and misled, they speak of and plan just wars--we even read of holy
wars. War is war, just or holy. It is never peace, all war is barbarous.
The books mention an incident which once brought the Buddha to the battlefield. The
Sakyans and the Koliyans were on the verge of war over the waters of the river Rohini.
Knowing the disaster ahead, the Master approached them and asked them which was
more precious, water or human blood. They admitted that human blood was more
precious. The Master spoke to them and the intended war was prevented. 50
The Buddha is known as one who has dropped the cudgel (nihita-danda), one who has
dropped the weapon (nihita-sattha). The only weapon he successfully wielded was that
of love and compassion. He armed himself with truth and loving compassion. He tamed
the ruthless like Alavaka, Angulimila and the drunken elephant Nalagiri and many
another who had harmed him by his power of love and compassion. Angulimala who
was tamed and who became a disciple of the Master and later an Arahant said in praise:
Some are tamed by cudgels,
Some by goads and some by whips.
With neither club nor weapon,
I by the steadfast one was tamed. 51
I
The Buddhas disciples as admonished by him wandered forth for the good of the many,
for the happiness of the many and spread the Dhamma, the doctrine, without harming
any one, and without any coercive proselytism.
The Buddhist conception of karuna has no compromising limitations. All beings include
even the tiniest creature that crawls at ones feet. The Buddhist view of life is such that
no living being is considered as outside the circle of metta and karuna which make no
distinction between man, animal and insect, or between man and man, as, high and low,
rich and poor, strong and weak, wise and unwise, dark and fair, brahmin and candala or
as Christian, Hindu, Jew, Muslim, Buddhist, etc.; for metta and karuna, as we saw above,
are boundless and no sooner do we try to keep men apart on the false basis mentioned
above, than the feeling of separateness creeps in and these boundless qualities become
limited which is contrary to the high ideals of the exponent of these virtues.
It was the spirit of love and compassion taught by the Buddha that touched the heart of
Asoka, the great Buddhist Emperor of India in the third century B.C. Before he became a
Buddhist he was a warlike monarch like his father (Bindusara) and grandfather (Cand-
ragupta). Wishing to extend his territories he invaded and conquered Kalinga. In this
war thousands were slain, while many more were wounded and taken captive. Later,
however, when he followed the Buddhas creed of compassion he realized the folly of
killing. He felt very sad when he thought of the great slaughter, and gave up warfare. He
is the only military monarch on record who after victory gave up conquest by war (dig-
vijaya) and inaugurated conquest by righteousness (dharma-vijaya). As his Rock Edict
XIII says, he sheathed the sword never to unsheath it, and wished no harm to living
beings.
The spread of the Buddhas creed of compassion throughout the Eastern world was
largely due to the enterprise and tireless efforts of Asoka the Great. The Buddha-law
made Asia mild and nonaggressive. Can we say that the same mildness, and non-
aggressiveness still prevail in Asian countries as they did in the past? One doubts, and
why? Modern civilization is pressing hard on Asian lands. It is an accepted theory that
with the rise and development of this so-called civilization, mans culture (which is the
outcome of inner development) deteriorates and he changes for the worse. With the
march of modem science very many changes have taken place, and all these changes and
improvements, being material and external, tend to make modern man more and more
worldly-minded and sensuous with the result that he neglects, or purposely ignores, the
qualities of the heart, and becomes self-interested and heartless. The waves of
materialism seem to influence mankind and affect their way of thinking and living.
People are so bound by their senses, they live so exclusively in the material world that
they fail to contact the good within.
If only the love and compassion that throb through the teachings of the Buddha ruled
mans action today we should not be living in this atmosphere of suspicion, fear,
jealousy, arrogance, greed, hate and delusion that makes this world more and more an
armed camp and drives us steadily to the brink of Armageddon.
It is a religious view of life, a life of love and understanding that is needed to establish
complete mental harmony and well-being. Today more than at any other time we need
the light of the Dhamma.
1. Nekkhamma-samkappa abyapada-samkappa, avihimsa-samkappa. M. 17, 117 and
passim.
2. kama-samkappa, byapada-samkappa, vihimsa-samkappa, M. 78, 117 and passim.
3. Dvedhavitakka sutta, M. 19.
4. For a description of the jhanas see chapter 14, n.29.
5. M. 38.
6. The practice of dana and sila according to Buddhism is instrumental in causing a good
rebirth, i.e. a rebirth in a good state of existence, but it does not bring about release from
suffering, cessation from becoming--Nirvana.
7. Vinaya Mahavagga: The pliability and so an of the mind is brought about by the
release from sense pleasures.
8. M. 26, 36.
9. Pabbajja sutta, Sn.
10. In India there were four principal castes: Ksatriyas (rulers), Brahmanas (Priests),
Vaisyas (householders), Sudras (lowest castes, outcasts). The first three are described as
higher, or superior castes.
11. Dhp. 302.
12. A. i .80.
13. Dhp. 49.
14. For detailed explanations see M. Discourses 5 and 17.
15. The whole of this discourse is at A. iv. 354; Ud. p. 34 and in brief at Dhp. com. i.
287. The Elders verse (66) is in Thg. It is said that the Venerable Meghiya was of a
Sakya rajas family. The Dhp. verses (33,34) are as follows:
The unsteady fickle mind, hard to guard and hard to control, the wise man tens even as
a fletcher, an arrow.
Like a fish jerked out of its watery abode and cast on land, this mind quakes.
(Therefore) the realm of Mara (passions) should be abandoned.
16. M. Discourse 22. Cf. this with Potaliya-sutta, M. 54.
17. anicca, tuccha, musa, mosadhamma.
18. M. Discourse 106.
19. See chapter 1, n. 23.
20. M. Maha Rahulovada-sutta, No. 62.
21. Dhp. 42.
22. Tatraiva rajyate kascid-kascit tatraiva dusyati
Kascin muhyati tatraiva-tasmat kamo nirarthakah. (177).
The Catuhsataka of Aryadeva (Reconstructed and edited by Vidushekhara Bhattacharya).
23. Dhp. 13.
24. M. 32.
25. M. 32.
26. Dhp. 103.
27. Dhp. 201.
28. Dhp. 212-16.
29. See chapter 3.
30. Sn. 75.
31. Metta-sutta, Sn.
32. Those who have not yet attained Arahatship.
33. The Arahats, the Perfect Ones.
34. A. v. 342.
35. A. iv. 94.
36. M. 31, 128. A. i. 70 and passim.
37. M. 36.
38. M. 21.
39. D.1.
40. Dhp. 5. Sanantano: An old standing principle (poraniko dhammo) followed by the
Buddhas and the saints. (Com.)
41. Vin. Mhvg. Khandaka vi.
42. M. 56; A. ii. 190, also read chapter 2.
43. The Lamp of the Law by Soma There and Piyadassi Thera (Kandy Buddhist
Publication Society, Ceylon), pp. 20-2.
44. Karuna nidhanam hi silam.
45. See chapter 1, n.23.
46. Maha-Sutasoma jataka, No. 537, Jataka Stories, Vol. V., P.T.S.
47. Dhp. 203. See also chapter 11.
48. Vol. i. 319.
49. To the north-east of the monastery of Jetavana, wrote General Alexander
Cunningham in his Archaeological Report, 1862-3, there was a stupa built on the spot
where Buddha had washed the hands and feet of a sick monk.... The remains of the
stupa still exist in a mass of solid brick-work, at a distance of 550 feet from the Jetavana
monastery. The ruined mass which is 24.5 feet in height, is built entirely of large bricks
24 by 10 by 3.5 inches, which is a sufficient proof of its antiquity.
In General Cunninghams map of Savatthi the site of this stupa is marked H. in the plan.
See Archaeological Survey of India (Simla,1871), p. 341.
50. A. Com: i. 341; Sn. Com: 357; Therig. Com: 141.
51. Thg. 878.
CHAPTER 9
RIGHT SPEECH
(Samma-vaca)
ALL religions and philosophies advocate morals or ethics of some kind or other for mans
own well-being and for the good of the society in which he lives. These ethical codes are
not of the same level or category, but they vary. What is moral to some, may not be so to
others; what one condemns as immoral may be recognized as moral by another.
Principles of right and wrong behaviour depend, at times, on the background of the
different people of the world--their geograpical, economic and social conditions, and so
on. Thus the criteria of the principles of morality differ.
It looks as if with the passage of time people seem to think that some of the morals laid
down by religious teachers are outdated, and in their enthusiasm for a gay life they do
not hesitate to put aside principles of behaviour if they consider them a hindrance. They
then adopt new modes of conduct which, later, become conventions, and once that has
occurred, no one cares to speak ill of them. Nevertheless there are many moral principles
which all people, irrespective of colour, race or religion, are expected to follow.
The moral code taught in Buddhism is very vast and varied and yet the function of
Buddhist morality or sila is one and not many. It is the control of mans verbal and
physical actions, his behaviour; in other words, purity of speech and action. All morals
set forth in Buddhism lead to this end--virtuous behaviour, yet sila is not an end in itself,
but a means, for it aids samadhi or concentration. Samadhi, on the other hand, is a
means to the acquisition of panna, true wisdom, which in turn brings about deliverance
of mind, the final goal of the teaching of the Buddha. Virtue, Concentration and Wisdom
therefore is a blending of mans emotions and intellect. It is to this end that the Master
directs his disciples.
The Buddhas attitude towards life is not merely rational, but a practical realization of all
that is good--ethical perfection as well as mental deliverance. This implies that the
Master wants us to cultivate good emotions and abandon the bad. The emotional aspect
should be developed though that alone does not lead us to final emancipation. Good
emotions should always be blended with right understanding. So it is clear that Virtue,
Concentration and Wisdom are the three strands of the rope by the aid of which the pru-
dent man reaches the highest goal and proclaims his achievements by saying: Done is
what is to be done (katam karaniyam). Thus the Dhamma guides the follower through
pure living and right understanding to the attainment of freedom from all ill.
In this chapter we shall discuss right speech. In the next two chapters right action and
right livelihood will be dealt with respectively. As these three are in the sila group, the
entire Buddhist code of morality spoken of in the context of the Eightfold Path, a few
words may not be out of place to explain briefly the silas as expounded in Buddhist
writings.
The final emancipation, the highest goal, in Buddhism, is not attained at once. It is a
gradual process, a gradual training. As the discourses often point out mental purity is
gained after a thorough training in virtuous behaviour. Mental purity and attainments
are not possible without moral purity. The Buddha exhorts his disciples first to establish
themselves in virtue or moral habits before entering on the path of meditation and
wisdom. 1 Hence the need to start from the very beginning. The starting point in the
Dispensation of the Buddha is sila, virtuous behaviour. Standing on the firm ground of
sila one should endeavour to master the fickle mind.
The Buddha points out to his disciples the ways of overcoming verbal and physical ill
behaviour. Having tamed his tongue, having controlled his bodily actions and made
himself pure in the way he earns his living, the disciple establishes himself well in moral
habits (silava). Thus he trains himself in the essential precepts of restraint observing
them scrupulously and seeing danger in the slightest fault. 2 While thus restraining
himself in word and deed he tries to guard the doors of the senses, 3 for if he lacks
control over his senses unhealthy thoughts are bound to fill his mind. Seeing a form,
hearing a sound and so on, he is neither attracted nor repelled by such sense objects, but
maintains balance, putting away all likes and dislikes. This control of the senses he
practises with zest.
He eats moderately 4 and mindfully: not for self-indulgence, not to beautify the body, but
to keep it unharmed for living the holy life (brahma cariya). He is devoted to
wakefulness 5 and cleanses his mind of taints. 6 This behaviour or mode of living applies
to a monk and not to the layman.
Now if the disciple is earnest and mindful he will advance without faltering and start the
more difficult task of meditation, gaining concentrative calm (samatha) by taking a
subject that suits his temperament 7 and continuing with it without stopping. Gradually,
little by little, from moment to moments 8 he purifies his mind by overcoming the
hindrances 9 which obstruct meditation. Thus he who strives heedfully gains control over
his fickle mind. With his speech, actions and sense organs under subjugation and his
mind under control, he has now gained self-mastery. Thus training himself in Virtue and
Concentration (sila-sikkha and samadhi-sikkha), he now tries to gain true Wisdom or
Insight by seeing all things as they really are (yathabhutam). Viewing things as they are
implies, as we discussed above, 10 seeing the transient, unsatisfactory and no-self-nature
of all conditioned and component things. To such a meditative disciple of the Buddha
the world is not the external or the empirical world, but the human body with its
consciousness. It is the world of the five aggregates of clinging. It is this that he tries to
understand as impermanent, unsatisfactory and without Self or Soul. It is to this world
of body and mind that the Buddha referred when he said to Mogharaja: Ever mindful,
Mogharaja, see the world as void (sunna)--having given up the notion of a Self
(underlying it) ; 11 -- so may one overcome Mara (death).
Now when a disciple thus trains himself in wisdom (pannasikkha) he rightly
understands, whatever is transient is not worth rejoicing at, is not worthy of ones
regard, not worth clinging to . 12
He does not consider the five aggregates of clinging, the five sense organs and their
corresponding sense objects as mine, as I or my Self and understands the Masters
admonition:
What is not yours, monks, put it away; putting it away will be for your good and
welfare. What, monks, is not yours? Body, O monks, is not yours, put it away; putting it
away will be for your good and welfare. Feeling is not yours ... perception is not yours ...
volitional formations are not yours ... consciousness is not yours, put it away; putting it
away will be for your good and welfare. 13
Thus comprehending things as they really are, thus realizing the true nature of the five
aggregate of clinging, he lives independent, clinging to nothing in the world 14 -- the
world of the aggregates and of senses--and lives experiencing the bliss of Nirvana, the
Supreme Happiness. This, in short, is the way by which the aryan (noble) disciple by
gradual training attains his goal.
The reader will note that in this self-purification and self-mastery for final Deliverance,
by gradual training, there is no coercion and compulsion by any external agency, there
are no rewards and punishments for deeds done or left undone: no ablution by holy
water, 15 neither offerings to any deity, nor worship of gods, the sun or fire. And why?
Because purity and impurity depend on oneself. Things external whether animate or
inanimate cannot and do not grant us purification and deliverance.
Neither nakedness nor matted hair, nor filth, nor fasting, nor lying on the ground, nor
dust and soot nor squatting can purify a being who is still perplexed. 16
Let us now go into details with regard to sila, the Buddhist code of morality. In the first
discourse of the Digha Nikaya, another original collection in Pali, we find a very long
and comprehensive account of the silas which we shall not discuss here.
Among the items of right behaviour the lowest are the pancasila, the five precepts for
training, the A B C of Buddhist ethics. These are the basic principles for the lay follower.
They are:
1. I undertake the training precept to abstain from killing anything that breathes. 17
2. I undertake the training precept to abstain from taking what is not given.
3. I undertake the training precept to abstain from sexual misconduct.
4. I undertake the training precept to abstain from speaking falsehood.
5. I undertake the training precept to abstain from liquor that causes intoxication and
heedlessness.
Sir Edwin Arnold in The Light of Asia states the five precepts in these words:
Kill not--for pitys sake--lest ye slay
The meanest thing upon its upward way.
Give freely and receive, but take from none
By greed, or force, or fraud, what is his own.
Bear not false witness, slander not nor lie;
Truth is the speech of inward purity.
Shun drugs and drinks, which work the wit abuse;
Clear minds, clean bodies, need no Soma juice. 18
Touch not thy neighbours wife, neither commit
Sins of the flesh unlawful and unfit.
These silas are to be kept and acted on in ones daily life, they are not for mere
recitation, for lip-service or for applying to others.
He who knoweth the precepts by heart, but faileth to practise them,
Is like unto one who lighteth a lamp and then shutteth his eyes. 19
Buddhism does not demand of the lay follower all that a member of the Order is
expected to observe. But whether monk or layman, moral habits are essential to the
upward path. One who becomes a Buddhist by taking the three refuges 20 is expected, at
least, to observe the five basic precepts which is the very starting point on the path. They
are not restricted to a particular day or place, but are to be practised throughout life
everywhere, always. There is also the possibility of their being violated by all save those
who have attained at least the first stage of sanctity (sotapatti). Nevertheless when a
transgression occurs it is useless to repent for ones weaknesses and shortcomings, for
repentence will not do any good to or help oneself or others. It will only disturb ones
mind. Again it may be observed that according to Buddhism wrongdoing is not regarded
as a sin, for that word is foreign to the teaching of the Buddha. There is no such thing
as breaking the Buddhas laws, for he was not a lawgiver or an arbitrator who punished
the bad and rewarded the good deeds of beings, hence there is no repentance, sorrow or
regret for sin. The doer of the deed is responsible for his actions; he suffers or enjoys
the consequences, and it is his concern, either to do good, or to be a transgressor. It must
also be stated that all actions, good or ill, do not necessarily mature. Ones good karma
may suppress the evil karma and vice versa.
As the formula clearly shows, there are no laws or commandments. Voluntarily you
promise to observe the training precepts and there is no compulsion or coercion; you
yourself are responsible for your actions. If you violate what you have undertaken to
keep, it is very necessary then to make a firm determination not to repeat but to correct
your weakness and try hard not to lapse again. A careful thinker ought to realize that the
sole purpose of keeping these precepts is to train oneself, to control ones impulses, evil
inclinations and wrong acts, and thus pave the path to purification and happiness, give
security to society and promote cordiality. On close analysis we know that the
observance of these precepts is the only way to lessen our lust (greed), hate and
delusion, the root causes of all evil in society. For instance, the first precept cannot be
transgressed without entertaining thoughts of hate and cruelty, in the case of the third it
is specifically lust, the second and the fourth may be due to both greed and hate, and the
fifth to greed, while delusion is behind all the five precepts.
It is important to note that to take intoxicating liquor causes delusion. It prevents clear
thinking, lessens ones power of reasoning and brings about negligence, infatuation and
a host of other evils. A drunkard is not responsible for, his actions and may commit any
crime. Hence, the violation of this one precept may lead a man to break all the others.
Says the Buddha:
Give up this base of all evil
Which lead to madness,
To abuse of mind. 21
Now one may argue that to drink in moderation is harmless, but there is a saying:
First a man takes a drink,
Then the drink takes a drink,
Then the drink takes the man.
And so it is always better to bear in mind the Buddhas warning: Be mindful, self-
controlled and serene. Let us shun drugs and drinks which blind one to both the truths
of life and the path to deliverance.
Remember that the third and fifth precepts have an affinity, they support each other and
both bring enjoyment (rasassada). Sometimes in the Pali canon the fifth precept is
omitted thus including it in the third as in the case of the moral code mentioned in the
Eightfold Path. Then there are the ten precepts, or items for training which are meant
for the novices (samaneras). 22 They are formed by adding five to those already
mentioned. 23 They are:
6. I undertake the training precept to abstain from untimely eating.
7. I undertake the training precept to abstain from dancing, singing, music and unseemly
shows.
8. I undertake the training precept to abstain from the use of garlands, perfumes, beauty
creams and embellishment.
9. I undertake the training precept to abstain from the use of high and luxurious
couches.
10. I undertake the training precept to abstain from accepting gold and silver.
There are also the eight training precepts observed by lay followers on special days, that
is on full moon or the new moon days, etc. They are formed by combining the seventh
and eighth, and omitting the tenth precept.
A person who keeps the precepts is, in the Buddhas phrase, a good or worthy man
(sappurisa), and if in addition he encourages another to observe them, he is still more
worthy. 24
In the Noble Eightfold Path, under the factor of right speech, four abstentions are
mentioned: Abstention from falsehood, slander, harsh speech and idle chatter.
Though these training precepts are worded negatively, it should not be thought that the
Buddhist code of conduct is mere negative prohibition. It is necessary first to remove the
weeds and prepare the field before sowing. Similarly it is very necessary for man first to
strive to purify his speech and bodily actions and then to do good. We must admit that
our mind is often tainted with unwholesome thoughts. It burns with the three fires of
greed, hate and delusion and is in an unhealthy state. Naturally the manifestations of
such unhealthy thoughts in the form of verbal and physical acts, cannot be healthy,
hence the need first to check the evil, to abstain from loose behaviour. Abstention urges
a man to do good, to be pure in speech and deed. Often people who are fond of doing
much good to others, find it difficult to abstain from doing certain unbecoming things.
This needs great strength of mind, effort and determination On the other hand, it is
because of ones pity and sympathy, which are not negative virtues, that one abstains
from harming others and from lying because of ones love for truth, and so on.
A careful reader of the Buddhas discourses will find that the Master has also stated the
precepts in positive terms thus:
Giving up killing, he abstains from taking the life of any living being; laying aside stick
and sword, modest and merciful, he lives kind and compassionate to all living beings.
Abstaining from taking what is not given, taking (only) what is given ... he dwells
purified from thievish tendencies. Giving up slander ... he lives reconciling those at
variance, and strengthening those who are friendly, delighting and rejoicing in concord
he speaks words conducive to reconciliation. Giving up harsh speech, he says what is
gentle, pleasing to the ear, affectionate .... Giving up idle chatter, he speaks at the right
time in accordance with facts, to the purpose, in agreement with the doctrine (Dhamma)
and discipline, words worthy of treasuring (in the heart), seasonable, appropriate, dis-
criminating and to the point. 25
Thus we see how the Master has also stressed the positive aspect in unmistakable
language. The striving one, earnestly bent on the path of purification, however, wastes
no time in profitless speculation, but admonishing and inciting himself he follows the
signposted path. 26
There is nothing vague in the teaching of the Buddha. Knowing evil as evil and good as
good, why should one hesitate to avoid the wrong and tread the right path? For the
Buddhist to give up evil and do good is ineluctable if he has understood his Master
steaching:
The giving up of all evil,
The cultivation of the good
The cleansing of ones mind
This is the Buddhas teaching. 27
As this very important verse indicates, before doing good, it is essential to cease from
evil. When a man has done both, and has thus strengthened himself in moral behaviour,
he can then, if he likes, try the more difficult task of disciplining his mind through
meditation. The attempt, however, so to train the mind without a background of
morality, without regulated behaviour, is a mere hope and imagination that can never be
realized.
The Noble Eightfold Path, in Buddhism, is the one and only way for purification. Says
the Buddha:
Action, 28 knowledge, 29 Dhamma 30
and noble moral life, by these are beings purified,
not by lineage nor by wealth. 31
Whatsoever there is of evil, connected with evil, belonging to evil--all issue from the
mind (literally, mind precedes them all: manopubbangama). Whatsoever there is of
good, connected with good, belonging to good--all issue from the mind. 32
When the mind or thought is guarded, bodily action also is guarded; verbal action is also
guarded.
When the mind is unguarded bodily action is also unguarded, verbal action also is
unguarded. 33
The origin of all these actions is either greed, ill-will and delusion or non-greed, non-ill-
will and non-delusion. Actions done under the influence of the first trio are not
profitable, they are blameworthy, they result in pain and they lead to further actions, not
to the cessation of action. Actions done under the influence of the second trio are
profitable and praiseworthy, they bring happiness and lead to the ending of further
action, not to the arising thereof. 34
Thus there are three ways of doing good and evil conditioned by three different mental
factors, and they bring about results or reactions in accordance with the deed done. In
this case the mind may be compared to a reservoir which needs attention to keep the
water intact and pure. If the reservoir is neglected and the water becomes contaminated,
the man who drinks it from the tap is in trouble. If, knowing that the water is bad, he
keeps the tap turned off, he will not suffer even though the reservoir is polluted. As he
cannot keep the tap closed for ever, it is his duty to see that the reservoir is cared for so
that he can turn on the tap and drink the water. Mans mind, which is like a reservoir,
has two outlets, speech and physical action. What is in the mind escapes through these
outlets. If the thoughts are pure, their possessor experiences good results; if they are
impure he experiences unwholesome results. If he refrains from allowing evil thoughts to
escape through the two channels, his speech and bodily actions will not be polluted, for
those two channels are securely closed, nevertheless the mind, the reservoir, is
unprotected. He must make a genuine effort to watch his mind so that its contents are
not polluted, and for this he needs meditation or concentration. Though his mind is thus
concentrated, collected and guarded, still it is not in a state of security, so he needs
wisdom, insight knowledge, to keep it free from pollution. Once this has been achieved
his mind is rendered immune from all taints, defilements and pollution.
From this simile it is possible to understand that though sila or virtuous behaviour which
guards verbal and physical actions is the starting point of the Path, it is nonetheless so
essential to mans development and purification.
With this brief general introduction to the Buddhist moral code, let us now consider
Right Speech. What a wonderful thing is speech, for just a word can change a mans
whole outlook towards good and evil. Are we not really fortunate in this gift which is
denied to animals? Yet how few of us care to use it for our own and others welfare.
Much trouble and misunderstanding could be avoided if only people would be more
thoughtful and gentle in what they say and more accurate and sincere in what they
write.
Speech is a gift of great value since through it we can express thoughts and ideas which
can be shared with others. But if the tongue, which is boneless and pliable, is allowed to
become unruly,
it can play havoc. Is it not responsible for much strife and trouble from squabbles
between families to wars between nations? If man could but tame his tongue, would not
the world be a far better place to live in?
Speech should not be dominated by unwholesome thoughts--by greed, anger, jealousy,
pride, selfishness and so on. Much talk certainly prevents calmness and right thinking,
and a glib tongue leads to all four types of wrong talk. Says the Buddha: Monks, there
are these five disadvantages and dangers in garrulous speech: the glib talker utters
falsehoods, slanders, speaks harsh and idle words, and after death is reborn in an evil
state of existence. 35
1. In the context of right speech the first virtue is to abstain from falsehood and speak
the truth. Such a person, as the Metta sutta says, is straight, nay transparently straight
(uju, suju). 36 He is sincere, upright and dependable. He does not stray from the truth to
win fame, or to please another. He may seem strict, but truth is one, for there is no
second 37. The Buddha did not say one thing one day and the contrary the next. 38
Because he speaks as he acts and acts as he speaks, he is called Tathagata. 39 The Master
is also known as Saccanama, he whose name is Truth.
The Buddha was so emphatic with regard to this evil of lying, that his first lesson to little
Rahula, the seven-year-old novice, 40 seems to have been on the worthlessness of
falsehood (we know that children of tender age, wittingly or not, often speak falsely).
Once the Blessed One visited little Rahula. The latter got a seat ready and water for
washing the feet. The Master washed his feet and sat down. Little Rahula paid obeisance
to the Blessed One and sat at one side. Then the Master, having poured a little water into
a vessel, said:
- Do you, see, Rahula, this little quantity of water left in the vessel?
- Yes, venerable sir.
- Even so, Rahula, insignificant is the recluseship of those who are not ashamed to lie.
Then the Master having thrown away the water addressed the novice:
- Do you note, Rahula, that little quantity of water thrown away?
- Yes, venerable sir.
- Even so, Rahula, discarded, indeed, is the recluseship of those who are not ashamed to
lie.
Then the Master overturned the water vessel and addressed the novice:
- Do you, Rahula, see this vessel that has been overturned?
- Yes, venerable sir.
- Even so, Rahula, overturned, indeed, is the recluseship of those who are not ashamed
to lie.
Then the Master having uprighted the vessel addressed the novice:
- Do you, Rahula, see this water-vessel that is void, empty?
- Yes, venerable sir.
- Even so, Rahula, void and empty is the recluseship of those who are not ashamed to lie
... Even so, Rahula (citing the simile of a kings elephant) of anyone who is not ashamed
to lie, I say that there is no evil that he cannot do. Wherefore, Rahula, thus, indeed,
should you train yourself: Not even for fun will I tell a lie. 41
2. Slander or tale-bearing (pisunavaca) is the next evil that the tongue can commit. The
Pali word means literally breaking up of fellowship. To slander another is most wicked
for it entails making a false statement intended to damage someones reputation. The
slanderer often commits two crimes simultaneously, he says what is false because his
report is untrue and then he back-bites.
In Sanskrit poetry the back-biter is compared to a mosquito which though small is
noxious. It coma singing, settles on you, draws blood and may, if a female, give you
malaria. Again the talebearers words may be sweet as honey, but his mind is full of
poison.
Let us then avoid tale-bearing and slander which destroy friendships. Instead of causing
trouble let us speak words that make for peace and reconciliation. 42 Instead of sowing
the seed of dissension, let us bring peace and friendship to those living in discord and
enmity. Be united; wrangle not, said the Buddha. Concord alone is commendable (
samavayo eva sadhu) 43 inscribed by Asoka on stone. Since we depend on one another,
we must learn to live together in peace, friendship and harmony.
3. The next virtue is to abstain from harsh words and be pleasant and courteous. What
we say can bring gain or loss, praise or blame, good repute or ill, misery or happiness. A
gentle word can melt the hardest heart, while a harsh word can cause untold agony.
We should think twice before we speak ill of anyone, for it is an attempt to damage his
character, his good name. But it does not matter if, when praising another, we slightly
overpaint the picture,
for this does not lead to unpleasantness and heart-burning. As the Buddha says:
In mans mouth a hatchet grows
With which fools will cut themselves
When they utter evil words. 44
In the Buddhas day a festival called Simpletons Holiday (Balanakkhatta) was
sometimes held in which only the simple minded took part. For a week they smeared
their bodies with ashes and cowdung and wandered about abusing and shouting coarsely
at people. Even friends, relatives, ascetics and monks were not spared. People would
fling them a few coppers to be rid of them. The devout followers of the Buddha besought
the Master not to enter the city until the festival was over. Then the Buddha said:
Foolish and uninstructed dolts are offensive like that, but the wise cultivate mindfulness
and attain the Deathless Nibbana. 45
Mans speech often indicates his character. A harsh word, an unpleasant gesture, a
crooked smile, may turn a good-natured man into a criminal, a friend into a foe.
Speak not harshly to anyone,
For those accosted will retort;
Painful is vindictive talk,
You may receive blows in exchange. 46
One of the past stories of the Bodhisatta tells how he weaned his otherwise good mother
from harsh speech. It is said that she was rude and ill-tongued, but that her son, aware
of the weakness, did not want to hurt her by speaking too plainly. One day the Bod-
hisatta, who was then king of Benares, went to a park with his mother and retainers. On
the way a blue jay screeched so discordantly that all covered their ears and cried: What
a harsh call, what a screech! Dont let us hear that again. Now it happened later that
when the Bodhisatta was strolling in the pleasance with his mother and retainers, an
Indian cuckoo called so sweetly that the people were happy and hoped that it would sing
again.
This was the moment for which the Bodhisatta had been waiting. He said: Mother dear,
the jays cry was dreadful and we covered our ears rather than listen to it. No one
delights in a coarse language. Though dark and without beauty the cuckoo won the love
and attention of all with its pleasing call. Ones speech, therefore, should be friendly and
restrained, calm and full of meaning.... Thus exhorted by her son, the mother became
refined in speech and elegant in manners. 47
Pleasant and courteous speech attracts and is an asset to society, yet how often is beauty
marred by rude talk. The language of the heart, the language which comes from the
heart, is always simple, graceful and full of power. 48
4. The fourth and last virtue concerned with right speech is to abstain from frivolous talk
or gossip which brings no profit to anyone, anywhere. People are too fond of idle talk, of
maliciously disparaging others. The papers in their gossip columns are just as bad. Men
and women with time on their hands indulge in endless chatter, amusing themselves at
the expense of others. As J. L. Hollard says: Gossip is always a personal confession either
of malice or imbecility. It is a low, frivolous and too often a dirty business in which
neighbours are made enemies for life. The Buddhas golden advice is: When, monks,
you have gathered together there are two things to be done, either talk about the
Dhamma (the Doctrine) or keep nobly silent. 49
The Buddha was very critical of idle chatter, scandal and rumour for they disturb
serenity and concentration. Better than a thousand sentences--a mere jumble of
meaningless words--is one sensible phrase on hearing which one is pacified. 50
A sage is sometimes called by the Pali word muni which means one who keeps silent.
Yes, silence is golden so do not speak unless you are sure you can improve on silence.
Much talking is a source of danger,
Through silence, misfortune is avoided.
The talkative parrot in a cage is shut,
While birds that cannot talk fly freely. 51
One does not become a wise man just by talking a lot; 52 neither is he versed in the
doctrine (Dhammadhara) because he speaks much. 53 And lest one should
misunderstand the silence of the muni, the Buddha also says: To keep silent does not
turn a foolish ignoramus into a sage (muni).54
In conclusion let us listen to the discourse on Good Speech : 55
The good say: 1. Noble speech is apt;
2. Speak the Dhamma 56 not a-dhamma;
3. Say what is pleasant, not unpleasant;
4. Speak what is true, not lies.
Speak only words that do not bring remorse
Nor hurt another. That is good speech, indeed.
Truth is immortal speech, it is an ancient law.
In truth, weal and Dhamma the sages are established.
The Buddhas words of peace to Nibbana lead,
To sufferings end. Such words are good indeed.
1. See chapter 6.
2. Patimokkhasamvara, M. 107.
3. Indriyaguttadvara.
4. Bhojane mattannuta.
5. Jagariyamanuyutto.
6. See A. ii. 38.
7. For temperaments and subjects of meditations see chapter 14.
8. Dhp. 239.
9. See chapter 14.
10. Chapter 7.
11. Attanuditthimuhacca , lit. pulling out, removing notion of an atta, Self or Soul. Sn.
12. M. 106.
13. S. iii. 32; S. iv. 81.
14. Satipatthana sulfa, see chapter 13.
15. See chapter 2.
16. Dhp. 141. Even today in India one meets people who follow this kind of useless
practice for purification.
17. Including oneself.
18. Soma, name of the plant avestan haoma, the juice of which was the most important
ingredient in Vedic sacrificial offerings and formed the beverage of the gods.
19. Quoted in Tibetan Yoga and Secret Doctrine edited by W. Y. Evans-Wentz (London,
1935), p. 65.
20. For the formula see chapter 1.
21. Sn. 399.
22. A samanera is one who has entered the Order, but is not yet a bhikkhu, a fullfledged
monk, who observes the essential (patimokkha) precepts which are 220 (227) in
number. See Vin. suttavibhanga, or Book of the Discipline, I. B. Horner, Parts 1, 2, 3,
P.T.S. A novice also does not observe the vassa, the rains of three months, July-October,
which a bikkhu is expected to observe. A novice is given bikkhu or higher ordination
when he has reached the age of twenty. But sometimes age alone would not do. If he
lacks in intelligence, has not studied the Dhamma and Vinaya sufficiently to lead a
bhikkhus life etc, he is not a fit candidate. See also chapter 8.
23. The third precept, however, is changed into: I undertake the training precept to
abstain from unchastity (abrahmacariya).
24. A. ii. 217.
25. M. 27, 38, 51, D. 1. and passim.
26. Thg. 637.
27. See chapter 6, n.2.
28. Action or kamma here means volition or the will for the Path (maggacetana), Com.
29. Vijja, that is wisdom for the Path, Com.
30. Dhamma here indicates concentration (samadhi), Com. This stanza in brief speaks of
the threefold division of the Path: Virtue, Concentration and Wisdom through which
mankind gains true purification.
31. S. i. 34; M. 143.
32. A. i. 11.
33. A. i. 261 sutta 105.
34. A. i. 263, sutta 107, 108.
35. A. iii. 254.
36. See chapter 8.
37. Sn. 884.
38. Advejjhavacana Buddha, Bv. p. 12 verse 110: cf. A. iii, 403 How, when I have
definitely declared it, can there be an alternative (dvejjham)?
39. D. iii. 135, sutta 29.
40. He joined the Order at the age of seven.
41. M. 61.
42. M. 27, 38 and passim
43. Inscription, no. 12.
44. S. i. 149.
45. Dhp. Com. I. 256.
46. Dhp. 133.
47. Jat. no. 269.
48. C. N. Bovee, Wisdom of the Ages, p. 374.
49. M. 26; Ud. p. 31.
50. Dhp. 100.
51. See Tibetan Yoga and Secret Doctrine, p. 61.
52. Dhp. 258.
53. Dhp. 259.
54. Dhp. 268.
55. Subhasita-sutta, Sn.
56. Dhamma here implies speech full of meaning and free from gossip; a-dhamma is its
opposite.
CHAPTER 10
RIGHT ACTION
(Samma-kammanta)
RIGHT action is the second member of the morality group in Buddhism. It is abstinence
from three wrong actions: killing, stealing and sexual misconduct. As we discussed in the
preceding chapter, it inculcates compassion to all living beings; the taking only of things
that are given; and living a pure and chaste life. These then are the first three of the five
basic precepts, the other two being abstinence from lying and intoxicants. Not much
science is needed to understand that these basic training precepts, while moulding the
character of the individual who observes them, promote harmony and right relations
with oneself and others. By such moral conduct one gives others fearlessness, security
and peace. All morality, or the good life, is founded on love and compassion, metta and
karuna, which we discussed at length in the chapter on Right Thought. A person without
these two salient qualities cannot really be called a man of morals. Verbal and physical
acts not tinged with love and compassion cannot be regarded as good and wholesome.
Surely one cannot kill, steal and so forth with thoughts of love and a good conscience,
but one is driven by thoughts of cruelty, greed and ignorance.
It is necessary to cultivate a certain measure of mental discipline, because the untamed
mind always finds excuses to commit evil in word or deed. When the thought is
unguarded, bodily action also is unguarded; so are speech and mental action. 1
Says the Buddha:
A fool is known by his actions and so is a sage. By conduct is knowledge made bright.
One endowed with three qualities should be known as a fool. With what three? With
wrong bodily behaviour, wrong speech and wrong thought. A fool should be known as
one endowed with these three qualities.
One endowed with three qualities should be known as a sage. With what three? With
right bodily behaviour, right speech and right thought. A sage should be known as
endowed with these three qualities.
So, monks, you should train yourselves thus: We shall live having given up the three
things endowed with which a man is known as a fool, and shall practise three things
endowed with which a man is known as a sage. Thus, monks, should you train
yourselves. 2
Conduct builds character. No one can bestow the gift of a good character on another.
Each one has to build it up by thought, reflection, care, effort, mindfulness and
concentrated activity. Just as in the mastery of an art one has to labour hard, so to
master the art of noble conduct on which a good and strong character depends, one
must be diligent and on the alert. As William Hawes says: A good character is, in all
cases, the fruit of personal exertion. It is not inherited from parents, it is not created by
external advantages, it is no necessary appendage of birth, wealth, talents or station; but
it is the result of ones own endeavours. If we would acquire a sterling character we
ought to remember the Buddhas words of warning against negligence and day-
dreaming: Be vigilant, be ever mindful. 3
In the training of character the first thing necessary is to practise restraint (samyama). If,
instead, a man gives himself up to sense pleasures, his good conduct and character will
fall away--on this all teachers of religion and psychology agree. Those who are in-
toxicated with pleasures and are driven by the urge to enjoy themselves, cannot be
properly educated until they have learned to control their minds.
Restraint comes through reflection on virtue and its advantages. The young especially
should develop a love of virtue, for it nourishes mental life. An unrestrained mind
dissipates itself in frivolous activity. Character is something we have to build up, to forge
on the anvil of our resolution.
The training precepts, however, are in no sense commandments. The Buddha was no
arbitrary law-giver. There is no coercion or compulsion in Buddhism. The acceptance of
the precepts by laymen or monk is voluntary.
It is interesting to see how the Buddha trained his disciples. Kesi, a horse-trainer, once
visited the Blessed One, and the following dialogue ensued:
- You, Kesi, are a trained man, a trainer of horses to be tamed. How do you train a horse
to be tamed.
- I train a horse to be tamed, venerable sir, by mild ways and harsh ways, also by both
ways.
- Suppose, Kesi, a horse to be tamed, does not submit to your training, then what do you
do with that horse?
- In such a case, venerable sir, I kill him. For what reason? Lest he bring discredit to my
teachers clan. Now, venerable sir, the Blessed One is a peerless trainer of men to be
tamed. How, venerable sir, does the Blessed One train a person to be tamed?
- I too, Kesi, train a person to be tamed by mild ways and harsh ways, also by both ways.
This, Kesi, is the mild way: Thus is good conduct in body; thus is the result of good
conduct in body. Thus is good conduct in speech; thus is the result of good conduct in
speech. Thus is good conduct in thought; thus is the result of good conduct in thought.
Thus are the devas (deities) and thus are the humans.
And this, Kesi, is the harsh way: Thus is evil conduct in body; thus is the result of evil
conduct in body. Thus is evil conduct in speech; thus is the result of evil conduct in
speech. Thus is evil conduct in thought; thus is the result of evil conduct in thought.
Thus is hell, thus the realm of animals, thus is the realm of the petas (ghosts).
And this, Kesi, is the way of both the mild and the harsh: ... (as above) ...
- But suppose, the person does not submit to your way of training, then what do you,
venerable sir, do to that person.
- In that case, Kesi, I kill him.
- But surely the Blessed One does not deprive another of his life! Nevertheless, the
Blessed One says: I kill him, Kesi!
- It is true, Kesi, that the Tathagata does not deprive another of his life, nevertheless, if
the person does not submit to the training by mild ways and harsh ways, and both ways,
then the Tathagata thinks that he needs not be spoken to and admonished by his fellow
monks who are wise. It kills a man in the Ariyan Discipline, Kesi, when both the
Tathagata and his fellow monks think that he need not be spoken to and admonished. 4
This dialogue clearly tells us that the Buddha did not believe in imposing
commandments on his followers, but as a compassionate teacher he pointed out to them
what was right and what was wrong and the consequences.
I say: "Monks, do ye give up evil." Evil can be abandoned. If it were not possible to give
up evil, I would not say so. Since it can be done, I say unto you: "Monks, do ye give up
evil."
If this giving up of evil led to loss and pain, I would not say: "Give up evil."
Monks, do ye cultivate the good. Good can be cultivated. If it were not possible to
cultivate good, I would not say so. Since it can be done, I say unto you: "Monks, do ye
cultivate the good."
If cultivation of the good led to loss and pain, I would not say: "Cultivate ye the good."
But since it leads to welfare and happiness, therefore do I say: "Monks, do ye cultivate
the good."
It is left to the individual to make the necessary effort to translate into action the
precepts he has undertaken voluntarily. The training administered and the support that
others give by way of precept and example, are of no avail if he is indifferent and
slothful. The responsibility lies in his own hand.
According to the seed thats sown
So is the fruit ye reap therefrom.
The doer of good (will gather) good,
The doer of evil, evil (reaps).
Sown is the seed and planted well.
Thou shalt enjoy the fruit thereof. 5
1. The first precept to abstain from killing and to extend compassion to all beings does
not entail any restriction. All beings, in Buddhism, implies all living creatures, all that
breathe. It is an admitted fact that all that live, human or animal, love life and loathe
death. As life is precious to all, their one aim is to preserve it from harm and to prolong
it. This applies even to the smallest creatures that are conscious of being alive. As it is
said: Whoever in his search for happiness harasses those who are fond of happiness, will
not be happy in the hereafter. 6
The happiness of all creatures depends on their being alive. So to deprive them of that
which contains all good for them, is cruel and heartless in the extreme. Is it therefore
surprising that those who would kill others bring on themselves the hate and ill-will of
those they seek to slay?
All fear punishment,
Life is dear to all;
Comparing one with others
Kill not nor cause to perish. 7
As I am so are they
As they are so am I;
Comparing one with others
Neither slay nor cause to kill. 8
Not to harm and kill others is the criterion of a Buddhist and of all who feel. Those who
develop the habit of being cruel to animals are quite capable of ill treating people as well
when the opportunity occurs. When a cruel thought gradually develops into an obsession
it may well lead to sadism. As the Buddhist books point out: Those who kill suffer often
in this life and may come to a terrible end. After this life the karma of their ruthless
deeds will for long force them into states of woe. Should such destroyers of life be born
in prosperous families with beauty and strength and other happy bodily attributes, still
their karma will dog them to an early grave.
On the other hand: Those who show pity towards others and refrain from killing will be
born in good states of existence and if reborn as humans, will be endowed with health,
beauty, riches, influence, intelligence, etc. 9
Right Action--samma-kammanta is no other than samma-kamma. The doctrine of kamma
is one of the principal tenets of Buddhism. It is our own volitional actions that we call
kamma. If one understands the operation of kamma and the result of volitional acts
(kamma-vipaka) one may not be tempted to evil and unwholesome actions which will
come home to roost so that suffering follows as the wheel the feet of the ox. 10
It is interesting to note that during the last few years investigations have been made into
karma and rebirth. Many convincing accounts can be found in two most interesting
books by Miss Gina Cerminara. Here is an extract from her Many Mansions (p. 50). 11
The Cayce life readings are fascinating because they trace human affliction and
limitations of the present to specific conduct in the past and thus bring the abstract
notion of karma into sharper and more immediate focus.... A College professor who had
been born totally blind, heard about Cayce . . . . and applied for a physical reading ...
which outlined four previous incarnations.... It was in Persia that he had set in motion
the spiritual law which resulted in his blindness in the present. He had been a member of
a barbaric tribe whose custom was to blind their enemies with red-hot irons and it had
been his office to do the blinding.
Yes, the world seems to be imperfect and ill-balanced. Amongst us human beings, let
alone the animal kingdom, we see some born in misery, sunk in deep distress and
supremely unhappy; others are born into a state of abundance and happiness, enjoy a
life of luxury and know nothing of the worlds woe. Again a chosen few are gifted with
keen intellect and great mental capacity, while many are wrapt in ignorance. How is it
that some of us are blessed with health, beauty and friends, while others are pitiful
weaklings, destitute and lonely? How is it that some are born to enjoy long life while
others pass away in the frill bloom of youth? Why are some blessed with affluence, fame
and recognition, while others are utterly neglected? These are: intricate problems that
demand a solution.
If we inquire we will find that these wide differences are not the work of an external
agency or a superhuman being, but are due to our own actions and reactions, so that we
are responsible for our deeds whether good or ill. We make our own karma.
Thus it is incumbent on all men of understanding to stop hurting and harming others
and to cultivate a boundless heart full of pity and benevolence. Killing is killing whether
done for sport, or food or--as in the case of insects--for health. It is useless to try to
defend oneself by saying I did it for this good reason or that. It is better to call a spade a
spade. If we kill we must be frank enough to admit it and regard it as something
unwholesome.
Then, with regard to the question of vegetarianism, meat eating is not prohibited in
Buddhism. If you have neither seen, heard, nor suspect that an animal was killed
especially for you, then its meat is acceptable, but not otherwise. There is no rule or
injunction in the teaching of the Buddha that a Buddhist should live wholly or even
principally on vegetables. Whether or not meat is eaten is purely an individual concern,
but those who consume fertilized eggs, however, break the first precept.
2. The second training precept under Right Action is to abstain from stealing and to live
honestly taking only what is ones own by right. To take what belongs to another is not
so serious as to deprive him of his life, but it is still a grave crime because it deprives him
of some happiness. As no one wants to be robbed, it is not difficult to understand that it
is wrong to take what is not ones own. The thought that urges a person to steal can
never be good or wholesome. Then robbery leads to violence and even to murder.
This precept is easily violated by those in trade and commerce, for all kinds of fraud and
dishonesty come under the second precept. A man can use both his pen and his tongue
with intent to steal. There can be no peace or happiness in a society where people are
always on the look-out to cheat and rob their neighbours.
Sometimes it is thought that poverty leads to theft. There is some truth in it, but if
people are lazy and workshy, or if, they misuse their talents, they become poor. They are
then tempted to rob the rich, while others may consider theft an easy means to living a
gay life. And so crime increases. It is the duty of governments to reduce poverty by
removing unemployment.
Theft may take many forms. For instance, if an employee slacks or works badly and yet is
paid in full, he is really a thief, for he takes money he has not earned. And the same
applies to the employer if he fails to pay adequate wages. So, as Carlyle said: Make
yourself an honest man, and then you may be sure that there is one less rascal in the
world.
3. The final training precept here of Right Action is to abstain from wrong sexual
behaviour. What is needed is more self-control rather than sermons and books on the
subject. In the chapter on Right Thought we discussed at length sense indulgence with
reference to renunciation. Here we shall try to understand in brief what, according to
Buddhism, sexual wrong is. Let us first listen to the opening discourse of the Anuguttara
Nikaya, another original collection in Pali:
Monks, I know not of any other single form by which a mans heart is attracted as it is by
that of a woman. Monks, a womans form fills a mans mind.
Monks, I know not of any other single sound ....
I know not of any other single smell ....
I know not of any other single flavour....
I know not of any other single touch ... by which a mans heart is attracted as it is by that
of a woman. A womans sound, smell, flavour, and touch fill a mans mind.
Monks, I know not of any other single form, sound, smell, flavour and touch by which a
womans heart is attracted as it is by the form, sound, smell, flavour and touch of a man.
Monks, a womans mind is filled with these things.
Here is a sermon on sex explained in unmistakable language, the truth of which no sane
man dare deny. Sex is described by the Buddha as the strongest impulse in man. If one
becomes a slave to this impulse even the most powerful man turn into a weakling; even
the sage may fall from the higher to a lower level. The sexual urge, especially in youth, is
a fire that needs careful handling. If one is not thoughtful and restrained, it can cause
untold harm. There is no fire like lust. 12 Passions do not die out: they burn out.
Since the Buddha was a practical philosopher he did not expect his lay followers to lead
ascetic lives. Indeed, he called them enjoyers of sense pleasures (gihi kamabhogi). Being
well aware of mans instincts and impulses, his appetites and urges, the Master did not
prohibit sexual relations for the laity as he had done for monks. But he warned man
against wrong ways of gratifying the sexual appetite. He went a step further and
recommended the observation of the eight precepts 13 with special emphasis on the third
one for the laity during days of retreat (uposatha) or as the occasion demanded.
If a person makes up his mind to live an unmarried life he should make a real effort to
be chaste in body, speech and thought. If he is not strong enough to remain single, he
may marry, but he should refrain from such sexual relations as are wrong and harmful.
As the Buddha explains in the discourse on Dawnfall: 14
If a person is addicted to women (given to a life of debauchery), is a drunkard, a
gambler, and squanders all his earnings--this is a cause of his downfall.
Not satisfied with ones own wives, if one has been with whores and the wives of others-
-this is a cause of ones downfall.
Being past ones youth, to take as wife a girl in her teens, and to be unable to sleep for
jealousy--this is a cause of ones downfall.
Speaking of women the Buddha says tersely: Loose or immoral behaviour is the taint of
a woman. 15 Best among wives is she that pleases the husband. 16 The wife is the
comrade supreme. 17 Goldsmith writes: The perfect wife is much more serviceable in life
than petticoated philosophers, blustering heroines, or virago queens. She who makes her
husband and her children happy is a much greater character than the ladies described in
romance whose whole occupation is to murder mankind with shafts.
Bhikkhu Silacara (Mr. McKechnie) writing on the third precept says:
At every moment it is our minds that make us what we are. And in this matter of sex,
mind plays a very important part; indeed, we might say that if the mind were completely
under our control here, there would be little or no need for vigilance elsewhere.
If we look about us we can see to what a pass lack of mental control in this matter of sex
has brought the human race. Consider the "lower animals" as we are pleased to call
them, and their sexual behaviour. Which really is lower here, the animal, or the man?
Which acts in a normal, regular manner as regards sexual behaviour? And which runs off
into all manner of irregularities and perversities? Here it is the animal that is the higher
creature, and man that is the lower. And why is this? It is simply because man who
possesses the mental capacity which, rightly used, could make him master over his
sexual impulsion, has actually used his mental powers in such deplorable passion as to
make himself more a slave to those impulsions than are the animals. 18
The Buddhas explanation of the third precept in the forty-first discourse of the Majjhima
Nikaya and elsewhere, is interesting and important. The discourse deals with all the ten
wholesome and unwholesome actions. What follows is a slightly condensed version of it.
Answering a question of the brahmin householders of Sala as to why some beings after
their death are born in an evil and others in a good state of existence, the Master said:
"Householders, some beings after death go to a state of woe owing to their not having
lived a life of Dhamma, a life of righteousness, and harmony.
Now when the brahmins did not fully understand what the Buddha said and asked him
to explain in detail, the Master replied:
Householders, some are cruel and merciless to living beings. Some take what is not
given. Some abuse the pleasures of the senses, having sexual relations with those
(virgins) protected by a mother, father, parents, a brother, sister or relations, with those
who have a husband, with those whose use (in this way) deserves punishment and even
with those who are engaged. 19
Such, householders, is the threefold practice of a-dhamma, of unrighteousness and
disharmony in regard to the body.
The Buddha went on to describe the fourfold practice of a-dhamma in speech, namely
lying, slandering, harsh words and idle chatter. He then said:
Householders, some are covetous; they covet anothers property thinking: "O that what
belongs to others might be mine"; some are malevolent, polluted in mind, and think: "let
these beings be killed, slaughtered, annihilated or destroyed, or let them not even live";
and some are of wrong view, of perverted outlook and think: "There is no (result) from
gifts and offerings; no result from deeds well or ill done; there is neither this world nor a
world beyond. (To those is the world beyond there is not this world, to those here, there
is not a world beyond, Com.) There is no (result from good or bad behaviour to) mother
and father; there are no beings who spontaneously arise (this denies the existence of
devas or deities); there are no recluses and brahmins who are of good conduct, who live
righteously and proclaim this world and the world beyond, having realized super-
knowledge (this denies the existence of omniscient Buddhas)." Such, householders, is the
three-fold practice of a-dhamma, of unrighteousness and disharmony in regard to
thought.
Then the Buddha went on to explain the threefold practice of Dhamma, of righteousness,
and harmony in regard to body, speech and thought--the opposite of all that is
mentioned above.
It is good to bear in mind that as a religious teacher, the Buddha pointed out to Indian
society the right and wrong way in ethics and morals, and the evil consequences of
immoral and loose behaviour, but he never interfered in sexual matters, neither did he
meddle with institutions or policies because these were the concern of a government. In
his own kingdom, that is in his Dispensation, however, the attitude of the Buddha was
different; at times he was strict with his disciples. As guide and teacher, he often advised
the members of the Order to be of good conduct, seeing terror even in minute faults, and
to be decent, quiet and modest so that the displeased might have pleasure and t
happiness of those who were already pleased might be increased. 20
To those who joined him and entered the Order to lead an ascetic life, the Buddha gave
special admonition. To the monks, sexual relations of any kind are forbidden, with good
reason. But a monk is at liberty to put away the robes and return to lay life if that of a
monk is too trying, and he finds it hard to delight in renunciation. In such cases the
Master gave advice and explained things like an affectionate father, but never compelled
his followers to lead the ascetic life against their wishes because these are psychological
problems and must be so treated. One of the benefits obtained from meditation and
other practices recommended by the Buddha to the members of the Order, is for the
purpose of sublimation--the elimination of pathological conditions that may spring up as
a result of abstinence from indulging in the senses.
Two verses in the Dhammapada (246, 247) enumerate the training precepts and in a
word make plain the evil consequence of their violation:
Whoever in this world takes life,
Speaks what is not truth,
Takes what is not given,
Goes to others wives,
Indulges in drinking
Intoxicating liquors,
He even in this world
Digs up his own root. 21
In this and in the preceding chapter we have discussed in detail the five precepts (panca-
sila), the minimum moral obligation expected of a layman who becomes a Buddhist by
taking as his refuges the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha. 22 In conclusion, it may
not be out of place to mention briefly the advice given by the Buddha to little Rahula,
the novice, who was his own son:
- What do you think, Rahula, for what purpose is a mirror?
- For the purpose of reflecting, venerable sir.
- Even so, Rahula, after repeated reflection should bodily actions be done; after repeated
reflection should verbal and mental actions be done.
Then the Buddha goes on to say that if, on reflection, one realizes that a bodily act tends
to harm oneself, others or both then it is unwholesome and productive of pain, and
should on no account be performed. If on reflection one realizes that a bodily act tends
to harm neither oneself, nor others nor both it is wholesome and productive of
happiness, and should be performed. Similarly with regard to ones verbal and mental
actions.
Continuing the Master says:
Whosoever, Rahula, in the distant past--recluses or brahmins--purified their bodily,
verbal and mental actions--they all did so after repeated reflection. Whosoever, in the
distant future--recluses or brahmanas--shall purify their bodily, verbal and mental
actions they all too, will do so after repeated reflection. And whosoever, in the present
time--recluses or brahmanas--purify their bodily, verbal and mental actions--they all do
so after repeated reflection.
Therefore, Rahula, thus must you train yourself: "We will purify bodily action after
repeated reflection; we will purify verbal action after repeated reflection; we will purify
mental action after repeated reflection" --thus must you train yourself Rahula. 23
The careful reader of this condensed account of the discourse will understand how well
the Buddha brings out the psychological importance of mans actions, his kamma, which
in the ultimate sense is volition or cetana, and the Buddhist view of self and others. As I
am, so are they is the criterion to be adopted in all we do.
The tendency in man to give way to his desires, his longings and inclinations, is very
strong. But too often he does not reflect enough before taking action, so that the results
turn out to be not what he intended. In this discourse, reflection, thinking arising from
meditation, is stressed by the Master. The advice to Rahula, the novice, though given
twenty-five centuries ago, is indeed apt today. Space and time are no impediment to
good counsel when it embodies eternal principles.
1. A. i. 261.
2. A. i. 102.
3. D. ii. 120.
4. A. ii. 111, sutta 111.
5. S. i. 227: The Kindred sayings, I, p. 293.
6. Dhp. 131.
7. Dhp. 130.
8. Sn. 705.
9. See A. iii. 40 and M. 135 (Culakammavibhanga-sutta).
10. Dph. 1.
11. Many Mansions; The World Within by Gina Cerminara (William Sloane Associates,
Inc. New York, 1950).
12. Dhp. 262.
13. See chapter 9.
14. Parabhava-sutta, Sn. 16, 18, 20.
15. Dhp. 242.
16. S. p. 7.
17. S. i. 37.
18 The Five Precepts (Colombo).
19. Lit. adorned with the garland of engagement.
20. Vinaya; A. iii. 67, also see chapter 11.
21. Of prosperity and happiness.
22. See chapter 1.
23. M. 61.
CHAPTER 11
RIGHT LIVELIHOOD
(Samma-ajiva)
THE third and the last member of the morality group is right livelihood which entails not
dealing in arms and lethal weapons, animals for slaughter, human beings, intoxicating
drinks, and poison. Though the Buddha mentioned only these five, there are, as we
know, many other wrong ways of earning a living. We must bear in mind that the
Buddha was addressing Indian society in the sixth century B.C., which consisted for the
most part, even as it does today, of farmers, herdsmen and traders. It is interesting to
note that there are, in the Buddhist Canon, sections which graphically depict the life of
the farmer and the herdsman. The second and fourth discourses of the Sutta-nipata
(Discourse Collection. The Harvard Oriental Series, vol. 37) bear ample testimony to this
fact. India was an agricultural land and its government was not democratic. Most of the
states were feudal being under a raja as in the case of the Buddhas own clan, the
Sakyas, but there were also republics such as that of the Licchavis which were governed
by a senate of elders and leading men. In the kingdoms, the raja was the ruler to whom
all were subservient and owed their allegiance. Life seems to have been quiet compared
with that in many lands today. Since the ways of earning a living were limited, the
Buddha only warned against five of them.
We must not think that the Buddha spoke only to the common people on the evil
consequences of wrong and the advantages of right living. In the Nikayas, notably in the
Digha and Anguttara, we find sermons on the life that the ruler or administrator ought
to lead. It is stated categorically that the king should rule righteously (dhhammena) and
not unrighteously (a-dhammena). Rulers in addition to keeping the same precepts as
their subjects were expected to possess all the wholesome qualities that go to make a
good head of the state. The Buddhist books mention Ten Duties or Principles of a king
(dasa-raja-dhamma) : Generosity in giving, morality, self-sacrifice or unselfishness,
honesty, gentleness, not being given to luxurious living, self-restraint, no anger, no
violence, patience and agreeability. 1 As the Buddha points out, it is the ruler who should
first establish himself in dhamma, in piety and righteousness, avoiding the vices, and so
give the lead to his subjects. He says: If he who is reckoned best among men does not
live righteously, need we speak of the others? They will follow suit. If the raja is un-
righteous the whole realm lives in woe.... If he lives aright, the others emulate him and
the whole realm lives in happiness. 2
Never resting on his laurels, the king or ruler is expected to be kind and dutiful to his
subjects: like a benevolent father to his children. 3 The king given to self-indulgence,
and intoxicated with the thought of authority (issariyamadamatta), is not praised, but
looked down upon. 4 In order to be just, honest and upright to all, without partiality or
favouritism, the ruler is expected to avoid the four wrong ways of treating people: that is
with desire, anger, fear and delusion. 5
In this respect, Asoka the Great of India, who, because of his exemplary life, later
became known as Dhammasoka, or Asoka the Righteous, may be regarded as one of the
most just, wise and benevolent rulers of all time. This is shown by his edicts:
All men are my children.
Just as I want my own children to enjoy all prosperity and happiness in this life and the
next, so I want the same for all men.
The world should be comforted by me. From me the world should receive happiness not
sorrow.6
There is no duty higher than to promote the happiness of the whole world.
Work I must for the good of the whole world. 7
It can be said without a trace of doubt that King Asoka, who followed the advice of the
Buddha for the righteous administration of a country, was a model ruler and, as H. G.
Wells wrote: amidst the tens of thousands of monarchs ... that crowd the columns of
history the name of Asoka shines, and shines almost alone, a star. 8
That was twenty-three centuries ago. Since then things seem to have changed for the
worse and people to care less and less for the welfare of their fellows. They do not
hesitate to use any means to grab the things they crave for even to the extent of
depriving others of life itself.
In this modern world right livelihood can be one of the most difficult rules to obey. So
many kinds of work are harmful to society and are unworthy of a true Buddhist. There
are the arms and nuclear warfare industries; the drink trade; occupations involving the
slaughter or vivisection of animals; yellow journalism; dishonest advertising and
publicity; and business that includes usury. Buddhism is not a narrow-minded religion. It
regards human frailties with understanding and sympathy. Yet the sincere Buddhist
cannot profess one code of morality and earn his livelihood in an occupation with
another, debased code. 9
The precept about right livelihood was designed to bring true happiness to the individual
and society and to promote unity and proper relations among people. Unjust and wrong
ways of living apply to individuals, families and nations. A wrong and unrighteous way
of life brings in its train much unhappiness, disharmony and trouble to the whole
society. When a person or community succumbs to the evil of exploiting others, it
interferes with the peace and harmony of society. It is sheer selfishness and greed that
prompt a man to adopt wrong and unlawful ways of life. Such folk are utterly indifferent
to loss and pain caused to their neighbours and to society. Therefore says the Buddha:
Neither for ones own nor for others sake should one do any evil. One should not covet
a son, wealth or a kingdom, nor wish to succeed by unjust means. Such a man is indeed
virtuous, wise and righteous. 10
The Buddha was not unaware of the burdens borne by a layman with a wife and
children, hence he did not expect from him the same ethical conduct as he did from the
monks. But he emphatically stressed that the layman should strive hard to observe at
least the five training precepts, the minimum moral obligation of the ordinary person,
and that he should try to earn a living by right means, by right conduct (dhamma-cariya)
and thereby support his wife and children. What is earned by unjust and unrighteous
means--by killing, stealing, cheating, through dishonesty and deceit, cannot be regarded
as right living. Ethically it is unrighteous living (a-dhamma-cariya), an uneven life, a life
of disharmony (visama-cariya).
The Buddha does not disparage the layman, but sympathizes with his frailties and
shortcomings. Society after all consists not only of ascetics and recluses who have left
home to be homeless, but of lay men and women who form the bulk of society, which
ultimately is an assemblage of sociological units so that the welfare or ill-fare of society
depends on the individuals. If the individuals are good and lead a decent life, society
naturally cannot be bad.
Some of the discourses like Sigala-sutta 11 which is rightly called the laymans code of
discipline (gihi-vinaya), Vyagghapajja-sutta, 12 etc. given by the Buddha especially for the
laity, clearly show the Masters concern for both the material welfare and spiritual
development of his lay disciples. In the discourse to young Sigala the Master explains in
plain language the full duties of a layman to all with whom he has relations: The
reciprocal duties of parents and children; teacher and pupil; husband and wife; friends
and relatives; master and servant; and duty to the religious, that is to recluses and
brahmins. In this way the Buddha encourages the layman to live a righteous life, doing
his duty to the best of his ability and leaving nothing undone.
Mrs. C. A. F. Rhys Davids, commenting on the Sigala-sutta says:
The Buddhas doctrine of love and good-will between man and man is here set forth in a
domestic and social ethics with more comprehensive detail than elsewhere.... And truly
we may say even now of this Vinaya, or code of discipline, so fundamental are the
human interests involved, so sane and wide is the wisdom that envisages them, that the
utterances are as fresh and practically as binding today and here as they were then at
Rajagaha. "Happy would have been the village or the clan on the banks of the Ganges,
where the people were full of the kindly spirit of fellow-feeling, the noble spirit of justice
which breathes through these naive and simple sayings." 13 Not less happy would be the
village or the family on the banks of the Thames today; of which this could be said. 14
As we well know, after attaining full enlightenment the Buddha did not all the time
confine himself to a cell, but wandered from town to town and village to village through
the highways and byways of India. He moved more with the commoner than with the
aristocrat. Kings and princes came to him for guidance and instruction, but the Master
went to the poor, lowly and lost to help them. He knew the people, from the lowliest
walks of life to the highest, and was well aware of the political, social and economic
conditions of India during his time. That being so he did not restrict his sermons and
discussions to matters of high philosophy and advanced psychology. As a practical
teacher of infinite compassion and understanding he was mindful of the social and
economic well-being of the masses and always wished by his advice to alleviate the
misery of people, and see that they lived without too much unhappiness. It is true that
real happiness is derived from a life of purity and peace; but it is obvious that without a
certain degree of material and economic security no moral and spiritual progress can be
achieved.
So far as a monk is concerned there are four requisites (catu paccaya) for progress on the
path to purity and freedom. They are robes, food, a lodging and medicine. These are the
bare necessities without which no human being can live. Basically they are also the
fundamental needs of a layman.
It was the Buddhas custom to ask the monks on meeting them How is it with you; how
are you faring? I trust you are well, and that you are not short of food. 15 There is the
touching tale 16 of a herdsman who in looking for a lost ox, missed his midday meal. On
his way back, fatigued and hungry, he went to the Buddha to listen to him preaching.
The Blessed One however, knowing that the man had not eaten all day, inquired from
the people if he could first be fed. The Buddha knew that it was profitless to preach to
any man without first satisfying his hunger. It was on that occasion that the Master said:
Hunger is the greatest malady,
The aggregates are the greatest ill,
Knowing this as it is (the wise know)
Nibbana, the bliss supreme. 17
Although the Buddha did not attach much importance to material progress in the
modern sense, nor to mundane welfare, he did not entirely ignore it, because it is the
basis for mans mental or spiritual progress as pointed out above. So the Buddha was
very outspoken with regard to certain aspects of material conditions and social welfare.
It is an admitted fact that poverty is the main cause of crime. If people are deprived of
the four requisites mentioned above, the bare necessities, or if these are scarce,
especially food, peoples minds are not at rest. They cannot and do not think of moral
behaviour, or give a thought to righteous living. Necessity has no law, and they stoop to
unjust and unrighteous ways of gaining a subsistence. Owing to lack of economic
security, and of money, people are led to commit theft and other crimes. The Kutadanta-
sutta 18 states how in order to raise the social and economic conditions of a country, the
farmers and traders should be given the necessary facilities to carry on their farming and
business, and that people should be paid adequate wages. Thus when they have enough
for their subsistence and are economically secure, crime is lessened and peace and
harmony prevail.
In another discourse the Buddha explains to Anathapindika, the banker, who founded for
him the Jetavana monastery, the four kinds of happiness a layman ought to enjoy. The
first is ownership, or economic security, so that he has sufficient means (atthi-sukha)
acquired lawfully by his own efforts, without resorting to the five trades detailed above;
the second is the joy of wealth (bogha-sukha) or happiness gained by the judicious
expenditure of lawful wealth; the third is the bliss of not being in debt (anana-sukha),
the joy and satisfaction that comes with the thought: I owe nothing to anyone; the
fourth is the bliss of being without blame (anavajja-sukha), which is the satisfaction
derived from the thought: I am blessed with blameless acts of body, speech and mind. 19
All these discussions and sermons in Buddhism go to show that the layman as a member
of society should work hard to earn a living and strengthen his economic and social
position lest he becomes a burden to himself and others, but at the same time he should
avoid wrong and unrighteous ways of living and not deviate from the path of duty and
rectitude.
The Buddhas instructions and advice on right livelihood are addressed both to the
layman and to the members of the Sangha. He has clearly explained to his disciples that
the monks life should be absolutely pure and free from fraud. The Master is indeed very
emphatic on this matter, for he says:
Monks, whatsoever monks are cheats, stubborn, babblers, cunning, passionate, proud,
uncalmed--such monks are no followers of mine. They have fallen away from this
Dhamma-vinaya (Doctrine and Discipline), nor do they grow, increase and prosper in
this Dhamma-vinaya. 20 Further says the Master: Monks, this holy life (brahmacariyam)
is lived neither to cheat people nor for scheming nor for profit and favour, nor for the
sake of honour. It is not for gossiping and prattling, nor with the intention: "let people
know me as so-and-so." But, monks, this holy life is lived for the sake of restraint, for
abandoning, for dispassion for cessation. 21
As the discourse on Going Forth 22 points out, the Buddha himself gives the lead and
example to his disciples when he says:
Leaving home I gave up
All evil words and acts,
Pure was my livelihood.
The question of abstention from the five kinds of wrong trades does not arise in the case
of the monk, for he should not be in business, and he has not the responsibility and care
of a family life. He has left home and is simple in his ways, with few wants. As the
Buddha says, it is the duty of the devout layman to provide him with the four requisites:
Robes, food, lodging and medicine 23
The monk, as one who has entered upon the holy life, should avoid all wrong means of
living, for if he is not clean and pure in this he cannot follow the path of purification
with any degree of confidence and satisfaction. Hence the Buddha says:
Verily one path is for gain, but that which leads to Nibbana is quite another. Let the
monks, the disciples of the Buddha, having understood it thus, not delight in worldly
favours and honours, but cultivate detachment. 24
With this chapter we close the discussion on the Morality (sila) Group of the Noble
Eightfold Path. In the two immediately preceding chapters we dealt with Right Speech
and Right Action which with Right Livelihood form the Buddhist Moral Code or Ethics.
This fact is again made clear in a succinct statement of the Buddha in the seventy-eighth
discourse of the Majjhima Nikaya:
Which, householder, are the wholesome moral habits (kusalasilam)? Wholesome deeds
of body; wholesome deeds of speech; and, I declare that included in moral habits, is
complete purity of livelihood. These are called wholesome moral courses. And what is
the origin of these courses?... It is in the mind (thought, citta).. . . Which mind? For
there are many different minds (thoughts). That mind (thought) which is free from
attachment, anger and delusion. From this are the wholesome Moral Courses derived....
Words and acts are thoughts manifested. In Buddhism both motive and effect should be
taken into consideration. However good the motive may be, if the effect is not going to
be healthy, we should refrain from such misguided words and deeds.
1. Dana, sila, pariccaga, ajjava, maddava, tapa, akkodha, avihimsa, khanti, avirodha. Jat.
I, 260.
2. A. ii. 74.
3. D. ii. 178.
4. S. i. 100.
5. Chanda, dosa, bhaya, moha. These four are called agati or wrong ways of treating
people.
6. Edict I.
7. Edict II.
8. The Outline of History (Cassel & Co., London, 1934), p. 402.
9. Mind Unshaken, John Walters (Rider and Company, 1961), p. 47.
10. Dhp. 84.
1l. D. 31.
12. A. ii.
13. T. W. Rhys Davids, Buddhism (London, 1907), p. 148.
14. Dialogues of the Buddha, part iii, P. 168.
15. M. 31, A. i. 70 and passim. See chapter 8.
16. Dhp. Com.
17. Dhp. 203.
18. D. 5.
19. A. ii. 69, sutta 62.
20. A. ii. 26, sutra 25.
21. A. ii. 26, sutta 26.
22. Pabbajja-sutta, sn. v. 407
23. A. ii. 65, sutta 60.
24. Dhp. 75.
CHAPTER 12
RIGHT EFFORT
(Samma-vayama)
Modern man is involved in much more rush and tension than in the past. His expression,
speech and movements seldom show calm or relaxation. If you stand at the corner of a
busy street and scan the faces of the people hurrying feverishly by, you will notice that
many of them are restless. They carry with them an atmosphere of stress, are mentally
disturbed and not calm. Is it wrong to say that this rush and tension are mainly due to
modem civilization? When the external world is so busy, mans world within also tends
to be restless so that his inner calm and peace are lost. He seems to seek happiness
outside instead of inside himself, but happiness does not depend on the external world,
on modern civilization. Yet history has proved again and again, and will continue to
prove, that nothing in this world is lasting. Nations and civilizations rise, flourish and die
away, and thus the scrolls of time record the passing pageant, the baseless vision and the
fading flow that is human history. Man has brought the external world under his sway,
while science and technology seem to promise that they can turn this world into a
paradise. But man cannot yet control his mind, he is no better for all his scientific
progress.
Man is born with impulses that make him swerve from the path of peace and rectitude,
and modern civilization stimulates many of these impulses strongly. As the Buddha says:
All is burning, all is in flames. And what is the "all" that is in flames, that is burning? The
eye is burning. Visible objects are burning. Eye-consciousness is burning. Eye-contact is
burning. Feeling whether pleasant or painful or neither pleasant nor painful that arises
with eye-contact as its condition, that too is burning.
With what are they burning? With the fire of craving, with the fire of hate, with the fire
of delusion. They are burning with birth, ageing and death, with sorrow, lamentation,
pain, grief and woe. Similarly,
The ear is burning ....
The nose is burning ....
The tongue is burning....
The body is burning....
The mind is burning.... Mental objects are burning. Mind-consciousness is burning.
Mind-contact is burning. Feeling .... is burning....
Seeing thus the wise become dispassionate towards the eye, visible objects, eye-
consciousness, eye-contact and feeling.... become dispassionate towards ear, nose,
tongue, body and the mind; become dispassionate towards mental objects, mind-
consciousness, mind-contact and feeling .... Through dispassion greed fades away. With
the fading away of greed, his mind is liberated. When his mind is liberated, there comes
the knowledge that it is liberated. . . . 1
A fire keeps burning so long as there is fuel. The more fuel we add, the more it burns. It
is the same with the fire of life. We keep on feeding our senses to satisfy their appetite. It
is true that our senses need food, that they should not starve, but it is vital to give them
the proper food and to lessen the greed of each sense faculty. Unless this is done there
will be no control of conflicts, no harmony and peace of mind. If we want mental
progress we must make the necessary effort to guard our thoughts; for evil thoughts are
ever ready to creep in and overwhelm the lazy man. As the Dhammapada says: The man
who lives brooding over pleasures, unrestrained in the senses, immoderate in food, lazy
and inert--him verily Mara 2 overthrows as wind a weak tree. 3
The control of thoughts and senses is not easy. It is hard to deprive the mind of
unwholesome thoughts, to check evil inclinations and curb impulses, but we must do this
difficult thing if we wish to ease the tension and the mental itch that is ever ready to sap
the mind until man and mind are destroyed.
Like the tortoise that promptly draws in all its limbs on sensing danger, so should the
sage try to guard and control his sense doors and sexual appetite.
But how does a person control his senses? Is it by shutting his eyes and ears, by not
sensing the sense objects? Certainly not. The Buddha once talked with a certain brahmin
youth, Uttara, a pupil of Parasariya:
4
- Uttara, does, Parisariya, brahmin, teach control of (lit. the development of) the senses
to his disciples?
- Good Gotama, the brahmin Parasariya does teach control of the senses to his disciples.
- But in what way does Parasariya, the brahmin, teach control of the senses to his
disciples?
- As to this, good Gotama, one should not see material form with the eye, nor hear
sounds with ear. It is thus, good Gotama, that the brahmin Parasariya teaches control of
the senses, to his disciples.
- In that case, Uttara, the blind and the deaf must have controlled their senses. For a
blind man, Uttara, does not see material form with his eyes, nor a deaf man hear a sound
with his ears.
The brahmin youth was silent, and knowing this the Master said to the venerable
Ananda:
In one way, Ananda, does the brahmin Parasariya teach control of the senses. In the
noble (ariya) discipline, however, Ananda, the incomparable control of the senses (is
taught) differently.
And what, Ananda, is the incomparable control of the senses? Herein, Ananda, to a
monk seeing form with the eye, there arises liking and disliking, and both liking and
disliking. He knows thus: "Arisen in me has liking and disliking, and both liking and
disliking. That too is conditioned, gross and causally dependent. But whatever
equanimity there is, that is peaceful and sublime." So the liking and disliking and both
the liking and disliking that arose in him are extinguished and equanimity remains. As if
a man who has opened his eyes should close, or having closed should open them, even
so with the same speed and ease do the liking and disliking and both the liking and
disliking vanish, so that equanimity remains.
Hearing a sound with the ear.
Smelling an odour with the nose....
Tasting a flavour with the tongue. . . .
Feeling some tangible thing with the body....
Cognizing a mental object with the mind there arise (in him) liking and disliking and
both liking and disliking ... (as before) ... and equanimity remains. 5
The mental force that plays the greatest havoc today is tanha, the strong, excessive greed
which is ever driven by ignorance. This lust, this thirst of blinded beings, has caused
hatred and all other suffering. It is not nuclear weapons but lust, hatred and delusion.
that are most destructive to man. Bombs and weapons are created by his lust to conquer
and possess, by his hatred that leads to killing, by his delusion both to conquer and
destroy. The thirst for fame, power and domination has brought untold agony to
mankind. If man makes no effort to check the longings that are ever ready to sway his
mind, he will become a slave to that mind. He is then no longer superior to the beast, for
they both eat, sleep and satisfy their sexual appetite. The beast cannot, however, develop
spiritually, but man is otherwise. He possesses latent qualities which can be developed,
brought to the conscious level and used for his own and others welfare. If a man lacks
this quality of examining his own mind, of developing wholesome thoughts and
discarding repulsive ones, his life lacks drive and inspiration. Hence the Buddhas
constant advice to his followers to be vigilant and alert in controlling evil thoughts and
cultivating healthy ones.
Arise! Sit up! Train yourself strenuously for peace of mind. 6
This doctrine, monks, is for the energetic, strong and firm in purpose, and not for the
indolent. 7
Monks, what is there that the sincerely zealous cannot achieve?
Verily, let skin, sinews and bones remain; let flesh and blood in the body dry up; yet
shall there be no decrease of energy till that which is to be won by manly strength,
energy and effort is attained. 8
Thus did the Buddha rouse his disciples to action.
The verses of the Elder Abhibhu, later approved by the Buddha, give great
encouragement and strength to strivers:
Bestir yourselves and make an effort,
Work hard in the Dispensation;
(Then) sweep away the hosts of Mara (the passions),
As an elephant a reed-thatched shed.
Whoso in this Doctrine and Discipline
Shall live in vigilance and heedfulness
Repeated rebirth renounces
And puts an end to suffering. 9
Effort (vayama) in Buddhism implies mental energy and not physical strength. The latter
is dominant in animals whereas mental energy is so in man, who must stir up and
develop this mental factor in order to check evil and cultivate healthy thoughts. A
follower of the Buddha should never give up hope or cease to make an effort, for even as
a Bodhisatta the Buddha never ceased to strive courageously. He was the very picture of
energy (vira). As an aspirant for Buddhahood he was inspired by the words of his pre-
decessors: Be ye full of zealous effort. Falter not! Advance! 10 And in his endeavour to
gain final enlightenment, he spared no effort. With determined persistence he advanced
towards his goal, his enlightenment, caring naught even for life.
Fie on this life! It is better for me to die in this fight (with passions) than to live
defeated. 11 The Masters right, effort reached its climax when he sat under the Bodhi
Tree for the deep meditation which ended in Full Enlightenment. From that moment as
his life clearly shows, he was never subject to moral or spiritual fatigue. From the hour of
his enlightenment to his passing away, he strove tirelessly to elevate mankind, regardless
of the bodily fatigue involved, and oblivious to the many obstacles and handicaps in his
way. Though physically he was not always well, mentally he was ever watchful and
vigorous. By precept and example the Buddha taught a strenuous life.
The foregoing conveys the outstanding characteristic of the Buddha and his disciples.
The Master has been very emphatic about this sixth factor of the Path, right effort,
because it was not in his power to save people. He was no saviour, and gave no guaran-
tee that he would save others from the shackles of samsara, repeated existence, but he
was ever ready to guide them on the upward path, to encourage them and give them
moral support. The idea that one man can raise another from lower to higher levels and
ultimately rescue him tends to make man weak, supine and foolish. It degrades him and
smothers every spark of his dignity.
This emphasis on right effort by the Buddha explains in unmistakable language that
Buddhism is not a doctrine of pessimism, a teaching for the feeble-minded who look at
things from the most unfavourable point of view, but that it is a true warriors religion.
The right effort spoken of by the Buddha is instrumental in eliminating evil and harmful
thoughts, and in promoting and maintaining good and healthy thoughts.
As a market gardener pulls up weeds before he sows his seed, so the meditator tries to
remove unwanted weeds from his mental field. If he fails in his weeding nothing
worthwhile can be sown successfully. He then manures the field and protects it from
animals and birds. So should the meditator watch over his mental field and nourish it
appropriately.
12
The function of right effort is fourfold, to prevent, abandon, develop and maintain.
l. What is the effort to prevent?
Herein a monk puts forth his will to prevent the arising of evil, of unwholesome
thoughts that have not yet arisen. He strives, develops energy and strengthens his mind
(to this end).
Herein, a monk, seeing a form, hearing a sound, smelling an odour, tasting a flavour,
feeling some tangible thing or cognizing a mental object, apprehends neither signs nor
particulars (that is, he is not moved by their general features or by their details).
Inasmuch as coveting and dejection, evil and unwholesome thoughts break in upon one
who dwells with senses unrestrained, he applies himself to such control, he guards over
the senses, restrains the senses. This is called the effort to prevent.
2. What is the effort to abandon?
Herein a monk puts forth his will to abandon the evil, unwholesome thoughts that have
already arisen. He strives, develops energy and strengthens his mind (to this end).
Herein a monk does not admit sense desires that have arisen, but abandons, discards
and repels them, makes an end of them and causes them to disappear. So also with
regard to thoughts of ill-will and of harm that have arisen. This is called the effort to
abandon.
3. What is the effort to develop?
Herein a monk puts forth his will to produce and develop wholesome thoughts that have
not yet arisen. He strives, develops energy and strengthens his mind (to this end).
Herein a monk develops the Factors of Enlightenment based on seclusion, on dispassion,
on cessation that ends in deliverance, namely: Mindfulness, Investigation of the
Dhamma, Energy, Rapturous Joy, Calm, Concentration and Equanimity. 13 This is called
the effort to develop.
4. What is the effort to maintain?
Herein, a monk maintains a favourable object of concentration (meditation).... This is
called the effort to maintain.
These then are the four efforts:
To prevent, abandon, develop and maintain
These are the four efforts that he taught,
The Kinsman of the Sun. Herein a monk
With strenuous effort reaches sufferings end. 14
The unwholesome thoughts referred to here are the three root causes of all evil, namely:
thoughts of lust (craving), hate and delusion. All other passions gather round these root
causes, while wholesome thoughts are their opposites.
The sole purpose of this fourfold effort is success in meditation. The four right efforts are
the requisites for concentration. As we saw above 15 right effort is included in the group
of samadhi or Concentration. As such, right effort is interrelated and interdependent. It
functions together and simultaneously with the other two factors of the group, namely
right mindfulness and right concentration. Without right effort the hindrances 16 to
mental progress cannot be overcome. Right effort removes the evil and unhealthy
thoughts that act as a barrier to the calm of absorption, and promotes and maintains the
healthy mental factors that aid the development of concentration.
When the meditators mind slackens, it is time for him to summon courage, whip up
effort and overpower indolence. Obduracy of mind and mental factors is a dangerous
enemy of meditation; for when a mans mind is inert, slackness arises. This leads to
greater slackness which produces sullen indifference.
The Buddha warns against this flabbiness of character:
Who fails to strive when its time to strive
Who though young and strong is full of sloth
Who is loose in thoughts 17 and inactive
He does not by wisdom find the path. 18
Monks, I know not of any other single thing of such power to prevent the arising of sloth
and torpor, if not already arisen: or, if arisen, to cause its abandonment, as effort. In
whom there is strenuous effort, sloth and torpor arises not; or, if arisen, is it abandoned.
19

Mind culture through these four great efforts is not something that can be gained
overnight. It needs time and the regular practice of mental exercises. An athlete or body-
builder does not stop training after a day or two, but goes on with his programme.
Regular exercises without unnecessary strain are the key to physical fitness. If he only
practises by fits and starts, he will never be a good athlete. When training the mind, the
same golden rule should be applied--regular work and constant pressing on.
One need not struggle with evil thoughts when doing mental exercises. It should all be
natural. If we try to fight our evil thoughts we shall not succeed. Instead we should note
and watch our thoughts as they rise, analyse them, and try to ease the tension. The
technique is like that of swimming. If you do not move your limbs you will sink; if you
whirl about, you will not swim; or like the sleeper--if you struggle with the thought of
sleep, you will never fall off; it will only be a mental torment to you. You must not make
any effort to sleep. It must come naturally, and you should only relax any tense muscles.
Again, self-torment is one of the two extremes that the Buddha wants the meditator to
avoid as profitless. It is useless to torture the body in order to stop the rise of evil
thoughts, for such torment often ends in aversion and frustration. When the mind is
frustrated, callous indifference to meditation follows. All our mental exercises should be
natural and performed with awareness. Zeal without prudence is like running in the
night.
As the Buddha points out extremes should be avoided everywhere by those who wish to
gain deliverance through enlightenment--they should keep to the middle path. In the
practice of right effort, too, one has to follow the same median way.
A horseman, for instance, watches the speed of his mount and whenever it goes faster
than he wants, he reins it back. On the other hand whenever the horse shows signs of
slowing down he spurs it on and thus keeps to an even speed. Even so should one
cultivate right effort, not overdoing it lest one be flurried, and avoiding slackness lest
one becomes slothful. Like the horseman one should always be balanced. The following
illustrates this well.
There is the story 20 of a monk, the venerable Sona-kolivisa, who was making a violent
but unsuccessful effort to exert himself physically and mentally. Then the following
thought occurred to him while in solitude: The disciples of the Blessed One, live with
zealous effort and I am one of them. Yet my mind is not free of taints. My family has
wealth; I can enjoy my riches and do good; what if I were to give up the training and
revert to the low life, enjoy the riches and do good?
The Blessed One reading his thoughts approached him and asked:
- Sona, did you not think: The disciples of the Blessed One live with zealous effort ... (as
before) ... and do good?
- Yes, venerable sir.
- And what do you think, Sona, were you not skilful at the lute before, when you were a
layman?
- Yes, venerable sir.
- And what do you think, Sona, when the strings of your lute were over strung was it
then in tune and playable?
- No, indeed, venerable sir.
- And what do you think, Sona, when the strings of your lute were too slack was it then
in tune and playable?
- No, indeed, venerable sir.
- But when, Sona, the strings of your lute were neither overstrung nor too slack, but
keyed to the middle pitch, was it then in tune and playable?
- Surely, venerable sir.
- Even so, Sona, effort when too strenuous leads to flurry and when too slack to
indolence. Wherefore, Sona, make a firm determination thus: Understanding the
equality of the faculties,21 I shall grasp at the aim by uniformity of effort.
- Yes, venerable sir.
The venerable Sona followed the instructions of the Blessed One and in due course
attained perfection and was numbered among the Arahats. 22
The twentieth discourse of the Majjhima Nikaya gives practical instructions on how to
keep away distracting thoughts and is indispensable to a meditator. The gist of it is as
follows. The Buddha addressing his disciples said:
Monks, the monk who is intent on higher thought should reflect on five things from time
to time. What five?
1. If through reflection on an object, evil, unwholesome thoughts associated with desire,
hate and delusion arise in a monk, he should (in order to get rid of them) reflect on
another object which is wholesome. Then the evil unwholesome thoughts are removed;
they disappear. By their removal the mind stands firm and becomes calm, unified and
concentrated within (his subject of meditation).
As a skilled carpenter or his apprentice knocks out and removes a coarse peg with a fine
one, so should the monk get rid of that evil object by reflecting on another object which
is wholesome. Then the evil unwholesome thoughts associated with desire, hate and
delusion are removed, they disappear. By their removal the mind stands firm ... within.
2. If the evil thoughts still arise in a monk who reflects on another object which is
wholesome, he should consider the disadvantages of evil thoughts thus: "Indeed, these
thoughts of mine are unwholesome, blameworthy, and bring painful consequences."
Then his evil thoughts are removed, they disappear. By their removal the mind stands
firm ... within.
3. If the evil thoughts still arise in a monk who thinks over their disadvantages he should
pay no attention to, and not reflect on those evil thoughts. Then the evil thoughts are
removed, they disappear. By their removal the mind stands firm . . . within.
4. If the evil thoughts still arise in a monk who pays no attention to and does not reflect
on evil thoughts, he should reflect on removing the root of those thoughts. Then the evil
unwholesome thoughts are removed, they disappear. By their removal the mind stands
firm ... within.
5. If evil thoughts still arise in a monk who reflects on the removal of their root, he
should with clenched teeth, and tongue pressed against his palate, restrain, overcome,
and control the (evil) mind with the (good) mind. Then the evil thoughts are removed,
they disappear. By their removal the mind stands firm... within.
If through a monks reflection on a wholesome object; thinking over the disadvantages
of evil thoughts; paying no attention and not reflecting on evil thoughts; reflecting on
the removal of their root; restraining, overcoming, and controlling the (evil) mind with
the (good) mind with clenched teeth and tongue pressed against his palate; evil thoughts
are removed, and the mind stands firm and calm, becomes unified and concentrated
within (its subject of meditation), that monk is called a master of the paths along which
thoughts travel. He thinks the thought that he wants to think; he thinks not the thought
that he does not want to think. He has cut off craving and removed the fetter fully;
mastering pride he has made an end of suffering. 23
It is not only during an hour of serious meditation that we need this all-important quality
of right effort. It should be cultivated always wherever possible. In all our speech, actions
and behaviour, in our daily life, we need right effort to perform our duties
wholeheartedly and successfully. If we lack this quality of zealous effort, and give in to
sloth and indolence we cannot proceed with any degree of confidence in the work we
have undertaken.
To refrain from greed, anger, jealousy and a host of other evil thoughts to which people
are subject, we need strength of mind, strenuous effort and vigilance. When free from
the rush of city life, from nagging preoccupation with the world, we are not tempted to
lose control: it is only in society that it becomes an effort to check such lapses. Any
meditation we may have done is immense help to enable us to face all this with calm.
When developing right effort we must be sincere about our thoughts. If we analyse them
we find that they are not always good and wholesome. At times they are unwholesome
and foolish, though we may not always express them in words and actions or both. Now
if we allow such thoughts to rise repeatedly, it is a bad sign; for when an unhealthy
thought is allowed to recur again and again, it tends to become an obsession. It is,
therefore, essential to make a real effort to keep unwholesome thoughts at bay. When
they occur they should be ignored. Not to notice them is far from easy, but until we
succeed, unhealthy thoughts will always be taking possession of our minds.
There is, however, one thing to remember. A person bent on curbing harmful impulses
avoids, as far as possible, people who are obsessed by those impulses, and all talk that
leads to them. Try to avoid people and things that tend to colour your sane and sober
thoughts. Modern society is in danger of being swamped by distractions and temptations
which can only be controlled if we undertake the difficult task of steadily training our
minds.
Since worldly progress, gain and profit depend largely on our own efforts, surely we
should strive even harder to train our minds and so develop the best that is in us. Since
mental training requires the greatest effort, strive on now. Do not let your days pass
away like the shadow of a cloud which leaves behind it no trace for remembrance.
As Plotinus says:
Withdraw into yourself and look. And if you do not find yourself beautiful as yet, do as
does the creator of a statue that is to be made beautiful; he cuts away here, he smooths
there, he makes this line lighter, this other purer, until he has shown a beautiful face
upon the statue. So do you also; cut away all that is excessive; straighten all that is
crooked, bring light to all that is shadowed, labour to make all glow with beauty, and do
not cease chiselling your statue until there shall shine out on you the splendour of virtue,
until you shall see the final goodness surely established in the stainless shrine. 24
Mans mind influences his body profoundly. If allowed to function viciously and
entertain unwholesome thoughts, mind can cause disaster, can even kill a being; but it
can also cure a sick body. When mind is concentrated on right thoughts with right effort
and understanding the effect it can produce is immense. A mind with pure and
wholesome thoughts really does lead to healthy relaxed living.
Recent research in medicine, in experimental psychology and what is still called
parapsychology has thrown some light on the nature of mind and its position in the
world. During the last forty years the conviction has streadily grown among medical men
that very many causes of disease, organic as well as functional, are directly caused by
mental states. The body becomes ill because the mind controlling it either secretly wants
to make it ill, or else because it is in such a state of agitation that it cannot prevent the
body from sickening. Whatever its physical nature, resistance to disease is
unquestionably correlated with the psychological condition of the patient. 25 That even
so grossly physical a complaint as dental caries may be due to mental causes was
maintained in a paper read before the American Dental Congress in 1937. The author
pointed out that children living on a perfectly satisfactory diet may still suffer from
dental decay. In such cases, investigation generally shows that the childs life at home or
at school is in some way unsatisfactory. The teeth decay because their owner is under
mental strain.
Mind not only makes sick, it also cures. An optimistic patient has more chance of getting
well than a patient who is worried and unhappy. The recorded instances of faith healing
include cases in which even organic diseases were cured almost instantaneously. 26
In this connection it is interesting to observe the prevalence, in Buddhist lands, of
listening to the recital of the Dhamma for protection and deliverance from evil, and for
promoting welfare and well-being. The selected discourses for recital are known as
Paritta-suttas. Paritta in Pali and paritrana in Sanskrit mean, principally protection.
They are meant to describe certain suttas or discourses (spoken by the Buddha) that are
regarded as affording protection and deliverance from evil. The practice of reciting and
listening to the paritta-suttas began very early in the history of Buddhism. It is certain
that their recital produces mental well-being in those who listen to them with
intelligence and are confident in the truth of the Buddhas words. Such mental well-
being can help those who are ill to recover, and it can also help to induce the mental
attitude that brings happiness and to overcome its opposite. Originally in India those
who listened to paritta sayings of the Buddha understood what was recited and the effect
on them was correspondingly great.
According to the Dhamma the mind is so closely linked with the body that mental states
affect the bodys health and well-being. Some doctors even say that there is no such
thing as a purely physical disease. Unless, therefore, these bad mental states are caused
by previous evil acts (akusala kamma-vipaka), and are therefore unalterable, it is
possible so to change them as to cause mental health and physical well-being to follow
thereafter.
How can bad influences springing from evil beings be counteracted by recital of paritta-
suttas? Well, they are the result of evil thinking. They can, therefore, be destroyed by the
good states of mind induced by listening with intelligence and confidence to paritta
sayings, by reason of the power of concentration that comes into being through
adverting whole-heartedly to the truth of these sayings. Paritta-sutta recital is a form of
saccikiriya, of depending on truth for protection, justification or attainment. This means
complete establishment in the power of truth to gain ones end. The saying: The power
of truth protects a follower of the truth (Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacarim) is the
principle behind these sutra recitals. If it is true that virtue protects the virtuous, then a
person who listens to these sayings with complete confidence in the Buddhas words,
which spring from complete enlightenment, will acquire so virtuous a state of mind that
he will be able to conquer any evil influence.
The recital of paritta-sutta also brings material blessings through the mental states
caused by concentration and confidence in listening intelligently to the recital. According
to the Buddha right effort is a necessary factor in overcoming suffering. 27 Listening to
one of these recitals in the proper way can also generate energy for the purpose of doing
good and following the path of worldly progress with diligence.
There is hardly any doubt that listening to these paritta-suttas can produce in the
intelligent and confident listener only wholesome states which can cure and prevent
illness. There is no better medicine than truth (Dhamma) for both mental and physical
ills, which are the cause of all suffering and misfortune. So the recital of paritta-suttas
may, when they are listened to rightly, bring into being mental conditions of health
necessary for material progress, physical welfare and well-being.
l. Vinaya Mahavagga, khandaka.
2. The word Mara is used in the sense of passions (kilesa). Mara often implies the
Buddhist personification of all that is evil; i.e. all that bind man to the round of
existence.
3. Dhp. 7.
4. Indriya-bhavanam.
5. M. 152.
6. Sn. 332.
7. A. iv. 234.
8. M. 70. I. 481.
9. S. i. 157.
10. Bv. Verse 107; Jat. Com.
11. Sn. 440.
12. Samvara, pahana, bhavana, anurakkhana.
13. Sati, dhamma-vicaya, viriya, piti, passaddhi, samadhi, upekkha.
14. A. ii. 15 suttas 13, 14.
15. P. 84.
16. See chapter 14.
17. That is entertaining thoughts of lust, hate, harm, etc.
18. Dhp. 280.
19. A. 1.4.
20. Vinaya Texts, ii. 1 ff; A. iii. 374-5 sutta 55.
21. The faculties are five in number: Faith, energy, mindfulness, concentration and
wisdom (saddha, viriya, sati, samadhi and panna) M. 70, 77 and passim. On these
faculties see S. v. 377.
22. This episode occurs in the Commentary to the Thera-gatha: He received a subject of
study from the Master, but was unable to concentrate, owing to his meeting people while
he stayed in Cool Wood. And he thought: "My body is too delicately reared to arrive
happily at happiness. A recluses duties involve bodily fatigues." So he disregarded the
painful sores on his feet got from pacing up and down, and strove his utmost but was
unable to win. And he thought: "I am not able to create either path or fruit. Of what use
is this religious life to me? I will go back to lower things and work merit." Then the
Master discerned, and saved him by the lesson on the Parable of the Lute, showing him
how to temper energy with calm. Thus corrected, he went to Vultures Peak, and in due
course won arahatship. Psalms of the Brethren by Mrs. Rhys Davids (P.T.S., London), p.
275.
23. For a detailed account see The Removal of Distracting Thoughts by Soma There
(Buddhist Publication Society, Kandy, Ceylon). For brevitys sake I omitted all the similes
but one.
24. Plotinus on the Beautiful, translated by Stephen MacKenna. Reproduced in
Meditation for Beginners by J. I. Wedgwood.
25. For the physical basis of resistance, see The Nature of Disease by J. E. R. McDonagh,
F.R.C.S.
26. Aldous Huxley, Ends and Means (London, 1946), pp. 258, 259.
27. See S. i. 214.
CHAPTER 13
RIGHT MINDFULNESS
(Samma-sati)
It is no exaggeration to say that for us the most important thing in the universe is
ourselves. If, on the other hand, we hold that some other thing, whether animate or
inanimate, is as wonderful, it is our mind that is responsible for the opinion. In us the
most wonderful and important thing is our mind, our consciousness. If the so-called
individual is compared to a magnet, his mind represents the magnetic force which,
though imperceptible and intangible, can work wonders. Mans mind too is like that; it
manifests in diverse ways. It is dominant, pre-eminent and supersedes all existing forces,
for it is beyond the laws of chemistry and physics.
Now if we consider ourselves the most important thing in the world, it behoves us to
protect ourselves and others at the same time.
If you hold yourself
Dear, watch yourself well. 1
The following discourse of 2 the Buddha illustrates the point.
Once upon a time, monks, an acrobat climbed his bamboo pole and called to his pupil:
"Now, boy, climb the pole and stand on my shoulders." When the pupil had done so the
master said: "Now, boy, protect me and I will protect you; by thus looking after each
other, we will show our tricks, earn money and come down safe from the pole."
The pupil, however, said: "No, master, that wont do. You protect yourself, and I will
protect myself. Thus self-protected and self-guarded we will show our tricks, earn
money, and come down safe from the pole. That is the method!"
The Blessed One continued:
Now, monks, just as the pupil said to his master: "I will protect myself," so should you
practise the Foundations of Mindfulness 3 (i.e. mindfulness should be practised for self-
protection). "I will protect others," thus the Foundations of Mindfulness should be
practiced (i.e. mindfulness should be practised to protect others). By protecting oneself,
one protects others; by protecting others one protects oneself. And how, monks, by
protecting oneself does one protect others? By repeated practice, by developing, by
frequent occupation with it.
And how, monks, by protecting others, does one protect oneself? It is by forbearance, by
harmlessness, by lovingkindness and by compassion.... Monks, you must practise
foundations of mindfulness, saying: "I will protect myself," "I will protect others."
What this discourse indicates is clear to the thoughtful reader. The emphasis is on
mindfulness. The Buddha exhorts us to cultivate the Foundations of Mindfulness for our
own and others protection.
Forbearance, harmlessness, lovingkindness and compassion are virtues through which
one brings protection and security to others. None of these virtues can be cultivated
without mindfulness. The person who is mindful is conscious of his thoughts, words and
acts.
Right mindfulness guards a man from deviating from the path of righteousness, and
encourages him to do that which is good. Thus through arousing mindfulness, by
repeated practice, by frequent occupation with it, one protects oneself and others.
To protect oneself is not egoism, not selfish security, but self-discipline, self-training,
both moral and mental training. To the extent that we are mentally strong and
confident, so can we help others. If we are weak and diffident we can help neither
ourselves nor others. Altruism, as a principle of action, is based on our character and
mental development.
The saying: By protecting oneself one protects others; by protecting others one protects
oneself, removes the dual misconception that the followers of original Buddhism, of the
Theravada, are selfish and pessimistic. Many in their enthusiasm think that the genuine
meditator who strives to train himself, or the man who tries to guard himself from evil, is
self-centred, but this is not justifiable. One must train, must guard oneself to be of
service to others. Such silent folk are often invisible helpers. A person may be large-
hearted, but if his private life is questionable, and leads to no good, from the standpoint
of the Buddha he neglects himself very badly, and cannot really serve others; he is no
real helper of society.
We should also be on our guard against taking the latter part of the saying and
overemphasizing it in our enthusiasm to serve others. The two parts of the sentence
should be taken together if we are to be balanced.
The Bodhisatta, 4 as is evident from the scriptures, first trained himself, cultivated the
Parami, the Perfections, to the full, before he attained supreme enlightenment. Then
exercising wisdom and compassion, the two cardinal virtues of his teachings he guided
others on the right path and became a true helper of mankind. As a Bodhisatta while
giving a helping hand to others, he did not fail to help himself. We ought always to serve
others, while at the same time never forgetting ourselves and training ourselves in
mindfulness. That is the right method leading to the welfare and well-being of oneself
and others.
In another context the Buddha says: One should first establish oneself in what is proper;
then instruct others. Such a wise man will not become stained (will not be remorseful). 5
In the Buddhist texts we often come across the word appamada, heedfulness, which is
very close to the word sati, mindfulness. It is difficult to translate appamada adequately.
Literally it means the non-neglect of mindfulness. Pamada, its opposite, is negligence,
which in this context means allowing ones mind to wander among objects of sense
pleasure. Appamada implies, therefore, ever-present watchfulness or heedfulness in
avoiding ill and doing good. The word is definitely used to denote mindfulness.
It is significant that the Buddha emphasizes the importance of appamada in his final
admonition to his disciples: Strive on with heedfulness (appamadena sampadetha). It is
equally significant to note that the last words of the Venerable Sariputta, the foremost
disciple of the Buddha, who predeceased the Master, also advocate the value of
appamada: Strive on with heedfulness, this is my advice to you.
Mindfulness, complete awareness, and clear comprehension--these are the ways with
which one brings meditation to fulfilment. He who is mindful and aware of himself at all
times, is already at the gates of the Deathless.
Meditation is the life-blood of Buddhism, as heedlessness is of death. Says the Buddha:
Heedfulness is the way to the Deathless; 6 heedlessness is the way to death. The heedful
do not die; 7 the heedless are like the dead.
Clearly understanding this (difference) 8 the wise in heedfulness, delighting in the
pasture 9 of the Noble Ones (ariyas) rejoice in (their own) heedfulness.
Ever meditative, ever strenuously striving, those wise ones realize Nibbana, the supreme
security from bondage. 10
The importance of heedfulness is emphasized by the Master in these words:
As the footprint of every creature that walks the earth can be placed in the elephants
footprint which is the largest of all-even so heedfulness is the one quality by which one
acquires welfare both here and hereafter. 11
Heedfulness causes wholesome thoughts that have not yet arisen to rise. It also causes
unwholesome thoughts that have already risen to wane. In him who is heedful, good
thoughts, not yet arisen, arise, and evil thoughts, if arisen, wane. 12
The man with presence of mind, who surrounds himself with watchfulness of mind
(satima), the man of courage and earnestness--passes the lethargic and the heedless
(pamatto) as a racehorse a decrepit hack.
Heedful among the slothful
Awake among the sleepy,
The sage outstrips them all
As the racehorse a hack. 13
Constant mindfulness and vigilance is necessary to avoid ill and do good. Our thoughts
and emotions need constant care and watchfulness to direct them to the path of
purification. It is through such persevering watchfulness that mental progress is realized.
Much learning is of no advantage to its possessor if he lacks mindfulness without which
he cannot make the best use of his learning, Even learned men fail to see a thing in its
proper perspective when they lack this all-important quality of mindfulness. Men of good
standing, owing to words spoken thoughtlessly and without due consideration to their
consequences, are often subject to severe and justifiable criticism. There is a saying: The
spoken word, the lost opportunity, and the sped arrow can never be recalled.
Mindfulness in a sense, is the chief characteristic of all good and wholesome actions that
tend to ones own and anothers profit.
Let us listen to these words of the Buddha: O monks, I know of no other single thing
that brings such great loss as heedlessness. I know of no other single thing that brings
such great profit as heedfulness. Heedfulness, verily, brings great profit. 14
The Master warns his followers against heedlessness because it is so detrimental to mans
progress, both worldly and spiritual. Be on the alert; be mindful, is a warning that he
gave to his disciples whenever he detected them lacking in earnestness. Exhorted by a
single saying of this nature many a man changed his whole life. The books record
instances where this happened after some brief reminder such as:
Be vigilant, be mindful,
Be well-disciplined, O monks,
With thoughts well collected
Keep watch over your mind. 15
Further says the Blessed One:
I, monks, do not say to each and every monk that he should strive on with heedfulness;
neither do I say that he should not strive on with heedfulness. Those monks who are
Arahats, taint-extinguished, who have lived the holy life, done what was to be done, laid
down the burden, who have attained their goal by stages and utterly destroyed the
fetters of becoming, who are freed by perfect knowledge--to such monks, I do not say
"strive on with heedfulness". For what reason? Perfected are they through heedfulness, it
is not possible for them to be headless. But, those monks who are training, and have not
attained mental perfection, but live aspiring for the supreme security from bondage to
such I say "strive on with heedfulness". For what reason? It is good, if these monks, living
in suitable quarters, associating with good friends, restraining their sense faculties,
would realize and live by attaining here and now, by their higher knowledge, that
supreme consummation of the noble life for the sake of which sons of (good) family
rightly leave home for homelessness. Seeing this fruit of heedfulness for these disciples,
monks, I say "workout your deliverance with heedfulness". 16
As we discussed in the preceding chapter, meditation is fulfilled by the conjunction of
the three last factors of the path: effort, mindfulness and concentration. These form the
three strands of the rope; they are intertwined and interrelated. Mindfulness, however, is
considered as the strongest strand, for it plays an important role in the acquisition of
both calm and insight. Mindfulness which is awareness is a certain function of the mind
and, therefore, a mental factor. Without this all-important factor of mindfulness one
cannot cognize sense objects, one cannot be fully aware of ones behaviour, it is called
tight mindfulness because it avoids misdirected attention, and prevents the mind from
paying attention to things in a false way. Mindfulness guides its possessor on the right
path to purity and freedom.
Now this right mindfulness should be applied to each and every thing one does. In all
our movements we are expected to be mindful. Whether we walk, stand or sit, whether
we speak, keep silent, eat, drink or answer the calls of nature--in all these and in all
other activities we should be mindful and wide awake. Mindfulness, O monks, I declare,
is essential in all things everywhere. 17
In this context it must be noted that in the Buddhist scriptures the word mindfulness
(sati) is often used with another word of equal significance, clear comprehension
(sampajanna). The compound word sati-sampajanna occurs frequently in the discourses.
Mindfulness and clear comprehension are co-operative.
As a man going from the open into a dark room gradually discerns the objects in it, so
does a man when fully awake and mindful comprehend things better and bring their true
nature to light. The true nature of things is shrouded by ignorance, is camouflaged by
nescience; but mindfulness of the right type, which we shall discuss in this chapter, aids
man to right understanding and deliverance of mind.
Just as in a gabled house, monks, whatever rafters there are all converge on the ridge-
pole, resort equally to the ridge-pole, are fixed in the ridge-pole and join together there,
even so, whatever wrong states there are, all are rooted in ignorance, are fixed in
ignorance and join together there. Wherefore, monks, you must train yourselves: "We
will live together with heedfulness." 18
Ignorance is to experience that which is unworthy of being experienced, namely evil.
Further it is the non-perception of the conglomerate nature of the aggregates; non-
perception of sense organ and object in their nature as organ and object; non-perception
of the emptiness or the relativity of the primaries; non-perception of the dominant
nature of the sense-controlling faculties and of the thus-ness, the infallibility, of the Four
Truths. 19
And the five hindrances nourish (or condition) this ignorance. They hinder the
understanding of the way to release from suffering. And what nourishes these
hindrances? The three evil modes of life: bodily, verbal and mental wrong-doing. This
threefold nutriment is in turn nourished by non-restraint of the senses. The food of non-
restraint is shown to be lack of mindfulness and clear comprehension (asati
asampajanna). In this context non-restraint is caused by the object (dhamma) drifting
away, by the mind lapsing and forgetting the characteristics of existence (impermanence,
unsatisfactoriness and voidness of self) and the true nature of things.
It is when one does not bear in mind the impermanency and other characteristics of
things that one allows oneself liberties in speech and deed, and gives rein to imagination
of an unwholesome kind. Lack of clear comprehension means no clear comprehension of
purpose, suitability, resort and non-delusion. 20 When one does something without a
right purpose; when one considers or does things which do not help the good, or which
prevent improvement; when one forgets the Dhamma, which is the true resort of those
who strive; when one lays hold of things believing in ones delusion that they are
pleasant, permanent and substantial, then non-restraint is encouraged.
And behind this lack of mindfulness and clear comprehension lies unwise or
unsystematic attention, which the books call attention that is off the right course. For it
takes the impermanent as permanent, the unsatisfactory as satisfactory, the soulless as
soul, the offensive as beautiful or the bad as good. 21
When unsystematic attention increases it fulfils two things: ignorance and thirst for
becoming. Ignorance being present, the arising of the entire mass of suffering comes to
be. Thus a person of unwise or unsystematic attention revolves endlessly in the cycle of
existence (samsara); like a ship drifting at the winds will, like a herd of cattle in a
whirlpool or like an ox yoked to a cart.
The word sati (Skt. smrti) also means memory or remembrance ; for instance terms
such as anussati, calling to mind; patissati, remembrance, indicate memory, but in the
doctrine, mindfulness in the sense of attention or awareness is most significant. As
with any other factor of the Eightfold Path, there are two mindfulnesses, one wrong and
the other right. The former is mindfulness directed towards things evil and unwholesome
while the latter is directed towards things good and wholesome. Now right mindfulness
in the Noble Eightfold Path is explained as the fourfold Arousing of Mindfulness
(Satipatthana). The word patthana, which is the shortened form of upatthana, means
literally placing near (ones mind), i.e. remaining aware, establishing or arousing, as in
the expression satim upatthapetva, literally having kept present (his mindfulness).
To raise up the person to a keen sense of awareness in regard to an object and to bring
into activity, to call forth, and stir up the controlling faculty, the power, the
enlightenment factor, and the way factor of mindfulness is the Arousing of Mindfulness
designed.
Every Arousing of Mindfulness in regard to body, feeling consciousness or a mental
object can be considered as a beginning of the road to insight. And so these "Arousings"
are, in a sense, "starting points". Further with the Arousing of Mindfulness one wakes up
heedfulness, intentness and carefulness, and is in a state of mental preparedness in
regard to any work in hand.
These Arousings of Mindfulness are many as regards objects, but are one in the: sense of
taking place in a single way of quietude charged with insight that leads to Nibbana. 22
The discourse on the Arousing of Mindfulness (Satipatthana-sutta, Skt. Smrti-upasthana
sutra), which may be called the most important discourse by the Buddha on mental
development or meditation, occurs twice in the Buddhist Canon, as the tenth discourse
of the Majjhima Nikaya and as the twenty-second of the Digha Nikaya. The latter, which
is called the Maha-satipatthana-sutta, i.e. the Great Discourse, deals with the Four Noble
Truths at length, and it is only in this respect that it differs from the former. The
discourse which is reproduced at the end of this chapter is the shorter version.
There is no other single discourse in the entire Buddhist Canon that is regarded with so
much reverence and high esteem by those who follow the original teachings of the
Buddha. In Sri Lanka this sutta is recited by the lay devotees when they observe the eight
precepts on a full moon day, and spend the time at a monastery. Even if they do not
understand the full meaning of the discourse they listen attentively with deep devotion
thus concentrating their minds on the Buddha-word. It is a common sight to see a monk
reciting this sutta by the bedside of a dying man so that his mind may be directed
towards, and concentrated on, the Buddha-word and that his last thoughts may be
purified.
If we read and try to understand this discourse it becomes clear that it covers the
principal tenets of Buddhism, and that mindfulness has to be applied to all--the world
within and without--always, everywhere during our waking life.
One may think that the contents of this discourse are rather obsolete and impracticable.
That is because man has adapted himself to his environment and lives subserviently in a
rut. Our character depends upon our habits which with most of our longings and in-
clinations do not lead to right thinking and understanding, but to detesting anything that
might drag the mind from its customary channels.
The ordinary layman in the midst of lifes turmoil may wonder how a busy man can
practise satipatthana, the Arousing of Mindfulness, as described in the discourse. It is
true that the practice of some of the sati methods mentioned in the sutta needs time and
a cloistered atmosphere: but surely it can be cultivated during our daily work. For
instance there is no need to go into seclusion to curb hindrances. It is while we are in
society that we are often confronted with disagreeable sights and sounds, etc., which
tend to evoke harmful and unhealthy thoughts, and it is then that we need mindfulness
to restrain ourselves from entertaining them. While we are at work, sense desire, ill-will,
jealousy, pride and other unwholesome thoughts are sure to arise and upset our balance
of mind. It is then that we need meditation to check such harmful elements. If we are not
slaves to our passions, if we are strong-willed, we can restrain ourselves and curb the
conflicts in us.
Further, time spent in secluded contemplation is not wasted: it goes a long way to
strengthen a mans character. It is an asset to our daily work and progress if we can find
the time to cut ourselves off from routine and spend a day or two in quiet contemplation.
This is surely not escapism or living in idleness, but the best way to strengthen our minds
and mental qualities. It is a beneficial introspection; it is by examining ones thoughts
and feelings that one can probe into the inner meaning of things, and find the power
within.
A certain aloofness, a withdrawing of the mind at times from the busy-ness of life is a
requisite to mental hygiene.
Right mindfulness is a mental factor that sharpens the power of observation, and assists
right thinking and understanding. Orderly thinking and reflection is conditioned by
mans right mindfulness or awareness. The five senses used by the conscious mind as
instruments provide food for thought. The suitability or not of the food we take depends
on our mindfulness. If, for instance, what we take in is conditioned by wrong
mindfulness and unsystematic attention, then it tends to make our mind sick, and often
deludes us.
The discourse states clearly how a man takes heed of his thoughts, mindfully watching
and observing each and every one, good or ill, salutary or otherwise. The whole of the
discourse warns us against negligence and day-dreaming and urges us to be mentally
alert and watchful. As a matter of fact, the earnest student will note that the very
reading of the discourse, at times, makes him watchful, earnest and serious-minded. It
goes without saying that right mindfulness is a quality that no sensible man treats with
contempt. Truly it is essential to cultivate mindfulness in these distracted times when so
many people are unbalanced.
Right mindfulness is instrumental not only in bringing concentrative calm, but in
promoting right understanding and right living. It is an essential factor in all our actions
both worldly and spiritual. Mindfulness is as salt to curry. 23
Unwholesome thoughts interfere with concentration, and the function of right effort, as
we saw above, is to put aside such thoughts and promote and maintain healthy ones; but
this is not possible if we lack mindfulness or constant watchfulness. Right effort and
right mindfulness go arm in arm to check the arising of evil thoughts and to develop and
promote good thoughts. As the Master points out at the very beginning of the sutta, the
fourfold Arousing of Mindfulness is the one and only way along which the liberated ones
have safely gone. Therefore it is said:
Ever virtuous and wise, with mind collected,
Reflecting on oneself and ever mindful,
One crosses the flood so difficult to cross. 24
Let us now turn to that one and only way.
The Discourse on the Foundations of Mindfulness 25
Thus have I heard:
At one time the Blessed One was living among the Kurus, at Kammasadhamma, a market
town of the Kuru people.
Then the Blessed One addressed the monks thus: Monks, and they replied: venerable
sir. The Blessed One spoke as follows:
This is the only way, monks, to purify beings, surmount sorrow and lamentation, destroy
pain and grief, reach the right path and realize Nibbana, it is the way of the four
Foundations of Mindfulness. What four? Herein (in this Dispensation), a monk 26 lives
practising body-contemplation on the body, ardent, clearly comprehending and mindful
(of it), having overcome covetousness and grief concerning the world (of the body); he,
lives practising feeling-contemplation on feelings, ardent; clearly comprehending and
mindful, having overcome covetousness and grief concerning the world (of feeling), he
lives practising mind-contemplation on the mind, ardent, clearly comprehending and
mindful, having overcome covetousness and grief concerning the world (of the mind); he
lives practising mind-object contemplation on mind objects, ardent, clearly
comprehending and mindful, having overcome covetousness and grief concerning the
world of (mental objects).
I. THE CONTEMPLATION OF THE BODY
1. Mindfulness on Breathing
And how, monks, does a monk live practising body-contemplation on the body. Herein, a
monk having gone to the forest, to the foot of a tree, or to a lonely place 27 sits down
cross-legged 28 keeping the body erect and his mindfulness alert, mindful he breathes in,
mindful he breathes out. When breathing in a long breath, he knows: I breathe in a long
breath; when breathing out a long breath, he knows: I breathe out a long breath; when
breathing in a short breath, he knows: I breathe out a short breath. Conscious of the
entire process 29 will breathe in, thus he trains himself: Conscious of the entire process I
will breathe out, thus he trains himself.
Thus he lives practising body-contemplation on the body internally or externally or both
internally and externally (that is contemplating his own breathing and anothers
breathing, and contemplating his own and anothers breathing alternatively).... Thus he
lives independent clinging to nothing in the world.
Thus indeed, a monk lives practising body-contemplation on the body.
2. The Postures of the Body
And again, when going, he knows: I am going; when standing, sitting, lying down, he
knows (i.e. he is aware of the posture); he knows any other position of the body. Thus
he lives practising body-contemplation on the body ... (as before)..... He lives
independent, clinging to nothing in the world.
3. The Fourfold Clear Comprehension
And again, in going forward and in going backward, he applies clear comprehension; in
looking straight forward and in looking elsewhere, he applies clear comprehension; in
bending and in stretching he applies clear comprehension; in wearing the robes, carrying
the alms bowl, in eating, drinking, chewing, savouring, in answering the calls of nature,
he applies ]ear comprehension; in walking, in standing, in sitting, in sleeping 30; in
waking, in speaking and in keeping silence, he applies clear comprehension. Thus he
lives practising body-contemplation on the body....
He lives independent clinging to nothing in the world.
4. The Reflection on the Repulsiveness of the Body
And again, he reflects on this very body encased by the skin and full of impurities from
the soles up and from the hair of the head down, thinking thus: There are in this body,
hair of the head, hair of the body, nails, teeth, flesh, sinews, bones. . . .
Thus he lives practising body-contemplation on the body.....
He lives independent clinging to nothing in the world.
5. The Reflection on the Material Elements
And again, he reflects on this very body... thinking thus: There are, in this body, the
elements of solidity, fluidity, temperature and motion 31 ...
Thus he lives practising body-contemplation on the body. . ..
He lives independent clinging to nothing in the world.
6. The Nine Cemetery Contemplations
And again, if he sees a dead body... .. . he contemplates on his own body thus: Verily,
this body of mine too is of the same nature, it will become like that and will not escape
from it.
Thus he lives practising body-contemplation on the body....
He lives independent clinging to nothing in the world.
(The discourse explains nine different stages of the corpse. In each case the meditator
contemplates on his own body thus: Verily, this body of mine too is of the same nature,
it will become like that and will not escape it.)
II. THE CONTEMPLATION OF FEELINGS
And, how does a monk live practising feeling-contemplation on feelings? Herein, a monk
when experiencing a pleasant feeling, knows: I experience a pleasant feeling; when
experiencing a painful feeling, he knows: I experience a painful feeling; when
experiencing a neutral feeling, he knows: I experience a neutral feeling. When
experiencing a pleasant worldly feeling, he knows: I experience a pleasant worldly
feeling; when experiencing a pleasant unworldly feeling, he knows: I experience a
pleasant unworldly feeling; when experiencing a painful worldly feeling, he knows: I
experience a painful worldly feeling; when experiencing a painful unworldly feeling, he
knows: I experience a painful unworldly feeling; when experiencing a neutral worldly
feeling, he knows: I experience a neutral worldly feeling; when experiencing a neutral
unworldly feeling, he knows: I experience a neutral unworldly feeling. 32
Thus he lives practising feeling contemplation on feelings internally or externally ... (as
before).... He lives independent clinging to nothing in the world.
III. THE CONTEMPLATION OF MIND
And how does a monk live practising mind contemplation on the mind? Herein a monk
knows the mind with lust, as being with lust; the mind without lust, as being without
lust; the mind with hate, as being with hate; the mind without hate, as being without
hate; the mind with delusion as being with delusion; the mind without delusion, as
being without delusion; the shrunken state of mind as the shrunken state (that is an
inert state of mind); the distracted state of mind as the distracted state (that is a restless
state of mind); the developed state of mind as the developed state (the consciousness of
rupa and arupa jhana, i.e. meditative absorptions of the form and formless sphere); the
undeveloped state of mind as the undeveloped state (the ordinary consciousness of
sensuous existence); the surpassable mind as surpassable (the consciousness of sensuous
existence); the unsurpassable mind as unsurpassable (the consciousness of the form and
formless sphere); the concentrated mind as concentrated; the unconcentrated mind as
unconcentrated; the liberated mind as liberated; the unliberated mind as unliberated.
Thus he lives practising mind-contemplation on the mind internally or externally... (as
before)...
He lives independent clinging to nothing in the world.
IV. THE CONTEMPLATION OF MIND-OBJECTS
And how does a monk live practising mind-object contemplation on the mind-objects?
1. The Five Hindrances
Herein a monk lives practising mind-object contemplation on the mind-objects of the five
hindrances. 33 And how does he practise mind-object contemplation on the mind-objects
of the five hindrances?
Herein, when sense desire is present in him, the meditator knows: There is sense desire
in me, or when sense desire is absent, he knows: There is no sense desire in me. He
knows how the abandoning of arisen sense desire comes to be; and he knows how the
non-arising in the future of the abandoned sense desire comes to be. (The same with
regard to ill-will, sloth and torpor, restlessness and worry and sceptical doubt).
Thus he lives practising mind-object contemplation on mind-objects internally or
externally...
He lives independent clinging to nothing in the world.
2. The Five Aggregates of Clinging
Herein a meditator thinks: Thus is material form, thus is the arising of material form,
thus is the passing away of material form. (Similarly with regard to feeling, perception,
mental formations and consciousness.) Thus he lives practising mind-object contem-
plation on mind-objects internally or externally.... He lives independent clinging to
nothing in the world.
3. The Six Internal and the Six External Sense-bases
Herein a meditator knows the eye, knows material (visible) forms and the fetter 34 that
arises dependent on both (the eye and forms); he knows how the arising of the non-
arisen fetter comes to be; he knows how the abandoning of the arisen fetter comes to be,
and he knows how the non-arising in the future of the abandoned fetter comes to be.
He knows the ear and sounds ... the nose and smells ... the tongue and savours ... the
body and tactile objects ... the mind and mind-objects, and knows the fetter arising
dependent on both; he knows how the arising of the non-arisen fetter comes to be; he
knows how the abandoning of the arisen fetter comes to be; and he knows how the non-
arising in the future of the abandoned fetter comes to be.
Thus he lives practising mind-object contemplation on mind-objects internally or
externally.. . .
He lives independent clinging to nothing in the world.
4. The Seven Factors of Enlightenment
Herein, when the enlightenment-factor of mindfulness is present in him, the meditator
knows: The enlightenment-factor of mindfulness is in me; or when the enlightenment-
factor of mindfulness is absent, he knows: The enlightenment-factor of mindfulness is
not in me. He knows how the arising of the non-arisen enlightenment-factor of
mindfulness comes to be; and he knows how the consummation of the development of
the arisen enlightenment factor of mindfulness comes to be. (Similarly with regard to the
 35
other six factors of enlightenment: Investigation of dhammas, energy, rapture, calm,
concentration and equanimity.)
Thus he lives practising mind-object contemplation internally or externally.
He lives independent clinging to nothing in the world.
5. The Four Noble Truths
Herein a monk knows according to reality: This is suffering; this is the arising of
suffering; this is the cessation of suffering; this is the path leading to the cessation of
suffering.
Thus he lives practising mind-object contemplation on mind-objects internally or
externally or both internally and externally....
He lives contemplating origination-factors in mind-objects, or he lives contemplating
dissolution-factors in mind-objects, or he lives contemplating both origination-and-
dissolution factors in mind-objects. Or his mindfulness is established with the thought,
mental objects exist, to the extent necessary for just knowledge and mindfulness, and he
lives independent clinging to nothing in the world.
Thus indeed, monks, a monk lives practising mind-object-contemplation on the mind-
objects of the Four Noble Truths.
Verily, O monks, should any person practise these four Arousings of Mindfulness in this
manner for seven years, then he should expect one of two results: Knowledge (of final
Deliverance, i.e. Arahatship or Sainthood) here and now, or, if there be yet a remainder
of clinging, the state of Non-return (anagamita, the penultimate stage of sainthood). 36
Let alone seven years, should any person practise these four Arousings of Mindfulness in
this manner for seven months ... six months . . . five months ... three months ... two
months ... a month ... half-a-month--then he should expect one of two results:
Knowledge here and now, or, if there be yet a remainder of clinging, the state of Non-
return.
Let alone half-a-month, should any person practise these four Arousings of Mindfulness
in this manner for seven days, then he should expect one of two results: Knowledge here
and now, or, if there be yet a remainder of clinging, the state of Non-return.
Because of this it was said: This is the only way, O monks, for the purification of beings,
for the surmounting of sorrow and lamentation, for the destroying of pain and grief, for
reaching the right path, for realizing Nibbana, namely the four Arousings of Mind-
fulness.
Thus spoke the Blessed One. Glad at heart, the monks welcomed the words of the
Blessed One.37
The careful reader will note that in this discourse mindfulness is specially concerned
with just four things: Body, feeling, mind and mind-objects, all pertaining to the human
being. The contemplation of the body makes us realize its true nature, without any pre-
tence, by analysing it right down to its ultimates, into its fundamental elements. This
mental scrutiny of our own bodies helps us to realize what kind of a phenomenon the
human body is, to realize that it is a process without any underlying substance or core
that may be taken as permanent and lasting.
The in-breathing and out-breathing discussed here, we know, is spontaneous. Normally
no one tries to breathe consciously, but when practising mindfulness on breathing we try
to do it consciously and to be aware of the breath. What is aimed at is to cultivate and
increase the power of concentration, and to acquire tranquillity of body and mind. It is
interesting to note that modern psychologists have recognized the value and importance
of conscious breathing as tending to ease the tension and restlessness of mans mind.
Again the exercising of clear comprehension in connection with the postures of the body
and its actions like walking, etc., aids us to remove discursive thoughts, improve our
power of concentration and develop awareness and heedfulness.
Then the contemplation of feeling which is the second type of mindfulness mentioned in
the discourse is purely subjective, a doing in the mind. We are expected to analyse our
feelings or sensations and decide whether they are pleasant, unpleasant or neutral.
Generally, people are depressed when they have to entertain unpleasant sensations, they
dislike such feelings, but are elated over pleasant sensations. This mental exercise of
mindfulness, however, helps a man to experience all feelings with a detached outlook,
and to avoid becoming a slave to sensations. He also learns gradually to realize that
there is only a feeling and that too is a passing phenomenon; there is no Self that feels.
The contemplation of mind which is the third type of mindfulness speaks to us of the
importance of studying our own mind, of becoming aware of our diverse thoughts-in this
case, thoughts of lust, hate and delusion, the root cause of all wrong-doing, and their
opposites that counteract those unwholesome thoughts. This kind of dispassionate
discernment of mind and its thoughts makes a man understand the real function of his
mind, its real nature and behaviour, how it can be used for both useless and profitable
actions. The man who practises contemplation of the mind learns to control it and not be
under its sway.
The books tell us the interesting story of the elder Maha Phussa. Practising mindfulness
he was always watching his thoughts. If while walking an evil thought were to occupy
his mind, he would stop and not continue until the evil thought had been got rid of.
People who noticed this used to wonder whether he had lost his way, or lost something
on the way. Later through constant practice of mindfulness he became an Arahat, a man
without taints. This indicates that the ancients were aware of their thoughts not only
when seated in a given posture at a particular time, for meditation, but always.
This contemplation of the mind also makes us realize that what we call mind is only an
ever-changing process consisting of equally changing mental factors, and that there is no
abiding entity called Ego, Self or Soul.
The fourth and last type of mindfulness covers all the essential Dhamma, the teachings
of the Master, most of which are discussed in detail in the present work.
The description of each type of mindfulness in the sutta ends with the words: he lives
independent clinging to nothing in the world. This is the result aimed at by the
meditator, an achievement for the earnest and ever zealous. Hard indeed it is to live
clinging to nothing in the world, and our efforts to reach such high levels of mental life
may not be crowned with success. Yet it is worth while striving again and again. Some
day, if not in this life, in another birth, we may reach the summit that all who really
strive have reached. Sow a thought, someone has said, and you reap a deed. Sow a
deed, and you reap a habit. Sow a habit, and you reap a character. Sow a character, and
you reap a destiny--for character is destiny.
1. Dhp. 157.
2. S. v. 168.
3. Satipatthana, literally setting-up of mindfulness.
4. See chapter 1, n 6.
5. Dhp. 158.
6. Amata = Nibbana, com.
7. This does not mean that the heedful are immortal; far from it, all beings are mortal;
the idea implied is that the heedful who realize the deathless Nibbana are beyond both
birth and death. The heedless are regarded as dead; for they are subject to repeated
births and deaths, samsara.
8. The fact that there is an escape from samsara for the heedful, but not for the heedless.
9. Gocara, i.e. Foundations of Mindfulness (satipatthana).
10. Dhp. 21-23.
11. S. i. 86.
12. A. i. 11.
13. Dhp. 29, Lit. As a swift horse a weak one.
14. A. 3.
15. D. ii. 120.
16. M. 70.
17. S. v. 115.
18. S. ii. 263.
19. Sv. p. 134.
20. Sattha sampajanna, sappaya-s, gocara-s, asammoha-s.
21. See also chapter 7.
22. The Way of Mindfulness, Bhikkhu Soma (Lake House, Colombo, 1949). p. xviii.
23. Satipatthana Com.
24. Sn. 174.
25. I have slightly condensed the discourse without deleting the essentials, but have
dropped the similes.
26. Whosoever undertakes this practice is meant by the term monk (bhikkhu, Skt.
bhikshu) Com.
27. Your own bedroom, or your shrine room if you are fortunate in having one, may be
a lonely and more personal place for you.
28. This posture, like an isosceles triangle and practised by most of the easterners, may
not be practicable to some, especially those of the western world, but they can adopt a
posture that does not bring them discomfort. They may sit on a chair, but for this
particular meditation, unlike the others, the body should be erect without unnecessary
rigidity, hands may be relaxed on the lap, or the right palm may be placed on the left.
Eyes may be shut or they may gaze at the tip of the nose without straining themselves;
lips should be closed, the tongue touching the upper palate. All these indicate that a
person bent on this meditation should also try to have his body collected, which is an
asset to his mental concentration.
29. Sabba-kaya. Literally, the whole (breath) body. According to the Visuddhi Magga,
kaya here does not mean the physical body, but the whole mass of in-breathing and out-
breathing.
30. Who, after lying down falls asleep, and then, after getting up from his sleep, reflects:
"The bodily and mental things which existed during the time of sleep ended just during
sleep," is called a doer of clear comprehension in sleeping and waking.
The non-occurrence of processes which make action or are made of action is sleep: the
occurrence, waking. The Way of Mindfulness, Bhikkhu Soma (Colombo, 1949) p. 95.
31. See chapter 3.
32. Worldly (samisa) feelings are those bound up with home life; and unworldly
(niramisa) feelings are those bound up with renunciation. Unworldly pleasant feeling is
happiness brought about by the meditation while unworldly painful feeling is due to the
awareness of ones imperfections and slow progress on the Path to Deliverance.
Unworldly neutral feeling is equanimity resulting in insight. M. 137.
33. For detailed account of the hindrances see chapter 14.
34. See chapter 14.
35. Dhamma here stands for mind and matter.
36. As at M. 70.
37. When translating this discourse from the Pali, I have closely followed: The Way of
Mindfulness, being a translation of the Satipatthana Sutta of the Majjhima Nikaya: its
Commentary.... By Bhikkhu Soma (Colombo, 1949); and The Heart of Buddhist
Meditation, a handbook of mental training; based on the Buddhas Way of Mindfulness,
by Nyanaponika Thera (Rider and Company, 1962), p. 117.
CHAPTER 14
RIGHT CONCENTRATION
(Samma-samadhi)
All religious systems teach some kind of meditation or mental exercise for mans inner
development. It may take the form of silent prayer, reading individually or collectively
from some holy scripture or concentrating on some sacred object, person or idea. And it
is believed that these mental exercises, at times, result in seeing visions of saints, or holy
men, in conversing with them or hearing voices, or some similar mysterious occurrences.
Whether they are illusions, imaginations, hallucinations, mere projections of the sub-
conscious mind, or real phenomena, one cannot say with certainty. Mind is an invisible
force and is quite capable of producing all these phenomena. Trance is carried so far by
certain yogis and mystics, that it becomes anaesthetic and they do not feel anything. 1
The present writer has seen people in meditation postures who have fallen into a kind
of coma and seem to be lost in thought. Others witnessing such occurrences wrongly
think that this is a kind of meditation (bhavana).
The Buddhist books tell us that through jhana (Skt. dhyana), meditative absorption, and
through the development of mental faculties, man is capable of gaining psychic powers
which enable him to see things far away, even beings on various planes of existence; to
hear sounds at a distance and see past births, etc. But it is very important to bear in mind
that the Buddhist jhana is not a state of auto-hypnosis, unconsciousness or coma. It is a
state of mental purity where disturbing passions and impulses are subdued and calmed
down, so that the mind becomes unified and collected, and enters into a state of clear
consciousness and mindfulness.
It is interesting to observe that recent research in para-psychology has gained some
acceptance of these phenomena. Interest in the subject of extra-sensory perception in
experimental psychology is slowly gaining ground and the results obtained seem to be
beyond ordinary comprehension. 2
These are, however, only side-products which are of minor significance when compared
with mans final deliverance, his release from bonds. At times, these para-normal
happenings may even act as bonds and retard realization. The meditation taught in
Buddhism is neither for gaining union with any supreme being nor for manifesting any
mystical experiences nor is it for any self-hypnosis, it brings calm and insight for the sole
purpose of attaining unshakable deliverance of mind and supreme security from bondage
through the total extirpation of all the mental defilements.
Man is an ever-changing process of mind and body, in which the most important element
is the mind. In Buddhism, therefore, the greatest importance is attached to the human
mind. Once a monk asked the Master: Pray, venerable sir, by what is the world led? By
what is the world drawn along? Under the sway of what one dhamma have all gone?
Well, monk, the world is led by mind (thought); by mind the world is drawn along; all
have gone under the sway of the mind, the one dhamma. 3
While some of his contemporaries like Nataputta (Jaina Mahavira) considered actions to
be the most important, the Buddha gave mind the foremost place. 4 To control and clean
the mind is the
heart of the Buddhas teaching. Happiness has to be found and perfection won through
the mind. But so long as mind is defiled, polluted and uncontrolled, nothing worthy can
be achieved through it. Hence the Buddha stressed mental purity as essential for true
happiness and deliverance from suffering.
Many a man today thinks that freedom and unrestraint are synonyms, and, due to the
materialistic trend of modern culture, which is predominantly sensual, thinks that the
taming of the self (mind) hinders self-development. In the teaching of the Buddha,
however, it is quite different. The self must be subdued and tamed on right lines if it is
really to become well. To guard the mind from actions of lust, hate and delusion and
train it to perform actions freed from lust, hate and delusion is the way to true weal and
happiness in the dispensation of the Buddha.
It is only when the mind is controlled and is kept to the right road of orderly progress
that it becomes useful for its possessor and for society. A disorderly mind is a liability
both to its owner and to others. All the havoc wrought in the world is wrought by men
who have not learned the way of mind control, balance and poise.
Rank, caste, colour and even wealth and power cannot necessarily make a man a person
of value to the world. Only his character makes a man great and worthy of honour. It is
character that illumines wisdom. 5 As the Buddha says: Radiant is the mind at birth, it is
polluted only by defilements from without. 6 It is indeed hard to curb the impulses and
control evil inclinations, to give up what lures and holds us in thrall and to exorcise the
evil spirits that haunt the human heart in the shape of unwholesome thoughts. These
thoughts are the manifestations of lust, hate and delusion, the threefold army of Death
(Mara), which cannot be routed until one has attained real purity by constant training of
the mind.
Control of the mind is the key to happiness. It is the king of virtues and the force behind
all true achievement. It is owing to lack of control that various conflicts arise in mans
mind. If he is to control them he must learn not to give free rein to his longings and
inclinations and should try to live self-governed, pure and calm.
Calmness is not weakness. A calm attitude at all times shows a man of culture. It is not
too hard for a man to be calm when things are favourable, but to be composed when
things are wrong is hard indeed, and it is this difficult quality that is worth achieving; for
by such calm and control he builds up strength of character. It is quite wrong to imagine
that they alone are strong and powerful who are noisy, garrulous and fussily busy.
Yes; emptiness is loud, but fullness, calm;
The fools a half-filled crock; the sage, a lake. 7
The man who cultivates calmness of mind rarely gets upset when confronted with the
vicissitudes of life. He tries to see things in their proper perspective, how things come
into being and pass away. Free from anxiety and restlessness, he will try to see the
fragility of the fragile. Quiet minds ... go on, in fortune or misfortune, at their own
private pace, like a clock during a thunderstorm. 8
No amount of argument about calming the mind and perfecting life leads us to our
desired aim. But each act of genuine renunciation of and detachment from the objects
that incite passion, that lead us deeper into the night of ignorance and enslave us with
their lure, leads to calmness and final deliverance.
Often our attempts to reach perfection are not crowned with success. But failure does
not matter so long as we are sincere and pure in our motives, and strive again and again
without stopping. No one reaches the summit of a hill at once. One rises by degrees. Like
the skilful smith who removes the dross in gold bit by bit man must try to purge his life
of its impurities. The path pointed by the Buddha for inner growth and development is
that of meditation. Let us now turn to that path.
It is an admitted fact that when a mans mind is too engrossed in worldly affairs, in
material things, his inclination for spiritual development is less. On the other hand, he
who is genuinely bent on meditation or mental training cares less for worldly things. The
yogi or the serious thinker is less attached to the material, is less concerned with worldly
affairs.
Although the great majority of mankind delights in sensual pleasures, is attached to
things that are seemingly important and agreeable, still there are people both in the East
and West with little dust in their eyes, with keen faculties, seeking something quite
different from the worldly-wise, different from the preoccupation of the world.
In recent times people have been busy examining and investigating psychic phenomena
the study of which seems to reveal hidden channels of the human mind, and the urge in
man to seek spiritual guidance. Mans need for inner development is on the increase,
which is a good sign.
It goes without saying that thoughts that are of real importance can only grow as the
result of long periods of quiet. It is in and through solitude that the human mind gains in
strength and power. The greatest creative energy works in silence, but people seem to
like noise better than silence. The vast majority are so burdened with everyday affairs, so
engrossed in things seemingly very important, that they overlook the importance of
silent contemplation. When we withdraw into the silence, we are absolutely alone to see
ourselves as we really are; we stand face to face with actuality, and then we can learn to
overcome the weaknesses and limitations of ordinary experience. But we seem so often
to be busy like a squirrel in a revolving cage which, though very active, merely turns the
cage, The hen on her eggs, though seemingly inactive and lethargic, is doing something
useful, she is warming the eggs so that the chicks hatch out.
We should try to put in at least half an hour every day being busy like the hen on her
eggs. When our mind is calm and quiet it is time to take advantage of it by engaging in
silent communication with our own mind in order to understand our true nature without
pretence. Now the ordinary layman may ask: How can we householders, living a life of
toil and need, with so many duties to perform, find the time to meditate? Man, however,
finds time to indulge in things that delight him. If he has the will surely he can devote a
short period every day to meditation, whether it be at dawn, just before sleep, or when
the mind is ready--some time, however brief, wherein to collect his thoughts and
concentrate.
If a man thus tries to practise a little quiet contemplation day by day, he will be able to
perform his duties better and in a more efficient way, he will have the courage to face
tribulations and worries with a brave heart and will find contentment more easily. It is
worth trying. Only one must have the determination and the urge to make the effort.
All types of meditation discussed in Buddhism lead to mental health and never to
sickness; for each and every type of meditation is an effort to control and ease the
tension of mental states that tend to sicken the mind. Ills of the body are not difficult to
cure, but ailments of the mind are truly hard to remedy, hence the need and the effort to
cleanse the mind of its impurities. This may be the most difficult thing that a man can
do, but it is just what he ought to do. Rare in this world are those who can claim
freedom from mental illness even for one moment save those in whom the taints have
been wiped out (the Arahats). 9
When Nakulapita, who was old, weak and ailing, approached the Master to pay his
respects and hear something to his cheer and comfort, the Buddha said: It is true that
you are weak and ailing. For a person carrying this body about to claim but a moments
health would be foolish. For this reason, thus you should train yourself: "Though my
body is sick, my mind shall not be sick." Thus must you train yourself. 10
It must be stated emphatically that meditation is not a voluntary exile from life, or
something practised for the hereafter. Meditation should be applied to the daily affairs of
life, and its results are obtained here and now. It is not something separated from the
workaday life. It is part and parcel of our lives. If we ignore it life lacks meaning,
purpose and inspiration.
In Buddhism meditation 11 occupies the highest place; for it is in and through meditation
that enlightenment and supreme security from bondage, spoken so highly of in the
teachings of the Buddha, are attained.
Expositions of meditation as it is handed down in the early Buddhist writings are more
or less based on the methods used by the Buddha for his own attainment of
enlightenment and Nirvana and on his personal experience of mental development.
Meditation as practised and experienced by the Buddha, before and after his
enlightenment, is divided into two forms or systems: Concentration of mind or samadhi
(samatha), that is unification of the mind (cittekaggata, Skt. cittaikagrata), and Insight
(vipassana, Skt. vipasyana or vidarsana). Of these two forms, samadhi or concentration
has the function of calming the mind, and for this reason the word samatha or samadhi,
in some contexts, is rendered as calmness, tranquillity or quiescence. Calming the mind
implies unification or, if you like, one-pointedness of the mind. Unification is brought
about by focussing the mind on one salutary object to the exclusion of all others.
What is concentration? What are its marks, requisites and development?
Whatever is unification of mind, this is concentration; the four arousings of mindfulness
12
are the marks of concentration; the four right efforts 13 are the requisites for
concentration; whatever is the exercise, the development, the increase of these very
things, this is herein the development of concentration. 14
This statement clearly indicates that the three factors of the samadhi group, namely,
right effort, right mindfulness and right concentration function together in support of
each other. They comprise real concentration.
Many subjects of meditation (kammatthana) 15 are mentioned in the texts and
commentaries, and some of them when carefully developed enable the meditator to
reach very high mental concentration and attainments known as jhana, meditative
absorptions which lead to the Sphere of Nothingness or the Sphere of Neither--
Perception-nor-Non-Perception. However high and lofty these mental attainments may
be, they cannot, and do not, bring about realization of truth and supreme security from
bondage.
It is evident from the texts that neither Alara Kalama nor Uddaka Ramaputta, two of the
most advanced meditation masters of the day to whom the Bodhisatta Gotama went for
instruction and guidance, nor his contemporary yogis, could show him the way to the
highest truth and security from bondage. This was because all their mystical experiences
which culminated in the Sphere of Neither-Perception-nor-Non-Perception, were
insufficient to probe into the true nature of all conditioned things, that is to see Reality,
to see things as they really are. These jhanic experiences undoubtedly bring about a very
high concentration of mind which leads to absolute calm and tranquillity resulting in
unalloyed feelings of rapturous joy and happiness in this life (ditthadhammasukha-
vihara). Now this happiness is caused by mental calm which is the natural result of
subduing the five special hindrances mentioned in the books, which we will discuss
presently.
It must be mentioned here that the development of concentrative calm (samatha
bhavana) as taught in Buddhism is not exclusively Buddhist. Yogis before the advent of
Buddha practised different systems of meditation as they still do now. India has always
been a land of mysticism, but the yoga then prevalent never went beyond a certain point.
The Bodhisatta was not satisfied with mere jhana and mystical experiences, his one and
only aim was to attain Reality, Nirvana. With this end in view he probed into the deepest
recesses of his mind in search of a method of meditation that would bring him complete
peace and deliverance.
As we saw above, 16 the Bodhisatta finally sat under a tree at Gaya and practised
concentration applying himself to mindfulness of in-and-out breathing (anapanasati).
Having thus gained perfect calm, he was able to develop Insight (vipassana), or true
wisdom that enables a person to see things as they really are, to see the three
characteristics or signs of conditioned things: impermanence, suffering or
unsatisfactoriness and not-Self. It was by this Insight, this penetrative wisdom, that the
Bodhisatta was able to burst through the hard shell of ignorance to Reality, to
comprehend, in all their fullness, the Four Noble Truths, the Dhamma not heard (by
him) before. 17
The word vipassana (vi+passana) means by derivation, seeing in an extraordinary way--
from the word passati to see and the prefix vi denoting, special or particular. Vipassana,
therefore, means, seeing beyond what is ordinary, clear vision. It is not surface seeing or
skimming, not seeing mere appearances but things as they really are, which means
seeing the three characteristics of all phenomenal existence. 18 It is this insight, with calm
concentration of mind as its basis, that enables the yogi to purge his mind of all
defilements and see Reality--Nirvana. Insight meditation (vipassana-bhavana) therefore,
is a typical doctrine of the Buddha himself, a unique experience of the Master,
exclusively Buddhist, and was not in existence prior to the advent of the Buddha.
Thus calm and insight (samatha-vipassana) go together and they occur simultaneously
(yuganaddha). 19 One brings meditation to fulfilment by yoking calm and insight
together so that they pull evenly. On the one hand is calming of the mind, on the other
keen investigation.
Here the development of penetrative Insight (Vipassana) combines with that of
tranquillizing concentration (Samatha), and each functions in a way that does not
outstrip the other. Both gain uniformity of force. Through the overdoing of analysis there
can be flurry. And indolence creeps in through too much tranquillity. 20
And the Buddha says: Develop calm, O monks, the monk who has gained calm sees
things as they are. 21
The development of concentrative calm, however, is never an end in itself. It is only a
means to something more sublime which is of vital importance, namely insight
(vipassana). In other words, a means to the gaining of Right Understanding, the first
factor of the Path. Though only a means to an end, it plays an important role in the
Noble Eightfold Path. It is also known as citta-visuddhi, purity of mind, which is brought
about by stilling the hindrances. And no purity of mind, no concentrative calm, can be
expected from a person who is oppressed with painful feelings. It is plain and clear that
so long as a mans body or mind is afflicted with pain no concentration worth the name
can be obtained. The Buddha makes this point clear: The mind of him who suffers is not
concentrated. 22
Two things (dhamma), monks, should be developed for the understanding of lust, hate
and delusion.... What two? Calm and insight. These two things should be developed for
the abandonment, extinction and cessation of lust, hate and delusion... 23
Further says the Buddha:
Two things, monks, partake of knowledge (vijja-bhagiya); calm and insight; when calm
is developed, so is mind; through developed mind lust is abandoned. When insight is
developed, so is wisdom (right understanding); through developed insight, ignorance is
abandoned. The mind polluted with lust is not liberated. When there is pollution
through ignorance wisdom is not developed. Thus deliverance of the mind (ceto vimutti)
is due to the mind being cleansed from lust. Deliverance of wisdom (panna vimutti) is
due to the mind being cleansed from ignorance.24
From the foregoing it is obvious that calm and insight, in other words, Right
Concentration and Right Understanding of the Path, cannot be separated; together they
support each other. Without a certain measure of concentrative calm no insight can be
developed and without some measure of insight, some knowledge of the nature of life,
no concentration can be developed. This fact is explained by the Buddha thus:
No concentration is there for the unwise,
No wisdom in one who lacks concentration;
In whom there is concentration and wisdom,
He truly is in Nibbanas neighbourhood. 25
The seeker of highest purification who is well established in virtue, practises true
asceticism (tapas), burns out his passions and develops the path of meditative absorption
(jhana magga) by overcoming the many obstacles that confront a meditator. But there
are five particular hindrances that obstruct concentration and the path to deliverance. In
the texts they are called panca nivaranani, the five hindrances. Referring to them the
Buddha says: There are, monks, these five hindrances which cause blindness, loss of
vision, and non-knowledge which take away ones insight, are associated with pain and
do not lead to Nibbana. 26
Nivaranani means those which hinder and obstruct mental development. They are called
hindrances because they completely close in, cut off and obstruct. They close the door to
deliverance. What are the five?
1. Sense desire (kamacchanda).
2. Ill-will (vyapada).
3. Sloth and torpor (thina-middha).
4. Restlessness and worry (uddhacca-kukkucca).
5. Sceptical doubt (vicikiccha).
1. Kamacchanda is lust for sense objects. Sensual thoughts definitely retard mental
development. They disturb the mind and hinder concentration. Sensuality is due to non-
restraint of the senses, which when unguarded give rise, to thoughts of lust so that the
mind-flux is defiled. Hence the need for the yogi to be on his guard against this
hindrance which closes the door to deliverance.27
2. The next is ill-will. As in the case of sense desire, it is unwise or unsystematic
attention that brings about ill-will, which when not checked propagates itself, saps the
mind and clouds the vision. It distorts the entire mind and its properties and thus
hinders awakening to truth, and blocks the path to freedom. Lust and ill-will based on
ignorance, not only hamper mental growth, but act as the root cause of strife and
dissension between man and man and nation and nation.
3. The third hindrance, thina and middha, is sloth or a morbid state of the mind and
mental properties. It is not, as some are inclined to think, sluggishness of the body; for
even the Arahats, the Perfect Ones, who are free from this ill also experience bodily
fatigue. This sloth and torpor, like butter too stiff to spread, makes the mind rigid and
inert and thus lessens the yogis enthusiasm and earnestness for meditation so that he
becomes mentally sick and lazy. Laxity leads to greater slackness until finally there arises
a state of callous indifference.
4. The fourth hindrance is restlessness and worry, another disadvantage that makes
progress difficult. When the mind becomes restless like flustered bees in a shaken hive, it
cannot concentrate. This mental agitation prevents calmness and blocks the upward
path. Mental worry is just as harmful. When a man worries over one thing and another,
over things done or left undone and over misfortunes, he can never have peace of mind.
All this bother and worry, this fidgeting and unsteadiness of mind prevents concentra-
tion. Hence these two drawbacks, restlessness and worry, are included in the five
hindrances that retard mental progress.
5. The fifth and the last hindrance is sceptical doubt. The Pali word vi + cikiccha means
literally: without (vi = vigata) medicine (cikiccha). Yes, one who suffers from perplexity
is really suffering from a dire disease, and unless he sheds his doubts, he will continue to
worry over and suffer from this illness. As long as man is subject to this mental itch, this
sitting on the fence, he will continue to take a sceptical view of things which is most
detrimental to mental development. The commentators explain this hindrance as the in-
ability to decide anything definitely; it also includes doubt with regard to the possibility
of attaining the jhanas. Thus these five hindrances both individually and collectively
prevent the attainment of concentration calm.
The mind that is obsessed by such detrimental forces cannot concentrate successfully on
any object of a wholesome nature. It is true that a man can, however, concentrate on an
object with thoughts of lust or ill-will, etc., but then, that is wrong concentration (miccha
samadhi). It is obvious that as long as impurities or passions (kilesa) exist in man, evil
and unwholesome thoughts will continue to arise. The meditator who practises samadhi,
however, is incapable of committing any evil; for the hindrances are under control.
One has to develop five psychic factors known as jhananga or factors of jhana to
overcome the hindrances. They are: vitakka, vicara, piti, sukha and ekaggata which are
the very opposites of the five hindrances. It is these psychic factors that raise the yogi
from lower to higher levels of mental purity. The consciousness that is associated with
them becomes known as jhana. These psychic factors, in order, step by step, subdue the
hindrances that block the path of concentration.
Sense desire, for instance, is subdued by ekaggata, that is, unification of the mind; ill-
will by joy (piti); sloth and torpor by applied thought (vitakka) ; restlessness and worry
by happiness (sukha) and doubt by sustained thought (vicara). When they are placed
side by side they stand thus:
kamacchanda - ekaggata
vyapada - piti
thina-middha - vitakka
uddhacca-kukkucca - sukha
vicikiccha - vicara
Now a person who is really bent on meditation seeks a secluded spot and avoids people
as much as possible. Calm that is gained through meditation in solitude will help a
prudent man to return to the world and carry on in a better, more methodical and
efficient way without falling a prey to the pleasures of city life.
A sincere student bent on deep study cuts himself off from sense attractions, seeks a
congenial atmosphere, works hard and passes his examination. In the same way the
meditator retires to some suitable place and fixes his mind on a subject of meditation. He
has now ventured on a most difficult task. He sees how his mind really works, how his
thoughts come and go, how they appear and reappear. He lives contemplating mental
objects. Now when sense desire is present, he knows: I have sense desires; and when
they are not present, he knows: I have no sense desires.... In this way the meditator
understands the remaining four hindrances. 28 Thus with the aid of right effort and right
mindfulness, the two other factors of the path that comprise samadhi, he first gains
proximate concentration (upacara samadhi) ; then by subduing the hindrances and
washing out the impurities of his mind-flux, he gradually reaches the first jhana. This is
called ecstatic or attainment-concentration (appana samadhi). By stages, in due course,
he attains the three other jhanas. 29 At this jhanic stage the intense steadiness of his mind
can be compared to the unflickering flame of a lamp on a windless day. This deep
concentration fixes the mind aright and causes it to be unmoved and undisturbed. The
mind and its properties are maintained in a state of balance like a pair of scales held in a
steady hand. As long as he is in this meditative absorption, in this highest type of
concentration, he cannot be disturbed under the most adverse conditions. After attaining
the fourth jhana, he can develop supernormal powers, read the mind of others, probe
into the distant past and see former births, etc.
It may, however, be noted that even this higher practice of samadhi does not place the
meditator in a position of security; for the underlying or latent tendencies are not
removed. They are in abeyance and at any moment may reappear when circumstances
permit, and plague his mind if right effort and right mindfulness wane. As he still has the
impurities, unwholesome impulses, latent in his make-up, he is not yet in a state of
absolute security. He has only gained calm of mind through concentration which is a
very necessary means to insight. It is through insight that the latent tendencies are
rooted out, of his mind. When these tendencies lie dormant in the recesses of mans
mind they are called latent or underlying (anusaya). They are dormant so long as they
are not fed. The five sense organs, with the mind as the sixth, provide the necessary food
in the form of visible objects, sounds, smell, taste, touch and mental objects. These foods
are either agreeable or offensive. In either case sense objects act as stimulants, and no
sooner are the latent tendencies thus stimulated than they rise to the surface. This rising
of the tendencies is known as pariutthana or samudagata. When they are thus awakened
and roused, they tend to escape, and seek an outlet. If man fails to exercise wise
attention and to control the risen tendencies, they escape either through the doors of
speech or deed or both, and that is called transgression or going beyond (vitikkama).
Of these three stages of the tendencies, the third, that is the transgression stage, is
coarse, the second, the risen stage, is fine, and the first, or the latent stage, is still finer.
The three weapons to overcome and deliver mind from these three stages are Virtue,
Concentration and Wisdom. Through Virtue or sila all bodily and verbal ill actions are
brought under control, and the transgression stage is checked. It is true even for taming
verbal and physical acts a certain measure of mental discipline is needed, but not
necessarily intense and serious meditation. Man may, through sila, be calm and
composed verbally and physically, but not in mind; he lacks Concentration, samadhi.
Virtue cannot control the mind, though it is an and to mental calm. Concentration with
the aid of wise attention subdues the second stage of the tendencies thus preventing
them from escaping. Concentration, however, is incapable of removing the latent
tendencies, but wisdom, or panna does so. Through wisdom, which is insight, all
impluses, all tendencies, with their roots are removed and abolished. And this is
deliverance (nissarana).
It is vjpassana bhavana, Insight-meditation, 30 that removes the latent tendencies. So the
meditator, establishing himself in concentrative calm, develops insight:
Sabbe samkhara anicca....
Sabbe samkhara dukkha....
Sabba dhamma anatta... 31
All conditioned things are impermanent;
All conditioned things are dukkha, unsatisfactory.
All dhamma (things) are without a Self, a Soul.
The development of insight means the attempt to understand the five aggregates of
clinging as impermanent, unsatisfactory and without Self. So the meditator, ardent and
wise, continues with his Insight meditation, until one day, for the first time, he gains in-
sight into the true nature of himself, that is of his aggregates, and partially experiences
Nirvana thus attaining the first stage of realization. This achievement breaks the three
fetters 32 (1) self-illusion, i.e the delusion of an I presiding over the aggregates, (2)
doubt and (3) indulgence in (wrong) rites, rituals and ceremonies so that he becomes a
Sotapanna, a Stream Enterer. 33 As his dross is not fully burnt is reborn seven times at
most but never below the human plane. 34 His words and acts are perfectly moral and he
abstains from killing, stealing, adultery, lying and the use of intoxicants.
Continuing zestfully his Insight-meditation, he weakens two more fetters, (4) sense
desire and (5) ill-will. With a clearer vision of Nirvana he attains the second stage of
realization and becomes known as Sakadagami, a Once-Returner; for if he fails to attain
Arahatship he is reborn on earth only once more.
Finally breaking the weakened fetters of sense desire and ill-will, 35 he then attains the
third stage of realization, sees Nirvana with a still clearer vision, and is called Anagami, a
Non-Returner, because when sensuality is rooted out, he cannot be reborn in the realm
of sense pleasures (kama-loka) which includes the human world, the lower heavenly
worlds and all states of woe. He is reborn in the Brahma worlds. 36
Through his clear insight he then attains the fourth and the final stage of realization and
becomes known as Araham (an Arahat), the Consummate One, the Perfect One. With
this attainment the remaining five fetters : 37 (6) lust for form, (7) and for the formless,
38
(8) conceit, (9) restlessness and (10) ignorance are broken. With this final catharsis he
reaches the state where dawns for him, in all its fullness, the Light of Nirvana, that Calm
beyond words, and Unshakable Deliverance of the mind so that the world holds nothing
for him any more.
Being freed he knows: Destroyed is birth; lived is the life of purity (the noble life); done
is what was to be done; there is no more of this to come (meaning there is no more
continuity of the aggregates, that is no more becoming or rebirth). 39
An Arahat has gone beyond both good and evil. 40 As he is free from karma-producing
volitional formations (i.e. samkhara, the second proposition, in the theory of Dependent
Arising), he ceases to accumulate any fresh karma, though he is not exempt from the
fruit of his past karma. Whatever he does, whether by thought, speech or physical act,
creates no fresh karma for him, but is "issueless". These acts are not conditioned by any
passions or latent tendencies. They are mere deeds (kiriya) yet they affect others. It is to
such perfect saints that the Buddha referred when he said:
He who has broken human bonds
And transcended those from heaven,
He who from all bonds is free,
Him I call a Brahmana. 41
He whose lust, hate and pride have fallen
As mustard seed from a needles point,
Him I call a Brahmana. 42
The temperament or character (carita) of human beings varies. The Visuddhi Magga
mentions six main types which include many lesser ones. They are those disposed to lust,
hate, infatuation, faith, intellectuality and discursiveness. As is differ, so do the subjects
of meditation (kammatthana). 43 One comes across these subjects scattered in the Pali
texts, especially in the discourses. The Visuddhimagga 44 describes forty of them:
Ten Objects called Kasina (Skt. krtsna),
Ten Objects of Impurity, Asubha,
Ten Recollections, Anussati,
Four Sublime States, Brahmavihara,
Four Formless Spheres, Aruppa,
One Perception, Eka Sanna,
One Analysis, Vavatthana.
As to suitability it is said that the Ten Impurities and Mindfulness of the body are
suitable for one of lustful temperament: the four Sublime States and the four Colour
(vanna) Kasinas for the irritable: mindfulness on in- and out-breathing for the deluded
and discursive: the first Six Recollections for the faithful: and for the intellectual
Mindfulness of Death, the Recollection of Peace, the Analysis of the Four Primaries and
the Perception that Food is Repulsive. The remaining Kasinas and the Formless Spheres
are suitable for all types of temperament. 45
There is neither room nor need to list the various subjects of meditation in this chapter
on Right Concentration. Those interested can study them in the Visuddhimagga 46 or the
Vimuttimagga. 47
As a matter of fact, hard and fast rules cannot be laid down with regard to different
temperaments and subjects of meditation. In the Majjhima Nikaya there are two
discourses (Nos. 61, 62) in which the Buddha exhorts the Venerable Rahula when
teaching him the Dhamma. They are devoted wholly to instructions on meditation. In the
sixty-second it is interesting to note that the Master gives seven types of meditation to
young Rahula, who according to the Commentary, was only eighteen and a samanera
when he received them. Here is an extract from the discourse:
Develop the meditation on lovingkindness (metta), Rahula; for by this ill-will is
banished.
Develop the meditation on compassion (karuna), Rahula; for by this cruelty is banished.
Develop the meditation on sympathetic joy (mudita), Rahula; for by this aversion (to
meditation) is banished.
Develop the meditation on equanimity (upekkha), Rahula; for by this hatred is
banished.
Develop the meditation on impurity (asubha), Rahula; for by this lust is banished.
Develop the meditation on the concept of impermanence (aniccasanna), Rahula; for by
this pride of self (asmi-mana) is banished.
Develop the concentration of mindfulness on in- and out-breathing (anapanasati),
Rahula: in- and out-breathing with mindfulness, Rahula, developed and frequently
practised bears much fruit, is of great advantage.
One cannot and need not practise all the forty subjects of meditation: what is important
is to select the one that suits one best. It helps to seek the guidance of a man who is
experienced in meditation, but to start with, the books mentioned above are enough for
the earnest meditator. It is, however, most important to recognize honestly what your
temperament or character is; for until you have done so you cannot select the suitable
subject of meditation. Once you have chosen it, work at it with confidence. If you are
engrossed in worldly affairs, in routine work, it may not be easy for you to cut yourself
off and sit down in a quiet place for a definite period each day for serious meditation:
but it can be done and if you are sincere you may well succeed. The meditation must be
done regularly at fixed times for a considerable period and you must not expect quick
results. Psychological changes come very slowly. It is through training in quiet
contemplation that a quiet mind is achieved. Can you also achieve it? Lord Horders
answer is interesting: ... The answer is "Yes". But how? Well, not by doing "some great
thing". "Why were the saints saints?" someone asked. And the answer came: "Because
they were cheerful when it was difficult to be cheerful and patient when it was difficult
to be patient. They pushed on when they wanted to stand still, and kept silent when they
wanted to talk." That was all. So simple, but so difficult. A matter of mental hygiene... 48
Let us now consider one of the forty subjects of meditation. Mindfulness on in- and out-
breathing (anapanasati) is a well-known meditation liked and practised by many. It was
used by the Bodhisatta when striving for Enlightenment under the Bodhi Tree and the
Buddha himself was most emphatic on the importance of practising it. Once the Blessed
One said: Monks, I wish to live in solitude for three months. Let my only visitor be the
one who brings me food. Very well, venerable sir, replied the monks. At the end of the
three months the Blessed One addressed the monks thus:
Monks, if others (those belonging to other faiths) were to ask you: "What meditation did
Samana Gotama frequently practise during the Rains?" you should say: "The Blessed One
spent the Rains frequently practising the meditation of Mindfulness on in- and out-
breathing." Herein, monks, mindful I breathe in, mindful I breathe out... (as in the
discourse stated in chapter 13). Monks, one who speaks rightly should say mindfulness
on in- and out-breathing is the ariya (noble) way of life the brahma (sublime) way of
life, the Tathagatas way of life. 49
The Buddhist canon is full of references to this meditation on anapanasati, and it is no
wonder that the Master when exhorting Rahula, gave detailed instruction on it. Let us
turn again to the sixty-second discourse of the Majjhima Nikaya: 50
A monk Rahula, having gone to the forest, the foot of a tree, or a lonely place, sits down
cross-legged 51 keeping the body erect, and his mindfulness alert, mindfully he breathes
in, mindfully he breathes out. When breathing in a long breath, he knows: "I breathe in a
long breath"; when breathing out a long breath, he knows: "I breathe out a long breath";
when breathing in a short breath, he knows: "I breathe in a short breath"; when
breathing out a short breath, he knows: "I breathe out a short breath." "Conscious of the
entire process 52 I will breathe in," thus he trains himself; "conscious of the entire process
I will breathe out," thus he trains himself. "Calming the bodily function (of breathing) I
will breathe in," thus he trains himself. "Calming the bodily function (of breathing) I will
breathe out," thus he trains himself; and so on; the discourse proceeds and ends up
stating: Mindfulness on in- and out-breathing, Rahula, thus developed and frequently
practised is productive of much fruit, of much advantage. When, Rahula, in- and out-
breathing with mindfulness, is thus developed and frequently practised even the last in-
breath and out-breath ceases consciously and not unconsciously.
Here one should note with care the words consciously he breathes in and consciously he
breathes out, etc. Consciously means with awareness; with mindfulness (sato). He is
mindful of the breath and not of himself, his one and only aim is to focus the mind on
the breath to the exclusion of other thoughts and fix the mind there; for if what is in the
marginal zone breaks in upon the focal zone, he cannot concentrate, he becomes
discursive.
When you practise concentration on in- and out-breathing, you should fix your attention
at the point where the moving air strokes the nostrils and note how your breath goes in
and out, but do not follow it. There should not be any holding or stopping of your
breath. It should be quite natural without any effort or force on your part. At times it
may become so fine that you may no longer notice it. But that must not be taken to
mean that your mind is blank. When you proceed developing this mindfulness by
degrees, and when your mind is fully concentrated on the breath, you will notice that
there is only a breath and nothing behind it--no Self, Soul, ego or anything of that
nature--that is, the breath and you are not two things; there is only a process. If you can
come to that level of understanding your concentration is very high and with this comes
rapturous joy, calm and peace of mind, but this may be only for a short moment, and
your mind may again become discursive, your thoughts may wander and you may find it
difficult to concentrate. It does not matter, you should onward ever bravely press. Even
if you fail to gain jhanic experience, this meditation will bring many benefits. It will aid
clear thinking, deep understanding, mental balance and tranquillity. It will improve your
health both physical and mental and keep you fit.
The Buddha says: Mindfulness on in- and out-breathing, monks, if developed and
frequently practised is productive of much fruit, of much advantage. Mindfulness, on in-
and out-breathing, monks, if developed and frequently practised, fulfils the "Four
Arousings of Mindfulness"; 53 the Four Arousings of Mindfulness, if developed and
frequently practised bring to fulfilment the Seven Factors of Enlightenment; 54 the Seven
Factors of Enlightenment, if developed and frequently practised bring to fulfilment,
freedom through knowledge. 55
The account of mindfulness on in- and out-breathing given above is far from adequate
for a beginner, but it is not possible within the scope of this chapter on samadhi to go
into greater detail. Those who so wish are referred to the books mentioned above. 56
Meditation being the heart-beat of his Dispensation, the Buddha often stressed the
importance of mental discipline. He urged and encouraged others to gain self mastery, in
such words as these:
Irrigators direct the water,
Fletchers fashion the shaft,
Carpenters bend the wood,
The wise control themselves. 57
The story connected with this stanza is important from more than one angle. A disciple
of the Venerable Sariputta, Pandita by name, very young and still a novice in the Order,
followed the Elder when he entered the village for alms. When they were thus pro-
ceeding the novice saw a ditch and asked his teacher:
- Venerable sir, what is that?
- A ditch.
- What do they use it for?
- They use it to direct water to their fields for irrigation.
- Is this water something animate, has it a mind?
- No.
- Then, venerable sir, can they direct this thing which lacks reason, which is inanimate,
to any place they like?
- Yes.
Then thought the novice: Well, if people can direct an inanimate thing like this
wherever they wish, why cannot they who have a mind bring that mind under control
and win the fruit of this life, sainthood (arahatship)?
Proceeding further they saw some arrow-makers fashioning shafts.
- What are these men doing, venerable sir?
- They are fletchers; they straighten the shafts.
- Have these shafts the power of reason?
- No, they lack reason.
Then reflected the novice: If these men can fashion these shafts, why cannot man who
possesses a mind focus it under control and strive thereby to attain the goal?
Proceeding still further, they watched some wheelwrights at work.
- What are they doing, venerable sir?
- They bend wood and shape it into cart-wheels.
- Does this wood have a mind?
- No.
Then pondered the novice: These men are able to shape this senseless wood into wheels.
Why cannot a man who possesses the faculty of reason, control his mind and lead a holy
life?
The novice thus carefully observing these three things said to the Elder: Venerable sir,
would you please take back your alms bowl and robe, as I want to turn back.
When the Elder agreed, the novice paid obeisance to him and turned back. He entered
the Elders cell and sat there in meditation. Developing contemplation on his own body,
riveting and centering his thoughts on it he gained Insight-meditation and attained
Arahatship. Thus did a samanera on the eighth day of his ordination, though young in
age, but mature in meditation, awaken to Reality by controlling his mind. 58
The Buddha, referring to such saints, said:
The monk who has entered a lonely cell,
Whose mind is calmed and who sees the Dhamma,
The Truth, with Insight, to him there comes
Rapturous joy transcending that of men.
Whenever he reflects upon
The rise and fall of Aggregates
He obtains joy and rapture,
Deathless is that to the wise. 59
1. With Mystics and Magicians in Tibet by Alexandra David Neel (Penguin 1940), gives
interesting accounts of Tibetan mystics.
2. For information read works of J. B. Rhine of Duke University, Ian Stevenson of
Virginia University and papers contributed to scientific publications by these professors,
the books of Gina Cerminara and the Cayce Reports.
3. A. ii. 177 This is put in verse at S. i. 39. There the question came from a deity.
4. See Upali sutra, M. 56.
5. A. i. 102
6. A. i. 10.
7. Sn. 721.
8. R. L. Stevenson.
9. A. ii. 143.
10. S. iii. 2.
11. The word meditation really is no equivalent of the Buddhist term bhavana which
literally means development or culture, i.e. development of mind or culture of mind.
Bhavana, in Buddhism, means cultivation in the true sense of the word. It is the removal
of all evil and unwholesome mental factors, and developing or cultivating all good and
wholesome mental factors in order to produce a calm, concentrated mind that sees the
true nature of all phenomenal things and realizes Nirvana the supreme security from
bondage.
12. See chapter 13.
13. See above, pp. 84, chapter 12.
14. M. i. 301, sutta 44.
15 Kammatthana means literally a basis for concentration, some salutary object on which
to concentrate.
16. See chapter 1.
17. S. v. 421 (First Sermon).
18. See below, in the same chapter, pp. 95.
19. M. sutta 149; III, 289 Yuganaddha ti ekakkhanikayuganaddha, Com.
20. The Way of Mindfulness by Bhikkhu Soma (Lake House, Colombo, 1949), p. xvii.
21. S. iii. sutta 5.
22. S. v. 398.
23. A. i. 100.
24. A. i. 61.
25. Dhp. 372.
26. S. v. 97.
27. For details see chapter 4.
28. See above, in the same chapter.
29. The four Jhanas (meditative absorptions) are formulated in the discourses s follows:
(a) Herein, monks, a monk, aloof from sense desire, aloof from unwholesome thoughts,
attains to and abides in the first jhana which is detachment-born and accompanied by
applied thought, sustained thought, joy and bliss.
(b) Again by allaying applied and sustained thought, he attains to and abides in the
second jhana which is inner tranquillity, which is unification of mind, devoid of applied
and sustained thought and which has joy and bliss.
(c) Again by detachment from joy he dwells in equanimity, mindful and with dear
comprehension and enjoys bliss in body, and attains to and abides in the third jhana
which the noble ones (ariyas) call: "Dwelling in equanimity, mindfulness and bliss."
(d) Again and by the giving up of bliss and suffering, by the vanishing already of joy and
sorrow, he attains to and abides in the fourth jhana which is neither suffering nor bliss
and which is the purity of equanimity mindfulness.
D. ii. 186; M. i. 159, 181 and passim.
30. See chapter 7 on Right Understanding.
31. Dhp. 277-9.
32. There are ten fetters (dasa samyojanani): 1. sakkaya-ditthi, 2. vicikiccha, 3.
silabbata-paramasa, 4. kama-raga, 5. vyapada, 6. ruparaga, 7, aruparaga, 8. mana, 9.
uddhacca, 10. avijja. (Sangiti-sutta, D. 33.)
33. Stream is a synonym for the Path, Com.
34. The same idea is conveyed in the tenth verse of the Ratana-sutta or Jewel Discourse,
Sn. For a detailed commentarial explanation of the verse and the technical terms, see
Minor Readings and Illustrator by Bhikkhu Nanamoli (Pali Text Society, London, 1960),
p. 204.
35. These five are called the lower (orambhagiya) fetters, because they bind man to the
lower worlds known as kama-lokas, or worlds of sense pleasures. See M. 6 and 64.
36. See M. 6: S. v. 61.
37. These five are called the higher (uddhambhagiya) fetters, because they bind man to
the higher worlds, See D. 33: S. 561.
38. This is the desire for form worlds (rupa-loka) and formless worlds (arupa-loka), or
the desire for the rupa-jhana and arupa-jhana. Though these desires are not so coarse as
the desire for carnal pleasures, still they are desires in a subtle way, and therefore hinder
higher attainments.
39. S. iii. 822.
40. Dhp. 39, 412.
41. Dhp 417. Here the word Brahmana is a synonym for the Arahat in the sense of one
who has put aside evil--bahita-papa cf. Dhp. 388.
42. Sn. 631.
43. Vism: ch. iii or Path of Purification by Bhikkhu Nanamoli (Colombo, 1956), ch. iii.
para 121.
44. Vism. ch. iii.
45. Vism, ch. iii.
46. The Path of Purification, translated by Bhikkhu Nanamoli (Colombo,1956).
47. The Path of Freedom, translated by the Rev. Ehara, Soma Thera, Kheminda Thera
(Colombo, 1961).
48. The Hygiene Of a Quiet Mind, Trueman Wood Lecture delivered before the Royal
Society of Arts, 1938.
49. S. v. 326.
50. See also M. 118, Anapanasati-sutta and Anapana samyutta, S. v. 311.
51. See chapter 13 , n 28.
52. See chapter 3, n 29.
53. See chapter 13.
54. See chapter 12, n 13.
55. M. 118.
56. See also Meditation Based on Mindfulness with regard to Breathing by Kassapa
Thera (Colombo, 1962).
57. Dhp. 80; Thg. 877.
58. Dhp Com. ii. 141.
59. Dhp. 373, 374.
CHAPTER 15
CONCLUSION
It should now be clear that the Four Noble Truths are the central concept of Buddhism.
What the Buddha taught during his ministry of forty-five years embraces these Truths,
namely: Dukkha, suffering or unsatisfactoriness, its arising, its cessation and the way out
of this unsatisfactory state. One who thinks deeply will interpret these Truths as man
and his goal, his final deliverance; that is the sum total of the Four Truths. What we call
man, in the ultimate sense, is a combination of mind and body, or the five aggregates of
clinging. On the human plane dukkha does not and cannot exist independently of man,
his mind and body. It therefore becomes clear that dukkha is nothing else but man
himself. As the Buddha himself said: the five aggregates of clinging are dukkha. 1 Then
we know that the second truth is tanha, craving or thirst which is the arising, of dukkha.
Now where does this craving arise? Where the five aggregates of clinging are, there this
craving arises. The third is the stilling, the cessation of this craving, Nirvana--the final
deliverance. This, too, is not external to man. The last and the fourth Truth is the Way
out of this unsatisfactory state, this repeated existence, samsara.
Now on close analysis we come to understand that the attempt here is to point out
samsara and its cause; nirvana and the way to it. Samsara is only a succession of the
mental and bodily aggregates of clinging; in other words, repeated existence, and not the
physical world with its sun and moon, rivers and seas, rocks and trees. In this sense
samsara is another name for man who consists of the aggregates of clinging. This is the
first Truth. In the second Truth we see the cause and condition of samsara. In the third
we see the stilling, the cessation of samsara which is supreme security from bondage--
Nirvana. In this connection it may be noted that in the Theravada, samsara is
diametrically opposed to Nirvana, for we see that samsara is the continuity of the
aggregates of clinging whereas Nirvana is the cessation of this clinging. In this life the
man who enjoys pleasures of the senses is not liberated from samsara. As long as his
craving and attachment are not extinguished, he clings to the aggregates and to things
pertaining to them. The liberated one, however, experiences Nirvanic bliss here and
now; for he does not cling to sense objects; his craving and attachment have ceased and
therefore, for him, there is no more continuity of aggregates, no more repeated
existence, samsara.
The last and the fourth Truth is the Noble Eightfold Path. In the Pour Noble Truths, as
you may have now realized, the Eightfold Path is the only aspect which deals with
practice. Whatever there is to be practised, to be cultivated, in Buddhism, comes within
the scope of the Eightfold Path. It is the A B C and the X Y Z of the Buddhas way of life.
The Path is a summary of the means that enable us to get out of this tangle of samsara,
and realize Nirvana which is the only unconditioned dhamma in Buddhism. Hence it is
necessary to bear in mind that the Path does not function as the cause and condition of
Nirvana. It is only a means to it.
As this Noble Eightfold Path is the only aspect 2 of the Buddhas teaching which deals
with practice, we have to focus all our attention on this practical teaching; for theories
and speculations are of no avail to one genuinely bent on practising the Dhamma.
There are no short-cuts to real peace and happiness. As the Buddha has pointed out in
many a sermon this is the only path which leads to the summit of the good life, which
goes from lower to higher levels of the mental realm. It is a gradual training, a training
in speech, deed and thought which brings about true wisdom culminating in full
enlightenment and the realization of Nirvana. It is a path for all, irrespective of race,
class or creed, a path to be cultivated every moment of our waking life.
The one and only aim of the Buddha in pointing out this Noble Path, is stated in these
words: Enlightened is the Blessed One, he teaches the Dhamma for enlightenment;
tamed is the Blessed One, he teaches the Dhamma for taming; calmed is the Blessed
One, he teaches the Dhamma for calming; crossed over has the Blessed One, he teaches
the Dhamma for crossing over; attained to Nibbana has the Blessed One, he teaches the
Dhamma for attainment of Nibbana. 3
If this is the purpose for which the Blessed One teaches the Dhamma and points out a
path, it is obvious that the aim of the listener or the follower of that path should also be
the same, and not anything else. The aim, for instance, of a merciful and understanding
physician should be to cure the patients that come to him for succour, and the patients
one and only aim, we know, is to get himself cured as quickly as possible. That is the
only aim for a sick man.
We should also understand that though there is guidance, warning and instruction, the
actual practice of the Dhamma, the treading of the Path, is left to us. We should proceed
with undiminished vigour surmounting all obstacles and watching our steps along the
right path--the Very Path trodden and pointed out by the Buddhas of all ages. 4
To explain the idea of crossing over, the Buddha used the simile of a rafts. 5 Let us listen
to him:
Using the simile of a raft, monks, I teach the Dhamma designed for crossing over and
not for retaining. Listen and attend carefully to what I say.
Even so, venerable sir, the monks replied. The Blessed One continued:
Monks, a man sets out on a journey and comes to a vast stretch of water. The near bank
is dangerous, the far bank is safe. But no boat goes to the further shore and there is no
bridge. He thinks: "Vast indeed is this stretch of water, the near bank is unsafe but the
further one is without danger. I had better collect grass, leaves, branches and wood to
make a raft and with its aid using my hands and feet ferry myself across to the further
shore."
Then, monks, that man having made a raft, crosses over safely to the further shore
striving with his hands and feet. Having crossed he thinks: "This raft has been very
useful, for with its aid I have reached the further bank safely: I had better carry it on my
head or back and go wherever I want.
What do you think, monks, if he does this is he acting rightly about the raft? Suppose
that man who has crossed over to the further bank should think: "This raft has been very
useful, with its aid I have reached the further bank safely: I had better beach it or (let it)
float down the vast stretch of water and go wherever I want." If he acts thus, monks, he
would be acting rightly about the raft. Even so, monks, using the simile of a raft have I
taught the Dhamma designed for crossing over, and not for retaining. You, monks, who
understand the Dhamma taught by using the simile of a raft, have to give up good things
(dhamma) ; how much more the evil things (a-dhamma). 6
One may ask why the Path is called the Noble Eightfold Path, and why the word right
(Pali, samma) is placed before each factor. The plain and simple answer is that there is
also a path which is not noble, which is false and the word wrong (Pali, miccha) is
placed before each of the eight factors of that wrong path. In two edifying parables the
Buddha makes plain the right and the false one. Addressing Tissa, the Elder, the Master
said:
Suppose, Tissa, there are two men, one unskilled and the other skilled in knowing the
way. The unskilled one asks the skilled one the way, and that other replies: "Yes, man,
this is the way. Carry on for a while and you will see the road fork. Reject the path to the
left but take the one to the right. Proceed for a while and you will see a thick forest ...
then a large marshy pool ... and a steep precipice. Go a little further and you will see a
delightful stretch of level ground."
I will now, Tissa, illustrate the meaning of my parable:
By "the man who is unskilled in knowing the way" is meant the worldling. By "the man
who is skilled in knowing the way" is meant the Tathagata, the Arahat, the Supremely
Enlightened One. By "the fork" is meant perplexity. The "left-hand path" is the wrong
eightfold path, namely wrong understanding, wrong thought, wrong speech, wrong
action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong mindfulness, wrong concentration. The
"right-hand path" is the Noble Eightfold Path, namely: right understanding and so forth.
The "thick forest" is a name for ignorance; the "large marshy pool" for sense-pleasures;
the "steep precipice" for vexation and despair and "the delightful stretch of level ground",
Tissa, is a name for Nibbana. Take delight, Tissa (in the monks life)! Take delight! I
shall advise you; I shall teach you. 7
The second parable which is somewhat similar to the above is found in the nineteenth
discourse of the Majjhima Nikaya. Here the Buddha mentions a herd of deer living in a
wooded valley where there was a marshy pool. Now a man not desiring their happiness
but bent on their destruction comes along. If he were to block the safe road and open up
a treacherous one on which he had placed a decoy and tethered a doe as a lure, that
great herd of deer would be hurt and dwindle away.
But if another man desiring their happiness and safety were to open up the safe and
close the treacherous road, loosing the decoy and the doe, that great herd of deer would
grow and increase. The Buddha then explained the meaning of his parable: The marshy
pond is another name for sense-pleasures; the great herd of deer for beings; the first
comer represents Mara, the Evil One; the treacherous road is the eightfold wrong path,
namely wrong understanding and so forth; the decoy stands for passionate pleasure; the
doe for ignorance; the man desiring the welfare of the deer stands for the Tathagata, the
Arahat, the Supremely Enlightened One; the safe, secure and happy road is the Noble
Eightfold Path, namely right understanding and so forth.
Thus, monks, the Buddha says, I have opened the safe, secure and happy road, closed
the treacherous road, loosed the decoy and the lure. Whatever, monks, a compassionate
teacher wishing the welfare of the disciples ought to do, that I have done out of
compassion for you. Here are trees, here are solitary huts. Meditate, monks, do not be
heedless, be not remorseful later. Thus I admonish you.
The Buddha, the Compassionate Teacher, is no more, but he has left a legacy, the
sublime Dhamma. The Dhamma is not an invention, but a discovery. It is an eternal law;
it is everywhere with each man and woman, Buddhist or not Buddhist, Eastern or
Western. The Dhamma has no labels, it knows no limit of time, space or race. It is for all
time. Each person who lives the Dhamma brings it to light, sees and experiences it
himself. It cannot be communicated to another, for it has to be self-realized. The Buddha
Gotama discovered the Dhamma, as did his predecessors, the Buddhas of the past. If we
wish to see it with our minds eye as it really is, and not as it is presented in books, we
should follow this Ancient Path. The Liberated Ones, the Consummate, have spoken in
glowing terms of the Path and the final Deliverance in the Psalms of the Early Buddhists.
Others hearing of their experiences rejoice and are inspired. But more rejoicing and
inspiration cannot lead them to the desired goal. Hence, the need to cultivate the Path:
Be loving and be pitiful
And well controlled in virtues ways,
Strenuous, bent upon the goal,
And onward ever bravely press.
That danger doth in dalliance lie:
That earnestness is sure and safe:
This when ye see, then cultivate
The Eightfold Path, so shall ye touch,
So make your own, 8 the Deathless Way. 9
The Ancient Path is open to all. There is no distinction in Nirvana. Referring to the Noble
Eightfold Path and comparing it to a chariot the Buddha says:
..
And be it woman, be it man for whom
Such chariot doth wait, by that same car
Into Nibbanas presence shall they come. 10
From the foregoing it is clear that he who does not possess this chariot, and he who
while possessing it fails to proceed towards the goal as instructed, will not reach his
destination. There is an interesting dialogue between the Buddha Gotama and the
brahman Ganaka-Moggallana in the one hundred and seventh discourse of the Majjhima
Nikaya. Answering a question of the brahman the Buddha explained in detail how he
instructed and trained his disciples. The brahman, who listened intently, wished to know
if all or only some of the instructed disciples attained the ultimate goal--nibbana. 11 The
Buddhas reply was that some on being instructed by him attained the ultimate goal--
nibbana, and some did not. The brahman then put this question to the Buddha:
What is the cause, good Gotama, what the reason why since nibbana does exist, since
the way leading to nibbana exists, since the good Gotama exists as adviser, some of the
disciples on being instructed attain the ultimate goal--nibbana, but some do not?
Well, then, brahman, I will question you on this point in reply. You may answer me as
you please. What do you think about this, brahman? Are you skilled in the way leading
to Rajagaha?12
Yes, sir, I am skilled in the way leading to Rajagaha.
What do you think about this, brahman? A man might come along wanting to go to
Rajagaha; having approached you, he might say: "I want to go to Rajagaha, sir; show me
the way to this Rajagaha." You might answer: "Yes, my good man, this road goes to
Rajagaha; go along it for a while. After a time you will see a village; go along for a
while; after a time you will see a market town; go along for a while. After a time you will
see Rajagaha with its delightful parks, delightful forests, delightful fields, delightful
ponds." But although he has been exhorted and instructed thus by you, he might take the
wrong road westwards. Then a second man might come along wanting to go to Rajagaha
... (as above). . . " ... you will see Rajagaha with its delightful ... ponds." Exhorted and
instructed thus by you he might get to Rajagaha safely. What is the cause, brahman,
what the reason, why, since Rajagaha does exist, since the way leading to Rajagaha
exists, since you exist as adviser, the one man, although being exhorted and instructed
thus by you, may take the wrong road to the west while the other may get to Rajagaha
safely?
What can I, good Gotama, do in this matter? A shower of the way, good Gotama, am I.
Even so, brahman, nibbana does exist, the way leading to nibbana exists and I exist as
adviser. But while some of my disciples on being exhorted and instructed thus by me
attain the unchanging goal, nibbana, some do not attain it. What can I, brahman, do in
this matter? A shower of the way, brahman, is a Tathagata. 13
Man tends to regard whatever is old as obsolete. Hasty critics may rush to conclusions
and say that the Noble Eightfold Path discovered by the Buddha Gotama is twenty-five
centuries old and therefore not suitable to modern conditions. But this is shallow,
unbalanced thinking. What is important is to know if a thing, old or new is practical,
whether it can be put to use.
There have been many problems in the world from time immemorial, each period has its
own problems and our attitudes to them vary; many solutions having been attempted.
The Noble, Eightfold Path reduces these problems to one which the Buddha called
dukkha. He called their origin and cause tanha, desire or selfish motives, and avijja,
ignorance or misunderstanding. Now the question is, has modern man found a solution
to these problems, or have we merely aggravated them? Does man now live in a state of
security, and happiness or of fear and constant tension? Does he follow a path leading to
sanity or to madness?
Now let us see what this Ancient Path is. It is composed of eight factors: Right
understanding, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort,
right mindfulness and right concentration. Which factor can we put aside as obsolete and
not conducive to mans material or spiritual progress? Which factor hinders mans
development worldly or otherwise? Surely only the muddle-headed can call the Noble
Path out of date, for though it is ancient it has a perennial freshness. As mentioned
earlier, 14 all lifes solutions can be reduced to one problem, that of dukkha,
unsatisfactoriness: and the solution put forward by the Buddhas or Enlightened Ones of
all ages, is the Noble Eightfold Path. Just as the proof of the pudding is in the eating, so
the proof of this solution lies in the practice of it.
Buddhist, or not Buddhist, I have examined every one of the great religious systems of
the world, and in none of them have I found anything to surpass in beauty and
comprehensiveness, the Noble Eightfold Path of the Buddha. I am content to shape my
life according to that Path. 15
In conclusion I consider it no exaggeration to say that the Buddhas greatness still shines
today like a sun that blots out the glory of lesser lights, and his Ancient Path, still
beckons the weary pilgrim to the haven of Nirvanas Security and Peace.
And as the old saying goes: Some run swiftly; some walk; some creep painfully; but all
who keep on will reach the goal.
MAY ALL LIVING BEINGS BE WELL AND HAPPY!
1. See chapter 3.
2. See chapter 3.
3. M. 35; D. 25.
4. S. ii. 106.
5. M. 22.
6. Dhamma, here, according to the Commentary, means calmness or concentration of
mind (samatha) and insight (vipassana). Clinging even to such high mental attainments
as these should be given up. Need one speak of the evil things.
7. S. iii. 108 (sutta 84).
8. Touch--i.e. realize, Commentary reading phusanta.
9. Psalms of the Early Buddhists, The Brethren, P.T.S. 1951, Verses 979; 980.
10. Kindred Sayings, i. p. 45.
11. Accantanittham nibbanam.
12. A large town in India now known as Rajgir. The Buddha spent much of his time in
the celebrated Veluvana monastery there. It was in a cave in this town that the First
Convocation of the Dhamma and Vinaya was held three months after the passing away
of the Buddha. The cave is still to be seen. (Authors note.)
13. Middle Length Sayings, I. B. Horner (P. T. S., London), iii. pp. 55, 56.
14. See chapter 3.
15. T. W. Rhys Davids, Founder President of the Pali Text Society of London.
ABBREVIATIONS
A. BOOKS
All references to Pali texts are to the editions of the PTS.
A: Anguttara-nikaya (number of the volume and page marked against).
Bv : Buddhavamsa.
D: Digha-nikaya (number of the sutta marked against).
DA: Digha-nikayatthakatha, Sumangalavilasini.
Dhp: Dhammapada (number of the verse marked against).
Iti : Itivuttaka.
Jat: Jataka.
M : Majjhima-nikaya (number of the sutta marked against).
MA: Majjhima-nikayatthakatha, Papancasudani.
S : Samyutta-nikaya (number of the volume and page marked against).
Sn : Suttanipata (number of the verse marked against).
Sv: Sammohavinodani.
Ud : Udana.
Vbh: Vibhanga.
Vin: Vinaya Pitaka.
Vism: Visuddhimagga.
Thg : Theragatha (number of the verse marked against).
Therig: Therigatha (number of the verse marked against).
B. TERMS
Ch: Chapter.
Com: Commentary.
Gr: Greek.
Lit: Literal.
Nikaya: A collection of suttas in Pali.
n : Foot Note.
PTS: Pali Text Society of London.
Skt: Sanskrit.
Sutta: A sermon or discourse of the Buddha or his disciples recorded in the Canonical
Texts.